Monday April 23rd 2018

Trusted Helpline
Help Available 24/7
1-888-882-1456
PRIVACY
GUARANTEED

Five (5) facts about benzodiazepine withdrawal (you need to know)

Benzodiazepine withdrawal can be debilitating. The limbic system in the brain kicks into overdrive. Symptoms such as extreme fatigue, depression, and panic are common. How can you support yourself during the months-years long process of detox from benzos? Quitting a benzodiazepine medication can be made easier if you are prepared for what to expect and equipped with the right information about what benzo addiction is, how you can find the best addiction treatment program for you, and the rehab process entail. Learn more in this Benzodiazepine Addiction Treatment Programs and Help guide. With a section at the end for your questions and comments.

Benzos overexcite our minds and bodies

Before we talk about what you can do to support yourself when going through benzodiazepine withdrawal, let’s review how benzos affect the brain.

There are two opposing systems in the brain: the glutamate and GABA (gamma amino butyric acid) systems. Think of glutamate as the gas pedal: it excites things into action. GABA, on the other hand, puts on the brakes. Benzodiazepines damage GABA receptors so that glutamate is free to run rampant, overly exciting everything in our bodies.

Without enough working GABA receptors to calm down the excitement from glutamate, our central nervous system goes into overdrive. The limbic system, the region of the brain responsible for flight, fight or freeze kicks into action around the clock. We experience:

  • fear
  • terror
  • debilitating panic

Derealization and depersonalization are common withdrawal symptoms, as well. Severe depression, crushing fatigue, weakness, dizziness, burning skin, and a host of other debilitating symptoms can occur from taking a benzodiazepine.

We’re still learning about benzo withdrawal

It’s true that not everyone taking a benzo will experience a horrific withdrawal. Genetic mutations are the suspected culprits that cause the drug to mangle some brains but not others. However, the exact pathway of damage is not yet known.

Trusted Helpline
Help Available 24/7
1-888-882-1456
PRIVACY GUARANTEED

What we do know about the experience of detoxing from benzo withdrawal comes from the collective stories of people who have survived it. The Internet is helping collect information about withdrawal and to disseminate more accurate facts to help people better navigate benzo withdrawal.

Five (5) benzodiazepine withdrawal facts

Here are five (5) of the facts that everyone taking a benzodiazepine should know:

1.  Going to a doctor who is not benzo-wise can make you worse.

Most doctors are not very well educated about the dangers of benzos or the withdrawal process and symptoms. It is important that you educate yourself by studying the Ashton Manual, the gold standard to date for getting off a benzo. You may want to join one of the new online benzo communities run by benzo survivors that are springing up in response to the global need for help and guidance in benzo withdrawal.

Rehabs and detox centers are not the place to go to stop taking a benzo. Both taper patients off very quickly, which shocks the brain so to speak. This can result in a more symptomatic and longer withdrawal.

TIP 1: Consult with a medical doctor with experience in benzodiazepine withdrawal.

2.  Time is the only thing that heals.

There are no pills, potions, or lotions that speed up the healing process or make it go away. Some things can take the edge off, however. Many of those things come with a steep price tag of their own to pay when you want to stop taking them. It may be better to gut out withdrawal without adding insult to injury.

Many drugs, vitamins and supplements make us worse, not better. Compiling the stories of so many that have gone though withdrawal we now know that vitamin D, vitamin B and magnesium often rev up our symptoms. Further, herbs and supplements that work on GABA receptors should be avoided. Kava Kava, Valerian, Phenibut, and Chamomille are known to cause problems.

Medical marijuana usually makes people have an increase in symptoms. Anxiety, depersonalization, derealization, fear, paranoia and panic can result from smoking or eating edibles. CBD, (cannabidiol) is a marijuana compound that does not cause a high. It is not psychoactive like THC. CBD has been shown to reduce seizures and pain. However, some people in benzo withdrawal react negatively to it. It is best to avoid the use of medical marijuana in benzo withdrawal.

Many naturopaths, acupuncturists and functional medicine doctors like to prescribe vitamins and supplements. You must do your homework before you agree to take any thing no matter how natural or organic it may be. Not sure how to find out if what you want to take is known to cause problems? Join one of the many online benzo groups and ask other members. Remember, we can’t rely on doctors (yet) because they are not educated about benzo withdrawal. They mean well, however, the often harm instead of help.

TIP 2: Avoid the following vitamins and supplements:

  • Chamomille
  • Kava Kava
  • Magnesium
  • Medical marijuana
  • Phenibut
  • Valerian
  • Vitamin B
  • Vitamin D
  • Any herbs and supplements that work on GABA receptors

3.  Watch what you eat. Food can trigger an avalanche of symptoms.

It’s not just drugs, vitamins, herbs or supplements that can cause an unbearable spike in benzo symptoms. Food can trigger very uncomfortable reactions as well. Many people going through benzo withdrawal become food sensitive. I couldn’t eat garbanzo beans without an increase in symptoms. Salmon revved up my symptoms too. Cane sugar and honey can increase withdrawal symptoms.

Monosodium glutamate (MSG) needs to be avoided. It is an excitotoxin. Food additives, colorings, preservatives and artificial sugars can increase withdrawal symptoms. Sugar substitutes such a xylitol have been known to cause severe gastro problems. Caffeine and alcohol also make us much worse and should be avoided.

Benzo survivors usually try many different eating styles in order to feel better. Some try the GAPS diet, while others go Paleo. Some become strict vegans, while others just shun gluten. Diet is personal choice that only you can decide for yourself. Nothing to date speeds up the healing of the damaged GABA receptors, however, some diets do allow us to feel a bit better than others.

TIP 3: Find a diet that works for you. Look into GAPS, Paleo, vegan, or gluten-free diets. Avoid certain foods like:

  • Alcohol
  • Artificial sugars or sugar substitutes
  • Caffeine
  • Cane sugar
  • Food additives, preservatives, or coloring
  • Garbanzo beans
  • Honey
  • Monosodium glutamate (MSG)
  • Salmon

4.  Don’t up dose or reinstate unless it is to save your life.

One of the worse pieces of advice people are given in benzo withdrawal is to take more of the drug if they are struggling while tapering, or to reinstate (go back on the drug) if they are off.

A process called “kindling” can take place once you have been exposed to a benzodiazepine. No one knows exactly what takes place in the brain to cause this phenomenon. However, we know that it exists. If you go down in dose then go up, getting back down can be even harder the second time. The brain has been “kindled.”

If you are off the drug, especially for more than four (4) weeks, going back on the drug can backfire. You may become tolerant to the dose you reinstate on, and up dosing will not bring relief. You may be far more symptomatic and tapering may be brutally hard.

TIP 4: Keep moving down in dose. Once off, stay off, unless you feel your life may be in danger.

5.  Chances are good your old anxiety will be history!

Many people who have navigated benzo withdrawal find that the original complaint that drove them to see their doctor is long gone after withdrawal ends. You may be frightened in the midst of withdrawal and feel that your old anxiety has returned. That is your damaged brain misfiring fear.

You’ll know when withdrawal ends if you still have your original anxiety. (you’ll be able to seek appropriate help if you feel you need to do so.) Once we are healed, many of us feel we are made of titanium. We’ve lived through hell on earth. Nothing much ruffles our feathers. Chances are good that you will feel this way, too.

TIP 5: No matter how much fear, anxiety and panic you have in withdrawal, know that once your brain heals, it will fade away. The amount of fear you feel in the depths of withdrawal is not the way you will feel the rest of your life.

Freedom from benzos is a new beginning

Benzo withdrawal is not a walk in the park for many. However, getting free from the drug increases your health and possibly your life span. For the millions who have gotten free, a whole new life awaits! Many are happier and far healthier than they were pre-benzo or on a benzo.

You can get free!

You can be whole, happy and healthy again.

If you are struggling, please send us a message in the comments section below. We’ll do our best to respond to you personally and promptly.

Leave a Reply

624 Responses to “Five (5) facts about benzodiazepine withdrawal (you need to know)
Laura
2:24 pm August 17th, 2015

Hi hope I can help I’m 54 been on benzodiazepines for 33 years. Just recently I came off them cold turkey it’s been 2 months now and I’m still on pretty bad shape I don’t know what to do. I’m parlized with fear anxiety I sweat horrible I can’t sleep at all my memory is shot I’m feeling helpless. Please help me 🙁 Thanks, Laura

4:05 pm August 24th, 2015

Hi Laura. Going off cold turkey certainly didn’t make things easier. But, now that you are off, it will take a long time for your body and brain to heal. Your organism is used to the presence of benzodiazepines and needs to learn how to function without them. I believe that going to counseling meetings can help you greatly. Knowing that you are not alone in this, getting support and giving support…it’s all a part of the healing experience. I wish you a successful and faster recovery! Don’t loose hope and motivation.

Shaun
11:03 am August 19th, 2015

Hi I am suffering from paws.after a psychiatrist put me in cold turkey after being on benzo’s for 18yrs.how can i find the groups that you mentioned.I feel so alone thankyou

4:17 pm August 24th, 2015

Hello Shaun. Here are the links from several online benzodiazepine withdrawal support groups: http://medfree.socialgo.com/, http://www.recovery-road.org/ and http://www.benzobuddies.org/. Hope this helps.

Angie
2:21 am August 20th, 2015

Hi! I am 16 months post Ativan. I wen to a so-called benzo doctor in Toronto to be reassured that I would heal aftet 2 months on Ativan and 3 months tapering. He actually said that 16 months is too long after being on for a short time and wanted to give me an AD because he said I was depressed. I am not depressed and refused the AD. Did I do the right thing? Still suffering. Thanks

4:44 pm August 24th, 2015

Hello Angie. If you were not experiencing depression, there was really no reason for the anti-depressant medications. As long as you are feeling better as time passes, things will be getting much better.

Sally
1:22 am August 22nd, 2015

Hi! Let me open by saying I’m so happy I found this site~it’s very liberating. I don’t have a huge support system…the few people who know expect me to be “cured” after just 1 month off Benzos (2mg Xanax in divided doses daily for 3 yrs & Tranxene 7.5 mg BID for almost 2 years.). Before that I only had the Tranxene at a much lower dose (3.75 mg BID). There was a HUGE change in my life and that brings me to today. On July 4th 2015I went cold turkey off xanax but kept my tranxene~ self medicating with a higher dose. On July 23, 2015 I went cold turkey off Tranxene as I could not get an Rx from anyone…not even a prescribing Dr. (Psychiatrist) at the sliding scale pay rate help center in my community. He did, however, prescribe Gabapentin, 1800mg daily in divided doses as well as a low dose of hydroxyzine to calm my anxiety. I don’t take the hydroxyzine prescribed dose because after reading the possible side effects include seizure it seemed a little scary considering all I’ve read about benzo withdrawal.

Having said all of that, I have a couple of questions. First, I have learned that Gabapentin can cause problems when you stop taking it and should be tapered. Is there a recommended taper for 1800mg taper? I have 300mg capsules. My next question is what my seizure risk may or may not be at this point (1 month benzo free) if I slowly taper off the gabapentin. I am TERRIFIED of having a seizure!

My second question involves symptoms. The main symptom that has thus far been the most problematic is the feeling that my head is in a fishbowl…and there’s pressure in my head, ears & neck along with tinnitus. I am sleeping and eating well but what I just described hikes up my anxiety & can often be somewhat debilitating. Is this expected at this phase?

Keep in mind I realize you cannot give concrete answers & only advisement based on your experience & expertise.

Thank you so much for the chance to have some answers/input.

Sally~

12:06 pm September 7th, 2015

Hello Sally. Sorry it took a while to reply to your questions. As you already know, these are questions that will require professional and medical guidelines. Tapering doses of Gabapetin is recommended for patients who were taking it for a longer period of time, and the general tapering rate is 10-20% off the initial dose every week or every other week. Of course, doses are additionally adapted to your individual needs and reactions. As for the symptoms, again, I suggest you report these effects to a doctor that will be able to assess the situation and determine the best course of treatment for you. Also, check out Dr. Ashton’s manual, which provides thorough descriptions of what to expect and how to treat withdrawal symptoms as they arise and has been a life-saving book for many people in recovery.

Barbara
4:39 pm August 22nd, 2015

How do I sleep?

Joy
8:33 am August 29th, 2015

I have been taking ativan for 2 yrs. Down to 1 1/2 mg for sleep from 2 daytime 2 nitetime. I was given ativan after my dr gave me cymbalta for shoulder pain. Had an horrific reaction and then 5 days later he took me cold turkey off of a rotation of 7 days triazolam and 7 day ambien. Ended up in ER with serious withdrawl. Any way now I am doing 1 1/2 mg for sleep only but woukd like to stop. I do have very bad sleep issues.

Joy
8:30 am September 10th, 2015

I have tapered to 1 1/4 mg from 1 1/2 of Ativan for about 6 days. I plan to stay at this level for at least 2 more weeks and I see my Dr next week. Have no idea at this point what I will do if I am able to taper to 0 since I have horrible sleep issues. But I want off this medication.

M
11:43 pm September 20th, 2015

I’ve been living under the spell of the benzo withdrawal syndrome now for over 5 years. From the outset, it’s been a living hell. It’s utterly debilitating and my life is completely dysfunction. It’s ripped out my sole and distorted my reality completely on all levels.

I’ve got a way to go still in tapering (a few more years if I can survive). I do live in hope – the hope that one day I will have a life free on benzo, and hopefully free of all the impairments that the withdrawal brings along.

My advice, should you unwittingly find yourself in a similar situation – do your homework (there’s lots of info and data available on the net), take medical advice with a pinch of salt (most medical professionals are ignorant to the inherent complexities of this topic), never NEVER consider a rapid detox program, hook up with an organisation or group who specialise in this subject and stay true to yourself (you are the only one who knows how the benzos have fu**ed you up).

There is help out there, you’ve just got to find it. One day, you will be benzo free.

Zack
12:32 am September 26th, 2015

Hey I have suit bromazeppam 3 mg cold turkey I wama I feel anxity and depression is it witndraw I mean can 3′ mg bromazeppam cause withdraw that was sole dose but for 4 years regularly thnks

Delilah
9:00 pm October 13th, 2015

I find it very difficult to incorporate all this information for example foods because I have severe migraines which started all this mess in the beginning I know some foods not to take but others or vitamins kind of difficult. As far as not going back to medications I know I nearly killed myself like going cold turkey off of morphine and Klonopin. Not to reiterate but in all honesty when I get these horrible migraines when I start to get off the drugs I find it almost necessary no it is necessary for me to get back on them so that I’m not totally incapacitated. In short it is a very very difficult slope to navigate my doctors don’t have the answers and one of them is in an addictiononalogist!! Sadly in reality they all end up treating you like drug addicts even though they are the ones who gave you the prescriptions in the first place

Rosemary
10:14 pm October 16th, 2015

Are there no supplements that lesson the anxiety associated with withdrawal. I am almost done with my withdrawal. I was on 3 mg. of Clonazepam a day for 6-7 years. In March 2015 I weaned off Cymbalta, and I felt like a new person. In April I began weaning of of Clonazepam. It has been, an continues to be, a miserable experience that I wouldn’t wish on anyone! Now that I am down to .25 mg. per day, and have been for a week, can I just stop taking it after another week?

martin
6:04 pm October 21st, 2015

Dear Ivana, you seem to know the exact situation that I am in. I took .5mg Xanax for 5 months and .5mg klonopin for 6 months. I quit cold turkey at River Oaks hospital over 37 months ago. I am still dealing with panic attacks and anxiety. It has been a daily battle. When I left River Oaks they placed me on 50mg visteril and 150mg trileptal. I am still taking these two medications til this day. I don’t know if the trileptal is doing any good or not. Any advice would be appreciated. Be it that I am this far out at your facility do you think that you could help me in any kind of way. Like I read earlier is just takes time. thanks, Martin

12:34 pm November 10th, 2015

Hi Martin. Truleptal is mainly prescribed to prevent or treat seizures, which can occur when detoxing and recovering from benzodiazepine use, while the Vistaril is prescribed for symptomatic relief of anxiety and tension. It would be good if you can go and see your primary doctor and consult him on whether you can finally stop taking these medications. I believe you still need the Vistaril to help you with your anxiety and panic attacks. Other than that, it really does take time and as your body and brain are slowly returning to homeostasis, you will be feeling better and better as time passes.

john
5:12 pm October 26th, 2015

I was on clonazepam 23 years,after 11 years a VA doctor stopped it and i got severe hives on 95% of my skin. Recently I was hospitalized for severe depression and the benzo was tapered for a few days and I was given the self help book. I’ve had headaches and dizziness,but the cognitive behavioral therapy is helping me a great deal.Hope to be all better soon.I hope this info helps someone.

Mike
7:15 pm November 22nd, 2015

I am at day 115 off off cloazepan I did feel better until this last week. I did go home to visit my mom. Like moms she was happy to see me. She is 89 years old and comes from the old school. Sweets and celebration I am starting a diet today. I was eating way to much sweets and drinking coffee I think I was feeling better and wanted to be normal again. Also my windows are of very pronounced taste smell and feeling. Only after a few hours of avoiding the cookies or the chocolate milk I feel different, better. To be of help to others I will post here after some time goes by. For some reason I thought I could bull doze my way back to normal. I am pretty certain this has caused my wave. I am excited to see if there are results. I recall that a month back even a bit of sugar made me il. I think we need to know that the saying. We need a few treats in our life. Does not apply with benzo withdrawal. A struck diet is important since our gut is as sensitive as our brain. This is the time to listen to our gut. Make changes make notes and help the others who are confused with this disaster that main stream medicine has created. The use of these drugs may have their use. But it most certainly is a drug of last resort!

12:59 pm November 27th, 2015

Hello Mike. You’re doing very well! I’m glad you find your way without Clonazepam. Thanks a lot for sharing your experience, I hope that our readers will find this info useful. And, do keep us updated 🙂

Susan
1:03 pm December 1st, 2015

First of all let me start by saying I had been on OxyContin for 15 years 220 mgs a day. Plus 4 mgs of clonazapam. I stopped the OxyContin by tapering but not slowly. I just started eating a completely raw diet of salads, organic lettuce I grew myself. Organic sprouts, lots of organic cashew butter and almond butter. Do NOT eat peanut butter it has mold in it. Seaweed wraps with avocado, fruit, and goat Keifer to help keep my gut healthy. I also took amino acids, L theanine, gaba, inositol for depression and Calm, which is powered magnesium before bed for the dancing foot syndrome. I drank sleepy time tea and valerian root tincture. I also take saffron for depression too. When I feel so exhausted I take Tyrosine. Oh and L typrophan for relaxation also. Hot Epsom salt baths with Lavender oils are nice when you feel anxious or aches and pains. Flax seed oils, walnuts and sunflower seeds. Eat all organic. Are brain is mostly fat and if you feed it the right healthy fats it will help immensely! I am on 1/2 of 1 mg of clonazapham still but I will run out in 2 days and do not intend to renew my prescription. I feel so much better already. The withdrawal was bearable and I am excercising daily. I sure hope this helps someone’

janice
5:33 am December 2nd, 2015

Does anyone know who can help me in las Vegas to get off of ativan asap thank u in advance. I am getting terrible acid reflux

9:12 am December 2nd, 2015

Hey Janice. Call our trusted treatment provider to learn more about your treatment options in Las Vegas. The number is displayed on our site.

Michelle
4:00 pm December 8th, 2015

thanks for the article. I have been oFF of my Ativan since last October (1 mg a day for approximately 9 years). I am doing ok but panic attacks and anxiety still seem severe sometimes..even being off of this benzo for 14 months.

Any thoughts on how long this might last? I do realize that my original anxiety issues are probably resurfacing. Thanks!

Melissa
3:19 am December 10th, 2015

I was once addicted to benzos and been clean for a month but then I went on a 60 pills .5 binge within 4 days so just wondering will I have any wd it was only for days but high doses

Cheryl
8:53 am December 10th, 2015

25 years on Ativan. I am chemically sensitive and chronic fatigue syndrome and headaches. Nobody understands or will help me.

Mike
3:09 am December 11th, 2015

Day 135 I know I am better but want much better. The morbid thinking sparks most the symptoms as does the length of this healing. I went for a full checkup today and all was good. I thought since my body and mind was so torched by the benzo wd that getting checked out was a good idea. All good. I also read about magic 6 months that’s when a number of people have reported big progress since it is around the corner for me it made me stronger.. It’s important to know that there is many more bad wd post then good. People who get better have told me that they tend to get off the topic when feeling better. It’s like they can’t recall why it was so bad but the know it was bad.maybe just the shock of the wd blocks the memories. The point is there are people who are on posts who state things like” I don’t know about benzos but etc etc”. Make certain you stay with sites like this one which screen.snd remmember that the worst cases will be seeking the most help. If you are getting windows you are lucky because you will be better. If you are not getting windows you most likely will get better just not have the luxury of that good sign.

Mike
4:15 pm December 12th, 2015

Mike here 136 days out. Had a real super calm window yesterday which lasted a few hours. It has changed but I feel better than before. First one since the few I had very early after K.
I have discovered through my blood test this week that I am normal except for lactic acid. Ruling out oblivious cause I was left with the Doctor saying we should re check in a month.
I did take an Aleve the day before and had a bad reaction. I dug deeper and discovered that my sinus issues can cause this. It could be histamine intolerance! So I went on line
And found a lot of info. Also found a low histamine diet. Without sounding like I discovered America. I just wanted to mention this since antihistamines have been suggested as relief
Of withdrawal. Inflammation is possible the root cause of depression and anxiety. It would make sense to reduce inflammation. Histamine cause inflammation. Reduce inflammation
Where you can may lead to more comfort. I have started on the low histamine diet. Also have been taking Turmic powder with olive oil and pepper. The pepper and olive oil
Help obsorb the Turmic. It seems to calm the benzo belly. I for one have had a strange liquid taste coming from my front tooth at the gum. When I drink liquid my spit is thicker
And cloudy in color. I have had this leak so bad into my mouth it kept me awake. There seams to be a connection between benzo belly and the leaking. Histamine may be leaking into
My stomach. If that is the case powerful histamine could could all kinds of issues. This is simple and not dangerous to do. Let’s face it spending our time worrying if we are going to be sick for ever or experimenting with simple changes and remedies. It is important to know that people with histamine intolerance feel pretty bad overall. This may not be the root cause of the wd but the wd may cause or exaggerate the histamine issue. Chicken or egg. In either case reducing histamine seems to make sense. I know this is a very good blog. It is designed to provide support. What better way to support than to work together to find relief for this horrible ordeal. Benzos the Devils handy work.
Mike

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
10:29 pm December 14th, 2015

Thanks for sharing your experience, Mike. You’re doing great!

Michelle
11:54 pm December 14th, 2015

Whatabout eliminating caffeine ? I have been off Ativan since October 2014. (14 months) and I am still having severe anxiety symptoms and inner shakes. I hear eliminating caffeine is great but I was a 4 cup a day gal. Im wondering if substituting decaf for some of it will help? (Hope so!)

Michelle
1:14 am December 15th, 2015

Jennifer Leigh. Id love to know how to reach you. YOu say you ‘work with people worldwide’. How can we contact you?? 🙂

Mike
12:07 am December 19th, 2015

Hi again. Day 141 clear. Waiting for the window to come and stay. I tried Hydroxyzine today. 25 mg. took it while in town. Mistake I came home and sleeper for 4 hours. I did feel signs of a window. Hydroxyzine Is a antihistamine from the old school. Here in Costa Rica it is over the counter. As is soma. I feel Hydroxyzine was helpful since good sleep is important. I think using it time to time when sleep is most hard to get will be my next trial. Instead of 25 mg I will take 12.5 since I am very sensitive to drugs since benzo wd. I do have allergies and I do need good sleep. Perhaps these were my problems before. I think taking meds for withdrawal most likely is a hit miss situation. My body adaptes quickly and the work differently or not at all after a few times. My opinion is that when we treat sym. Of root causes perhaps withdrawal will be less severe. Just like if you over consumed alcohol the hang over would be amplified with wd. It’s important to listen to your body. Perhaps benzo wd causes allergies etc. so it would be wise to treat ailments short term since it could be benzo wd promoted.
If I was a believer in a conspiracy by the devil to construct chemicals and introduce them into the public when they are most vulnerable. I would could make a very good case. This chemicals misery and warped thinking is so effective to undermine quality of life. It makes you wonder if it is just an accident. Therefore I ask my God to help the very worst suffers first and if there is a little left over for me I will take it. Gob bless Mikes

jackie
4:41 pm December 27th, 2015

hi I was prescribed colozepam in the middle of August due to severe panic attacks from one of the antibiotics I took . I was prescribed 1mg 3x dail. but I just took .5 3s. in mid Oct I developed a intolerance. But because of the severe panic/anxiety issue. my doctoct said it was best I stayed on. no I an on .5 in the am .75 in the afternoon and 1mg at night. I cut back .125 from the .75 becase .75 made my brain felt like it was squeeses. since I taped off that small amount I don’t have that. just drowsey. I want to taper. I am on 4 1/2 months. am afraid.

pat
8:27 pm December 31st, 2015

I was on 1.5 then 1.75 mg xanax for 14 years. I never abused the amount I took. When I started getting withdrawal symptoms between doses I simply decided I had had enough. I consulted with my internist and set myself on a schedule. It took me 6 months before taking final dose. I am now entering 16 week with no xanax. This has been hideous. Each day is different re. symptoms. The worst for me has been tremors and tics mainly affecting my left side. I have these 24/7 though I am now, at times, free from them. Other symptoms include nausea, headaches, stomach cramps and mild rash. Every day is different and there have been times when I really was close to taking a pill but I will never return to this debilitative drug.

Teklu
7:12 pm January 3rd, 2016

Hello I read all what you mentioned really I like it and it helps me to know more and I have been taking sleeping pills for long periods and now I face side effects like nightmare what I should do to detoxify narcotics drug from my body ?

With regards

Roger
12:30 am January 26th, 2016

Hello everyone. I’ve been reading a lot about the experience of getting off benzodiazepines. I’ve been on one form or another of benzos for 50 years. I’ve had valium, xanax and others over the years. The last one I’m still prescribed, is .5 mg of clonazepam. I’ve been taking it at night mostly, for at least 12 years. After all I’ve read here and on other sites, I fear quitting it. My doctor wants me to get off it. I joined this group to learn how. I cut myself back to ,25 mg maybe 3 years ago. It hasn’t been a problem for me to take less. Should I expect to have a hard time, like I have read that many other people do? I’m thinking of seeing how well I will do if I start tapering down to .125 mg. If I do, how long should I take this dose and should I reduce my dose even more before I quit?

Linda
4:31 am January 26th, 2016

In November 2015 went to a place to detox from lorazapam . I was doing the slow tapering under the care of a good doc. Then I began to build a tolerance, going into withdrawals while on the slow tapering. The 3 day detox used phenabarital and sent me home with a tapering schedule.and a supply of the drug. Well soon after completing the suggested tapering schedule I had withdrawals. My psycharitrist took the phenabaritals away and replaced them with librium. I have never had such depression and anxiety with panic and profound fear. Each day is work to be a productive human being. Had to take a leave of absence from teaching and being with people, even my AA and NA. provokes fear. I feel so damaged that any change in life is extremely fearful. I have a strong faith and each day rely on God to help me through this day. I feel so hopeless. Linda

Tore
7:21 pm January 27th, 2016

Hello!
Right now I’m going through hell. I was “Cold Turkied” by a psyciatrist ten months ago. I used Stesolid (diazepam), 5 mg per 24 hours, for 15 years! He then gave me Sobril (Oxazepam) 20 mg per 24 hours. I quit these three months ago. I can’t work anymore, and I am suffering every day. Not knowing when this terrible state will end, almost tear me apart. I’m very lucky, I have a good wife who supports me. I’m 62 years old. I live in Norway.
From Tore

Karen
10:50 pm January 29th, 2016

Hello, I am inquiring on what help you may have for withdrawl from Ativan?
Karen

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
4:45 pm February 1st, 2016

Hi, Karen. Here’s suggested reading on the topic: http://prescription-drug.addictionblog.org/tag/ativan/ Hope this will help!

Malinda
5:05 am February 3rd, 2016

What are somethings I can do when klonopin withdrawal gets me into panic attack or depersonalization that could help me feel little better Days anxiety is increased. Also why is Kava not a good idea during this time? Thank you so much!

Tatiana
4:40 am February 5th, 2016

I’m going through benzo withdrawal right now (cold turkey) I was on it for 4months and it feels more like 4yrs……. Hell I say all the time when will it be over….

CHUKUDI
10:31 am February 6th, 2016

Trying to taper off Valium 5mg getting better and I took lavender oil to help me get some sleep it help. I don’t if it has effect. Does lavender oil has effect during withdrawal? Thanks

Mike
9:20 pm February 7th, 2016

Hi. This is day 193. Must say I was hoping to be all better by now. I did continue to drink beer through the whole deal. The longest was 6 days dry. I would drink 5 light beers a day to take off the stress of this ordeal. That would climb up to 15 light beers over 8 hours. Now I am at 5 days off beer. I have had very few windows. But the few I had were sweet. My mom is 39 days ahead of me. We are very similar in body structure etc. She is 89 and was on this cxxp for 26 years. She had windows early and writes me to say since 4 months back she had a bad wave that took her back. It lasted a few hours. She came out of it and had a window ever since. Just a few hours here and there of rough patch. She tell me to stick it out because she feels great. I guess its my fault that I drank beer. But looking back I used it for a break from living and thinking this on going nightmare. Now it mostly DP or despair. Get short burst of ambition but they fade by the time I try to do them. I have read every negative thing about alcohol. Had to since it was to easy just to have a few beers and forget about it for a while. This ,5 day I have been waiting for the mirical of great window. Just a steady feeling of bareable to fighting of benzo brain farts. Must say its like we know that it WD but its like the CIA invented this to build robots. Logic does not apply. I wonder how they engineered this stuff. Did they know what they were doing. I mean if we were visited by aliens they would say. What the hell are you people doing to yourself. Handing out happy pills like candy for years then someone says oops I guesd we screwed up. Hope you can uncook your brain. Sorry about totally screwing up your life. Any issue I had before benzo is small fry compared to recovering from Doctor Feel goods happy pills.
Any doctor who prescribed these should be sentenced to 5 years of big doses of benzos then be fitted with battle fatigues and dropped in to the worst war going on to complete their WD. That’s justice. I will make it. It is getting better. But what a waste of happiness. Mike

Craig
3:04 am February 9th, 2016

Hello, I am currently at 160 days Benzo free from a cold turkey off a two year high dose of Clonazepam/Klonopin. Tapering was not an option due to the severe weight loss I was having from the Klonopin. It has been a horrible 5 months that words really can’t describe. I have experienced a myriad of withdraw symptoms and the worst has been the derealization. The good news is that I am back up to my normal weight and that the wd symptoms are lightening up. I am starting to feel better!!! My question is why should salmon and magnesium be avoided when withdrawing? Is it because salmon contains a lot of Taurine that is a Gaba receptor agonist? Also why should magnesium be avoided? I am concerned because I have been consuming both magnesium and salmon and do not want to hinder the recovery time in anyway. To everyone that is going through this keep up your hope and faith. I can tell you for sure things will get better!! It just takes time and then some more time.

martin
8:21 pm February 14th, 2016

Dear Ivana, you were 100% correct in my situation of still needing 50mg visteril. I had been taking one at night before going to bed. I cut that one out one night, and the next day was not fun. I was unstable for many hours before it dawned on me that it was the visteril that I was lacking. Thanks, Martin

Jennifer
10:35 pm February 15th, 2016

I just finished reading this post and it answered a great deal of questions and opened up my eyes to things I never knew! My question is, my Dr.prescribed me .5 mg of lorazepam once nightly for sleep because I was waking up with debilitating anxiety every night. I have taken .5 mg once a night every night for 30 days and for the last two days I cut my dose in half to .25 mg at night. The first night was kind of rough and the first day I was fine other than some anxiety. Last night I slept all night but today I’m so weak, lethargic and complete lack of energy. What can I expect? Am I doing anything wrong? I thought 30 days at a half of mg wasn’t long enough for me to start withdrawing but I am. Can I expect this to be a long road? Thank you for any help or advice. Jen

sarah
11:36 pm February 17th, 2016

One question – why is salmon to be avoided?

Barry
11:33 am February 24th, 2016

I was on Xanax for 8 years fought for my life for another 3 then after a detox rehab been off for four years. I am still not doing that good. I used to be a very famous comedian. I have so much bad still and no one understands or can help me. I am writing a book and Benzos will be a small part of it but can use someone’s help. Feel free to contact me. Thanks Barry

Gail
7:14 pm February 24th, 2016

I have been taking Ativan for at least 5 -7 years under a drs supervision. I take approx 4 – 6 ml per day, which I know is a lot. I am my psychiatrist both want to wean me off of them but I have to wait several months until I can begin hormone replacement therapy due to a hysterectomy I had 2 weeks ago.
My hysterectomy has caused extreme anxiety, rage and depression, which is apparently very common even in women who don’t suffer from severe anxiety. I am suffering terribly. A friend gave me a a few 5ml valium and a few .5 ml klonopin, which i have tried instead of the ativan to try to get through the day. Nothing helps. I am on bed rest, which makes it so much worse because i have no outlet for my manic energy, racing heart and uncontrollable crying jags, several times a day.
My best natural release has always been long walks or runs along the hudson river (I live in NY)
with music I love and the sun and wind in my face. My other release is working at my doggy daycare where I receive the unconditional love and affection of my beautiful dogs. Due to the hysterectomy, I cannot exercise for 2 more months and I have discovered that the dogs jump on me too much, so spending time with them at work at this point is a health danger to my recovery.
I am really suffering and damaging my marriage to a loving man who has taken the brunt of my anxiety, anger and helplessness.
Any advise would be really welcome.
thank you.

John
1:24 pm March 2nd, 2016

I’ve been taking ativan for 6 months now. & I know it supposed to be helping with my anxiety problems but for some reason I feel like it’s possibly making it worse. I tried using medical marijuana and it made it WAY worse. I just would like to stop taking this drug so that way I can get my trucking license. I’m stuck working security jobs that I don’t like which causes me more stress which makes me have to take more Ativan. Luckily for me that Ativan I take is only 0.5 it’s still hard for me though every day I’m stuck in a vicious cycle

Davin
2:23 am March 6th, 2016

I have been on 6mg Benzodiazepines for 26 years. I am scared to death to take on this needed withdrawal without professional help. Any suggestions would be helpful.

Lisa
6:03 pm March 6th, 2016

I am 3 months out but still experiencing a lain that is like nerve pain. At first my leg was numb my foot cold, now it’s very similar to a pinched nerve. I got checked for diabetes thought it was that, but had a really bad day again and my body is messed up. Please let me know if mimicking a pinched nerve is possible also. I was on klonapin for 8 year’s and also soma and methadone. I’m now 59 year’s old and this is very debilitating. I joined a pool / gym but get really jacked up after biking and swimming. Is a sauna or hot tub helpful? I have that there too. Please advise. Thank you , lisa.

Jane
2:55 am March 7th, 2016

I am in WD took Ativan for two weeks and then stopped had WD sx X ten days then prescribed Klonopin .5mg Tid after being on them for three weeks weaned off Klonopin in hospital setting over the time of three weeks and then sent home three days after last dose of .25mg started having increased anxiety now 1 week after last dose having severe anxiety head pressure zaps numbness and tingling of arms and hands tremors stuttering and chest pain what should I do I feel hopeless

Eva
8:39 pm March 7th, 2016

Where can I go to a MD in las Vegas with knowledge of Ashton manual. Looking for help. Thank you

Chris
7:45 am March 8th, 2016

Their is a very real need to address the monster that waits just beyond active withdrawal – PAWS [Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome]. The terror of my own experience during my active addiction, and that which I experienced during active withdrawal, was mirrored – though not as severely – as I moved into that, unknown, at the time. world of Post Acute Withdrawal. I knew I was free physically from the benzos, and the panic and fear had seemingly disappeared, never to return. Had it not been for two great clinical counselors, who – without hesitation – told me that there would be, with absolute certainty, a period of aftershocks [PAWS],coming that would do its best to replicate the one beast I knew I could not survive: pulsating, palpable fear – I very well may have gone back to active use. Had I not known this was coming, firmly believing the warning from my counselors, I’m convinced I would have went back to active use, and back to world, exponentially worse than any I experienced prior to getting clean.

What kept me from surrendering, was not just that my counselors told me hell was coming one last time, it was how they told me to win the battle. This winning disclosure is extremely rare, virtually non-existent, on any of the current benzo recovery blogs or websites, If we are to live free and clear, in sustained recovery, there is the very real need that we discover, and connect with, a vibrant, living, Spiritual life force. Believe me, I know that sounds more than just a little weird and possibly down right strange – but, If we are to survive the aftermath of benzo addiction and withdrawal – this Connection is critical.

This, I’m sure, will be tough to swallow for some – simply because most of us want to relegate our freedom, and recover,y to the seen and practical methodology of experience, GOOD addiction medicine, and good counsel (which I fully acknowledge as necessities).

Nevertheless, the essential lifestyle battle plan I received from these two counselors was simple: Connect with a living, loving, God, connect with others of like mind, those who you can trust with your heart and mind, tell them – in detail – and as best you can -that hell [PAWS} is on its way, and that your are going to need them when it hits and for a very long time after it has passed. Do this, they said, and find a lifetime of freedom that you’ve never imagined.

Thanks so much for being a voice that is so, very needed: One that calls attention to the viscous danger and destruction of benzos, exposes the clinical myths, and provides an extremely real hope to those who are currently locked into the nightmare.

Life’s good – its really much better than good. This comes – not from just a benzo survivor – but, from a man who, has experienced every brutal moment, of every symptom, every terror, and every dark hopeless moment any – and I do mean any – have gone through, experienced, or imagined. All of which were interlocked with the most severe debilitating physical manifestations the terror of benzodiazpine addiction and withdrawal can produce.

But, It’s over. I won. And, as I approach two years free, I am living much as you so vividly described – finished with the multiple hell and back visitations, titanium tough, no feathers to be rustled- free.

Chris

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
2:44 pm March 8th, 2016

Thanks for sharing, Chris. You’re a real inspiration!

Tore
3:58 pm March 8th, 2016

What you say is exactly how my life has been for a year! Now I can see a small change to the better. This has been terrifying, but I have known for a while that it will take an end. Thank you for putting words on this horrible situation!

Jenny
4:34 pm March 13th, 2016

Thank you for the support and vital information I can be armed with when I go to yet another psych to see if I can find one willing to help me truly titrate off of 4800 mg of gabapentin a day (my last three psychs insisted I go down by 800 mg each titration which caused intense withdraw) I know gabapentin is not a benzo but the withdraw I experienced when I naively stopped all pills cold turkey mirrored benzo withdraw and was so severe I went back on after five weeks of panics attacks, suicidal depression, and complete inertia. I read now in this informative and supportive site I now have most likely lengthened and worsened my withdraw by going down and up more than several times and of course I have taken every supplement ever suggested for relief on message boards galore-magnesium, chamomile,valerian root etc. I will find someone locally willing to help me taper properly but please be aware that gabapentine mimics benzoes when withdrawing. Please if anyone has advice or links to more support I would be grateful. I am terrified but determined and sites like these – especially this one- are of such profound support I sometimes weep with gratitude. Thank you for your time.

Frank
3:12 pm March 21st, 2016

You’re suggesting that people in benzodiazepine withdrawal, potentially prolonged withdrawal avoid anything that interacts with the GABAergic system? You list a number of items (one of which, magnesium, is an essential mineral that most people’s diets are deficient in) to avoid. Benzodiazepine tolerance is not completely understood, but two fairly likely mechanisms are GABAA receptor damage and/or down regulation. Kava activates the GABA system in a different manner than benzos (there is a paper showing it both enhancing diazepam and reducing negative effects) that does not induce dependence. It has also been shown to upregulate GABAA receptors, giving it the potential to replace damaged receptors and replenish those lost to down-regulation. Magnesium acts to enhance GABA response at the receptor and also act as an ion channel blocker in NMDA receptors (for those who don’t know, GABA is a central nervous system inhibitory mechanism whereas NMDA is excitatory… downregulating NMDA receptor activity can have similar effects to upregulating GABA receptor activity). Do you have specific, study backed reasons for your blanket dismissal of these supplements, grounded in molecular biology…or are you just pushing some unscientific personal opinion that we should “let the body heal itself”…when there is a reasonable possibility that those prone to addiction had an unbalance in these systems to begin with. Expecting those people to just “grin and bear it” through a hellish post acute withdrawal, just to get back to a baseline where they feel “not right” is unrealistic and unhelpful. Some of the supplements can nudge (rather than the benzo style sledgehammer hit) these systems into balance without damaging the receptors, and might prevent or at least alleviate withdrawal symptoms. A blanket, “stay away” without rational justification related to mechanism of action for each case is irresponsible.

Stuart G
3:37 am March 24th, 2016

I have been on Clonazapem for 14 months (1.5mg generic per day). I also take Ambient (generic 5 to 10mg before bed). I have recently weaned off of Zoloft, but I am still taking Lamictal (100 mg per day since March 2015). The Zoloft withdrawal as best as I can determine (not knowing what the mixture of medications is really causing me to feel) has me feeling really scared at times. Seems to be the worst during the day and at night. I am seeing my Psychiatrist tomorrow again, she will not take me off too many of the drugs at one time and I do have a history of depression and anxiety. Lately, I feel like I am in pharmaceutical hell. My brother in law is a psychiatrist who knows me very well and does not believe that I would do well without some medication, but he also says that until I end all meds, I will never truly know how I will feel meds free. How long can weaning and withdrawal take with a dosage of 1.5 mg Clonazapem (as well as the Ambient). I take both to help with sleeping. Thanks for any and all feedback. Stu G

Donna
8:24 pm March 27th, 2016

I was on 2 mg ER for two years. Taper off 2mg extended release down to 1mg for two or so months Then to .5 mg clonazapam 2x a day for a week. Then .5 once a day for a week or so then cold turkey the rest of the way. I am now at 6 weeks on nothing. I had leveled out a little before the clonazepam drop but mostly it has been pure hell. My question now is how do people work. This nightmare seems to never end. By the way I was put on the 2 mg by my doc for anxiety. I did not do any homework until two years in. Why oh why would a doc start me on 2 mg and leave me there for 2 years???? I wish I could sue her!!!!!

Tore
3:43 pm March 29th, 2016

Hi, Jenny.
You asked for support sites. I find BenzoBuddies very good. I think this is the most used site in the world. 2 million posts have been written there now. You can find exactly what you are looking for at BB.

Rona
7:30 pm March 29th, 2016

My neuro psychiatrist recommended clonazepam .5 mg with .25 during the day when needed (had a severe drug reaction to prilosec with panic attacks). So, basically I was not on a steady night dose of .5. During the 7 weeks I was on it,I must have become tolerant and were now treating the withdrawal panic attacks with .25 during the day. (Not realizing I was tolerant). So each day was either .5 or .75. Two of the night doses went to .75 at the psych’s advice. (Gave me heart palpitations and almost blew my head off). When I realized what happened I immediately started a taper at .375 thinking I was working off the main .5 dose. I stayed with that 9 days with many strong muscle attacks, then went lower to .25 again with strong muscle attacks and abdominal attacks. Stayed there 6 days. Can’t keep taking clonazepam (my heart started to pound last nights when I took it). Will go to .125 tonight for a few days and quit. The neuro psych approved the 375 taper and said to finish in 5 days. Woah!!! Anyway, none of the levels felt too great when I left them but the drug is making me sick bc I think his dose was too high for me to start with. Also I have tingling in my feet. Terrible. Any commenting this? And I never went back up because higher doses were making me sick. In hindsight I should have leveled off at .5 first. But was too late. Shall I just do couple of days of .125 and then go off? That’s what my medical dr said now since the drug is making me sick. One more thing, did I kindle my brain by going slightly up and down (was only 7 weeks, but seemed to cause the tolerance). And then doubly bad, I started the taper probably a little too low. My taper was probably too fast nc I couldn’t swallow the drug anymore. Was making me very sick. I am a slow metabolized.
Your recommendation?
Rona

Debbie
10:03 pm March 30th, 2016

I have had 3 unsuccessful tapers (worst period in my life, unfunctional and had to quit work) in the past and my Dr. Wants me to try it again. I take .05 at noon and 1 mg. at night for sleep. I cut a small amt. yesterday for the first time (the size of a pin head, maybe a tad bigger. I had the extreme anxiety this morning….it was the fear that woke me up. I honestly don’t know if I can do this again. The anxiety is sooo bad and it was the first day! I just cut my second dose. My goal is to get the day dose gone. Do people ever just resign themselves to the fact they cannot get off this med? I’m almost feeling like I’ll deal w/ a shorter lifespan as I cannot stand the pain of it all.

Alison
6:12 am March 31st, 2016

I am 4 months off atavan brain is clear but i have become slow. Body barely movescand i move slowly. So weak i cannot do a sit up. Muscles feel rotten. What do u sugjest. No nental symptoms at all is this still withdrawl? Or because i layed in a recliner over a year?

Tim
11:16 pm April 2nd, 2016

I have been on Xanax for 20 years. I was at 4 mg daily and was forced to drop to 2mg for just one week then forced to stop. I’m 30 days without any benzos but the w/D’s are still awful. Please any advice. I’m really struggling.
Thank You
To

Jeannie
4:51 pm April 5th, 2016

Glad to have found this site. Lots of good info. For treatment resistant insomnia, I was taking 3 mg Xanax, 3 mg Klonapin, and 12.5 Ambien CR for about 3 years. I have always been a very holistic person but was absolutely desperate for sleep and in the beginning, these worked. Of course, as we all know, in order for them to keep working, you need MORE of the benzos. I wasn’t willing to go there. I have an holistic Pyschiatrist whom I started to see about a year ago because I found out from my Naturopath that I have a genetic blood disorder called Kryptopyrrole. It has around 50 symptoms of which I have 35 of them. Made a lot of sense that I was born with this because the symptoms have been around my entire life (57 yrs of age). I am also blessed with an holistic Psychologist with whom I had a session yesterday (which is typically not a work day for her). 2 weeks ago, I went to see my Pyschiatrist. My husband had to take off work to drive me there. My request of her was to get off the benzos. She made a phone call and 2 hrs later I was an inpatient at an holistic detox center. My stay there was 7 days. They did give me librium to help with the “quick” detox, and as I read through the comments on this site, that is not typically recommended. However, I did it and will not turn back despite the PAWS (which I learned about here). The Pyschiatrist there also prescribed Neurontin (300 mg 3 times a day) and Melatonin 7.5 mg. Since my discharge, I have had some nights of sleep and I have had some nights of 45 minutes of sleep. As stated in another post, crushing fatigue no matter how much sleep I get, fear, anxiety and panic, short levels of ambition which quickly fade to nearly complete inertia and thoughts of suicide. Prior to the detox center, I had literally spent the previous 2 months in bed . . . getting up to do a few things right before my husband would come home from work. This has all been very hard on him, too, and that is regretful; however, he is incredibly supportive, loving and kind. Good to know that possibly magnesium could not be a good fit for a while because I have a powder product called Magnelavures which I would take twice a day with my Kryptopyrrole supplements. I also have Hyperinsulinemia (the opposite of diabetes in which your pancreas overproduces insulin) because the earlier doctor was giving me Prednisone for “energy”; this drug caused the Hyperinsulinemia and also caused me to gain 60 lbs in a short shake. I have never weighed over 130 but am now around 190. I stepped on the scale to see if the Neurontin had caused weight gain and I am now up 5 lbs in not even 2 weeks . . . not happy about that at all and will ask to see if there is a supplement or holistic herbal remedy that I can take in lieu of that pill. I was told that it will help with the continued detox. I am very shaky, weak and sleep deprived. No, this is not easy but I am committed to the process to get my life back. I also have PTSD, Depression, Agoraphobia, Adrenal Failure, and really, a list so long that you all will be sick of me and wish I would quit complaining. I realized yesterday (my worst day thus far) that I do have a LOT of support and people in my life that I can call for prayer or just to have a nice conversation or to cry and say “this is where I’m at today”. Life is a series of lessons. My mantra was always to be grateful no matter the situation because if you declare that you are grateful, you will move through whatever it is faster; this is tough stuff and I struggle with being grateful for it and am asking my Higher Power for assistance. Thank you for this blog and thank you all for hearing my story.

Ian
12:45 am April 6th, 2016

Wife near end of 15 month taper of rivotril. Life is absolute hell. Put on rivotril 7 yrs ago cos of FM fitting and insomnia. On the taper had benzo withdrawal fitting, now FM fitting and insomnia back plus mega sensitivities to every thing. Has severe allergies and MCS and so cannot take pain killers and haven’t found substitute she doesn’t react to. Any pointers very welcome before it’s “too late”.

Ian, Suffolk UK

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
1:44 pm April 8th, 2016

Hi Ian. You may check out the Ashton Manual: http://www.benzo.org.uk/manual/ It is a manual that can help your wife with dealing benzodiazepine dependence and withdrawal.

Tracey
4:36 am April 6th, 2016

What a lifesaver this is! I’m currently tapering off of clonazepam. I’m having awful withdrawal symptoms.
I talked myself into not doing it this week. Maybe next week would be better. My best friend came over because I texted her that I was losing it. She said that today is the best day to keep doing this. Keep tapering off. Support in any way is awesome. Rid your life of enablers. This is hard yes. This too shall pass.

Pam
2:06 pm April 7th, 2016

Hello, I took alprazolam for 2 months and replaced it with antidepressant setraline. I have anxiety and depression that leads to OCD. I changed my doctor cause I didn’t feel well with the drugs. With my new doctor he prescribed me with clonazepam 1mg and took it for about 4 weeks and I taper it down to 0.5mg for 1 week. After that I didn’t took it again knowing that everything is ok. But now I feel like im a different person, im on leave for work, lethergic, apathetic and confused with no energy and lacking in motivation. Please help me, im trying to accept everything but the physical symptoms bothers me everytime. It feels like that anxiety is at the surface of my skin. Im afraid going to another doctor again. Im afraid of taking clonazepam again and be dependent on it. Please help me!

Tom
11:34 pm April 10th, 2016

Would it be wise to taper off of 20g of Lamictal before I come off Klonopin? As far as what I’ve seen and read they seem to almost work against each other as far as up and lowering GABA? Thanks

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
1:56 pm April 14th, 2016

Hi Tom. I suggest you talk with your doctor first, then made the decision.

Stuart
1:10 am April 11th, 2016

63 old male. Have been on 1.5mg Clonazapem for 14 months. 5 to 10mg of Ambien since September 2015 and 100mg of Lamictal since March 2015. Under the care of a Psychiatrist who is supporting my desire to get back a life drug free. Had been a Pot abuser for 40 years and just celebrated 7 years clean time, no pot or any alcohol, did it on my own with support of online support group in the UK.
I am down since 3/31 from 1.5mg Clonazapem to 1.25. Some days better than others. I have reviewed Ashton Manual, I do not want to convert to another benzo to get to my goal. Unfortunately one drug at a time so it feels like I will be this process for a long long time. I am convinced that the drugs have so negatively impacted not only my brain but my body. Was very athletic but injure easily. Any support or advice is so very much appreciated. I have been Gluten free for over a year. Thanks, Stu

Elise
2:11 am April 13th, 2016

Wow. Love you. What a nightmare guys. Doctor gave me 2 mg for sleep due to work stress in a month a lost my career. Thought it was my thyroid issue. Cleared that by then I was too far in. Tried weaning with my clueless doctor .. Too rapid. He almost killed me. That crash was a nightmare in hell. No need to describe. I went back in it found a program The Road Back soon as I took their supplements for Days Inn I felt like a normal person I was able to wean myself all the way down to 0.4 within six months. I was doing 5% taper every 14 days. I was feeling well enough to stop the supplements three months before my crash. Feb 12 almost

Elise
2:23 am April 13th, 2016

It cut off. I crashed February 12, 2016 and I had to up my dose from 0.4 to 0.8 to 1 mg. I reinstated the supplements and I’m waiting to stabilize. I truly urgent guys to look at the road back program I do not work for them at all. I just want to stabilize and continue might lean as it was very successful and I was able to do most everything with my wonderful understanding husband and my child whom have lost so much because of this. But stay strong there are many ways to get out and if you stay as calm as possible that will help with your anxiety

John
11:27 pm April 14th, 2016

Hello! I was prescribed klonopin for almost 5 months. I took 1mg a day for a couple months and decided to stop taking it on my own and a week later was in the hospital because I thought I was having a heart attack. So I refilled the prescription for 1mg but only took half of it for a few months than tapered down to a quarter of it for a week than stopped again. Let me tell you, I’m almost 12 months off this drug and I’m still facing severe withdrawal symptoms. I’m seeking and hope to find any advice and help possible. I don’t want to reinstate at all but some days are extremely intense. Any assistance is greatly appreciated. Thanks!

Arnold
1:04 pm April 18th, 2016

Exactly how i feel ,why are we worse after so long as most have had a window in their third year or before. It makes me think we are not going to get healed ! I was better in my first year ,as i have proof as in my second year i got benzo belly ,now in my third year it’s agoraphobia and no let up in muscle tightness . Yesterday i tried to do 15 minutes walking on my tread mill ,this morning i am paying for it with incredible stiffness,my shoulders pulled up to my neck,having to walk ever so slowly sideways as i cant put one foot in front of the other.What can we do ,as noting helps ,most everything makes it worse ?

Gary
2:56 pm April 18th, 2016

Can you direct me to the studies showing only some people experience benzodiazepine withdrawal symptoms.

Thank you.

Chris
9:28 am April 19th, 2016

I’m swiftly approaching two years completely free from benzos and booze.

As I read the blogs and the stories of those still fighting the hell-monster that is active benzo addiction, and the insanity of PAWS, there is a great deal of remembered pain of my hopeless thoughts of perpetually living with panic, fear, and active addiction- or – the constant insecurity that came with the post acute withdrawals. There were times I swore I’d never make it. But, I did.

Two major withdrawal seizures – the last one I flat lined while at rehab – the hallucinations, disasociatons and derealiziations, screaming tinnitus,uncontrollable muscle spams to the point I could not move, light and sounds of any type were crippling, IBS off the chain, fatigue beyond tired and, more times to the ER thinking I was dying than I can count and then the hell of PAWS – are all, totally behind me. Completely gone and life is a lot better than good.

There is real, vibrant, hope.

My story, as is everyone’s, is different but from the height of my active addiction – where I was taking between 12 and 18 mg of klonipin a day (for about 2 years at this level) and washing them down with a 6 pack or more. Doctor shopping and multiple prescriptions (when I ran out, as I did more often than not – there was the street side of life to find any, and as much, as I wanted.) – to that last rehab and that last seizure, it took me about 4 1/2 months to find real freedom.

I was so afraid of that multi-year lingering- that lengthy sufferingI had read about – that I came so very close to picking up again. I didn’t – thank God – and as I write, I have not had a glimpse of anxiety or any other of the symptoms associated with withdrawal. Four and a half months of more than pure hell – but free since.

In June – two years free.

Hold on – don’t pick up – don’t “rekindle” the waiting bundle.

If I can make it – anyone can. There’s hope, real, definitive, lasting, hope.

One other quick note:
On top of what I have already detailed, there was also the 20 mg. of ambien (an atypical benzodiazipine receptor ligand) I was taking nightly for more than the two years I previously mentioned.
One of those “doctor shops” where dual prescriptions were a dime a dozen. Criminal – or it most certanly should be.

Freedom –

Angela
2:09 am April 27th, 2016

I’m wondering why you’re suggesting avoiding magnesium. Magnesium is very effective at calming the nervous system, and my psychiatrist with 50 years of experience encourages me to supplement with it. There are also other supplements that help the process of benzo withdrawal, as I’ve discovered, such as l-theanine and taurine. They have been a god-send during my withdrawal!

sarah
2:28 pm April 27th, 2016

Hey guys;) any success stories ?

Karen
2:44 am April 28th, 2016

I’m struggling my tapering of Ativan. I have been having tolerance for 2 yrs. The stiffness muscle pains, headaches etc. I’m so scared, but know that it’s the ativan that has caused so many problems and I have to get off them. I am suffering in pain.

Victor
5:48 am April 28th, 2016

5 weeks cold turkey off K-Pins 0.5 Mg I get bad headaches It seems like my memory was wiped clean and it’s hard to do the normal things in society w/ out feeling like an Alien it’s also hard to talk or connect Derealization and Agrophobia is in effect but I’m fighting w/ little support living in NYC smh

Sharon
6:24 pm April 28th, 2016

I too am suffering while tapering Ativan. Daily pain and it never lets up. Neck, head, jaw, shoulders, sometimes my back. I’m down to 1.3mg a day from 6mg a day and I feel so terrible. I’m panicked that it will never ever get better. I’m scared and so depressed. And my face, it gets all hot and veiny and red. I wish I’d never seen any therapist.

Sammy
3:20 am May 6th, 2016

I’ve been on .5ml small dose of Chlonazapam for about 8 months to a year.
That’s 5 or 6 drops at night and my shrink says because of the small dose I can just stop and have no withdrawal symptoms.
Is he crazy or right?
I found a homeopathic solution that makes me sleep fine but just to be on the safe side I took 3 drops of chlonazepam with it as I am feeling heart palpitations.
Please tell me what to do.
H E L P!

Linda
4:06 am May 6th, 2016

I wish I would have found this before I went to a detox center for five days to “finally” be free of lorazepam . I was working with a psychiatrist for two years to wean from Xanax. Lorazepam was the last drug I was given lorazepam to hopefully end the process. About 6 months ago while weaning with doc’s advice I started to experience withdrawal symptoms: neck pain, unsteady hand movements, sudden shock-like shaking during sleeping, trouble following conversation, extreme cold and than extreme heat. I continued to wean down while the withdrawals increased which I why I decided to seek out a detox center (not recommended by my doc). Left the detox with 90 phenobarbitals along with a weaning schedule. After five days full blown withdrawals. My husband didn’t know what to do. I said give me a pheno. Three days later another one occurred while driving. Got help. Doc took away all the phenos and gave me librium 45 mg and five months later down to 20mg. I wean again in a few days by 5mg. Many of the withdrawals, especially deep depression, memory lost, panic attack, getting lost in my own small town occurred. I have since lost 25 pounds and am beginning to look anorexic . I have no appetite . Can’t spell even simple words and when writing always forget words. I know this is a process and my husband who now I have allowed to be completely involved in admistereing drugs goes to doc visits with me. Took a leave of absence from teaching. I hope to be completely off within a month after five years of abuse. And I know I must let my brain heal. Am taking a multi-vitamin. After reading your list of don’t I am concerned about taking these. This all sounds normal and after reading your article I am understanding what is happening. Time, patience, praying,therapy is helping.

Rudy
6:11 pm May 6th, 2016

Hi, I have severe Tinnitus and was put on Ativan 1 Mg every 8 hours. Then switched to Xanex 0.5 Mg every 8 hours.
This was a tremendous help with the ringing in my head, but I was walking in a cloud. It is time to get off this garbage.
I have been on both for about 16 months, and contacted an physiatrist and of course wanted to put me on another addictive medication, Lexapro. I refused.
I have reduced my Xanex by 0.25 Mg and plan to do this every 2 weeks until I am totally of it. Also getting acupuncture for anxiety
Is this the best and safest way to do this?

Thank you, and I look forward to your reply.
Rudy

peter
8:04 pm May 8th, 2016

I’m down from 2 mg clanazepam daily to .5mg. I taper in 3 to 4 week intervals. I’m never anxiety free but the feeling does ease up at times. I’m having the most difficult time now that I’m nearing the finish line. I’m also withdrawing from Doxepin. The withdrawals are horrrid and the most intensive I’ve felt. If I do sleep I wake up with panic attacks. I won’t give up. I want to live but this poison is killing me. My job is at stake because of memory issues.

I’ve read your comments on toughing it out. I started tapering 10 months ago. Any suggestions?

Thank you for your time.

Pete

Lori M
6:20 pm May 13th, 2016

My son has been on and off Klonopin and tapered off to I think .025 while at college then quit cold turkey. (he was also taking Lamictal and Prestiq (?) for about 6 weeks).Anyway, had a rough year. His biggest complaint now is insomnia and a racing brain/body. Is the insomnia part of the withdrawl? He claims watching TV helps him and has been off and on nocturnal watching tv all night. My main question is .. laziness or is TV really helpful??

Nichole
8:53 pm May 13th, 2016

I take 1 mg xanex RX in morning and 1 znaex RX at night… Dropped to 1 mg RX in morning to only .5 RX at night…started Monday night. Now its friday… I’m feeling waves.. Yesterday I felt energetic unti night. Then upon taking my night .5 I was feeling hot.. Today still hot and cold. No energy.. How long will this last and when is good to taper off last .5 xanex RX at night? Should I wait til my body is used to only .5 before tapering last .5 at night? Ugh this is horrible

Kathleen
12:07 am May 17th, 2016

I was taking Ativan for 14yrs, the dose I was on was 1mg 4 times per day. The first week my doctor had me take a half of a pill twice a day and a whole pill twice a day for one week, I started my second week 3 days ago, a half of a pill 4 times per day, I’m 3 days into and the withdrawal is so sever, extreme anxiety, dizziness, depression to name a few. I went back to my doctors today and was told to stop the Ativan completely and start on 1mg of Klonopin 3 times per day. I afraid this will make things worse. I want to be off of all benzodiazepines completely. Is taking the Klonopin going to make things worse in the long run? Should I just continue with tapering off of Ativan or should I start taking the Klonopin? Please help!

Julia
2:58 am May 17th, 2016

Hi , was on benzodiapines for some 35 years .( c. 20mg daily ).But I was more than happy to binge if I felt awful . My ex is a doctor and was ever ready with a needle and pills to help me numb out . Fast forward divorce and therapy . Even with the support I now had , I was terrified of tapering believing I would not know how to act normally. But , in fact , I discovered the reverse to be true . Ok – the first month when , under medical supervision , I cut back from 20mg to 10 mg was I felt unwilling to leave my bed . No ‘walk in the park ‘as they say . But the fog had begun to clear . Though initially I felt wired -wanted to read , listen to music and watch TV simultaneously -I began to teach myself to do cryptic crosswords . Close friends began to remark how different my behavior seemed , that I had so much more clarity of thought and how much calmer I seemed . All I knew was that a fog seemed to be lifting . My tapering – a month at a time – was 20mg >10 mg ; 10mg>5mg ;
5mg>2.5mg ; 2.5 mg > 2 mg ; 2mg >1 mg; 1mg> 0 mg . I am day 5 and apart from feeling like a sloth am so thrilled with my progress over the past 5 months . It actually took a crisis , a car crash while driving under the influence of alcohol and drugs ( thankfully no one hurt or injured ) to set me on this detox journey .And have found sites as this so helpful too . Hope my experience gives heart to all those enduring such a struggle . 🙂 Julia .

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
5:48 pm May 17th, 2016

Thanks for sharing, Julia. Hope your message will help someone! All the best!

Melissa
10:48 pm May 17th, 2016

I have taken high doses of Xanax for over nine years (4-6mg daily). I did a slow taper over 5 1/2 months and have been completely free of Benzos for 8 months now. I am still struggling with GI symptoms. Specifically bloating, weight gain and constipation. The bloating gets so severe and the pressure on my lungs results in shortness of breath at times, also the bloating causes pressure on my stomach-esophagus that it feels like my esophagus is pushing up in the back of my throat. I also struggle with acid reflux.
I have tried so many different things for the symptoms-juicing for days at a time, not eating, exercising, lots of water and none of these things makes a difference. Drinking a glass of water will cause severe bloating. For the severe constipation I have tried sooooo many different over the counter medications and home remedies. They made no difference.
The one thing I have continued to take that seems to help is Organic Apple Cidar. I drink about 3 TBS about three times a day with a glass of water. It doesn’t always help, but it’s the best thing I have found.
I am feeling frustrated with these remaining symptoms, but have not gone back to my doctor at all. My doctor seems to think that I should be on some other type of anti-anxiety medication and just doesn’t understand.
Do you have any suggestions for the constipation?

Thanks for any suggestions that you may have.

Melissa
11:55 pm May 17th, 2016

Where’s MIKE? I read your posts on here and you haven’t posted since February. Hope you’re doing ok.

Deb
8:00 am May 18th, 2016

I am now in month 4 of tapering off of diazepam. Started my taper at 7.5mg for entire day and Now down to 1.5 mg for entire day. I hope to get down to 1 mg and then down to .5 mg in the next six to eight weeks and then off completely. I have been having withdrawal symptoms ever since my first tapering. Along with the tremors, internal shake, headaches etc., my two most troublesome symptoms are severe muscle aches in my thighs, (quads). and horrible insomnia. Strange that the muscle aches are only in my thighs. Is this normal or could there be something else wrong with me? I was on a prednisone 6 day pack and it helped but paIn came right back when the 6 day pack was completed. I do not want to take any more steroids! Second concern is insomnia. Is it ok to take 5htp as a sleep aid during benzo withdrawal? Any other suggestions to help me sleep? Thanks for a reply. I need help!

Asif
11:24 am May 18th, 2016

Hi,

I was on Clonazepam .5mg for around 2 years, tapered to .25 in 2 months and completely stopped taking it in another 2 months. Withdrawal hit me couple of weeks later, mainly anxiety and insomnia. I went to my doc and he put me on flupentixol .5mg for 3 months, was relatively symptom free during this time. Once I discontinued taking flupentixol all the symptoms came back with increased intensity, its now been more than a month that I’m struggling with extreme anxiety and panic attacks.

How would I know if this is due to withdrawal from flupentixol or the benzo withdrawal ?

I’m also taking Luvox 100mg & Prothiadan 50mg

Thanks

Sammy
7:06 am May 20th, 2016

Been weaning off of benzos alone for 2 month.
I’m down to 1 drop/1ml per night & fighting these withdrawal symptoms.
Was on this garbage for 15 months.
Mean a go to a great detox:rehab that specializes in this.
My our advice would be appreciated.
Tx

larry
4:48 pm May 22nd, 2016

Stopped taking cold a month ago atavan cannot or stay asleep,broke down last week took a .25 and had a reaction, I need to get sleep nervous most of the morning brain fog.what can I do. I have not slept for over 2 to months, lost 20 points. Could taking Trazodone help.

Deb
5:40 am May 26th, 2016

Does a person’s brain start the healing process during the tapering process? Or does it not start to heal until a person is completely off of the benzo?

Lynny
1:27 am May 27th, 2016

Hi. I came off a slow taper of .05 mgs lorazapam after ten years 10 months ago. 4 months ago I was started in sertraline and as I was up dosed I got severe anxiety so the doc said it would be ok to take a lirazapam now and then. I took about 8 a month at .05 mgs. I am now trying to taper off and finding it hard. I am shaking and crying so much and feel like I have a tight band around my head. I have made it down to half a .05 mg pill so far and wonder how long will these symptoms last? I am ver tired and my legs have become weak. I can’t go anywhere and have pretty much given up hope of ever getting better. It has been a long road and I am so mad at myself for taking these drugs again as the doc said I would be fine to just stop them. I have weaned down to 25 mgs sertraline in the last few months but will wait to get off that until this horror hoes away. Any thoughts on how long I will suffer ?

Conrad
6:20 am May 28th, 2016

I can only speak personally but the best thing for benzo withdrawal is marijuana. If you never smoked before I wouldn’t recommend it unless you know how you react to smoking. But in my case I took about 10-15 mg Xanax a day for 2 months and the only thing that let me sleep or took away some of the nausea or added anxiety was weed.

Josh
2:31 pm May 28th, 2016

Hi,

I was on about 8 mg of ativan a day for a year and a half. I made a huge mistake and went to a detox center. It was a traumatic experience for me. I lasted two weeks off benzos and could not take it anymore. My symptoms ramped up every day until it was scaring me. Mainly because my blood pressure was constantly in hypertensitve crisis range.

I had to reinstate and I’m going to start a slow taper. My doctor switched me to valium and I took 10 mg last night. I’m sort of feeling better but some of the scary symptoms have not subsided by this morning. THe pressure in my head is still really high and the tinnitus is unbelievably loud.

Unsure what I should do, should I take an even higher dose or stick with 10 mg??? I’m worried I damaged myself practically going cold turkey for 2 weeks.

Phillip
3:47 pm May 28th, 2016

Just wanted to warn people that are in withdrawal or have completed their withdrawal from benzos to be very caerful when it comes to antibiotics, especially the quinolones as they can cause severe problems and can severely flair up symptoms or send a person back into withdrawal even after many years of recovery. Other antibotics can also cause complications. Obviously if a person has no choice such as in a life threatening condition they should take them but otherwise be very cautious. There are very good natural alternatives such as colloidal silver.. Garlic etc.

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
11:52 am May 30th, 2016

Thanks for the advice, Phillip.

Tonya
5:55 pm May 28th, 2016

I am 40 yrs old. I started taking benzos regularly at 22 yrs old. Now, In the last year, I used heroin daily, during that time I weaned off benzos completely. I have been off heroin for 3 months. But the 3 months I’ve been clean of heroin, I HAVE BEEN ON SUBOXONE REGULARLY. IN THE LAST MONTH, I STARTED NOTICING MY HEART BEAT AND A SKIP IN MY PULSE ( ON MY neck ) when this first happened a few week’s ago, I couldn’t sleep that night. The sensation in my neck and head, and all the thoughts of panic kept me awake.The following day things happened that made me feel I was having a heart attack. I never had pain in my chest though. Instead of going to the emergency room I took a benzo. The palpitation and all that followed went away and I slept that night. I woke feeling fine. Everything started over the next day so I’ve been taking a benzo once a day to deal with it. There are far too many possibilities for me to figure out what’s going on. I don’t know what type of doc to see. I Don’t know what to do. My quality of life sucks and for my kids as we’ll…There is heart disease in my family as we’ll as addiction on my moms side. Any advice? Any ideas to steer me in the right direction??

Ryan
3:00 am May 31st, 2016

Only nine days of Ativan. Then five weeks of withdrawal. Now the worst DP/DR I’ve ever experienced. I feel so alien to myself and the world. Any advice is greatly appreciated. I can’t even work or go out.

Diane
4:46 am May 31st, 2016

Thank you so much for this information! Turns out, I’m not crazy for thinking food choices trigger WD symptoms. I took 2mg alprazolam XR for ten years. After an insurance change, I started seeing someone for meds mngmt. She lowered my dose .5 mg for one week, and then she completely took me off them. When they say quitting benzos cold turkey is dangerous, they know what they’re talking about. It has been seven months since I quit, and I know that the worst is finally over. I still have: tinnitus, zaps, pins and needles skin, shooting pains in my head and neck; I still have to wear layers of clothing to stay warm (even in 80 degree weather); and different parts of my body continue to fall asleep sporadically. How overjoyed I was to find that I’ve developed some weird intolerance toward noise, certain movies (pre-WD I watched every genre, now I can’t handle violence), certain fabrics, salt, meat, and caffeine. I am prepared for protracted WD symptoms, but don’t know how long I should expect them to last. Any suggestions would be very much appreciated. ✌️

Gabby
4:03 pm May 31st, 2016

Hi I am struggling with panic attacks .. I have been taking 1 mg of colozapem for about a year and recently within the last month cut my dose in half… I am definitely feeling the withdrawl symptoms and I’m finding the process to be extremely difficult I haven’t slept in days .. What can I do?

Tia
7:01 am June 1st, 2016

I have been taking xanex 2 mlg bars heavily every day for 8 months . i am currently trying to quit an i feel that my life is in danger. Very anxious an scared fear is a big part an my brain just isnt the same .. I stopped for 3 days to a week an my chest pains were crazy i was having panic attacks an shortness of breath my breathing wasnt right. So i did one today an feel normal but i need to quit. My whole body just isnt right stomach pains an my head is foggy. What should i do. I wanna get off them but i dnt wanna die in the process. Can u help me

Sarah
12:16 am June 5th, 2016

Hi there, I found this information after about 5 days of trying to taper way too fast. When I got down to the last 20 of 90 .5 mg tablets, I realized I was taking way too much and only had the 20 to last me about 18 days. With no info, I just didn’t take it that day and woke up in the middle of the night with the full blown “I’m going to die” sensation, and didn’t realize why. I took one or 2 and was able to be ok. For the last five days i’ve been trying to taper from 3mg to about 0.5-1mg. That’s been miserable, then I found this info. Can I go back up and go see my doc on Monday to get more so I can successfully taper, or is it too late, and I will initiate the “kindling?”

Nicholas
1:05 am June 5th, 2016

Supplements are bad for you said dr. Feelgood. No rxplanation why, they rev up our systems, but also engance homeostasis he did not say. Western medicine is good and everything else sucks said dr. Feelgood. Oh, and also avoid the sun, because it provides natural vitamin D, so the sun is bad for you benzo goers said dr. Feelgood. Enough questions. Just take this pill. It will make you feel good.

Cindie
8:19 pm June 5th, 2016

Dear,

Thank u for ur time & caring. It was hard to read while in midst of withdraws downing dosage alone let alone completely off. Looking for simple diet… Seems I want nothing to do w food which is unfortunately common to start with! Water, Lil bits all I can do. I did try few things found out r accelerative to exacerbating withdraws into higher gear. Will drop now!! Any blend diets, super simple??? To try and start back my body as extreme weakness and unbelievably high torque of pain everywhere as I battle MS, Cancers, Four types plus of scoliosis, broken neck, Popeye Syndrome both arms, Full release Tenotomies both arms, history of strokes, AFIB, Cardiopulmonary, pulmonary, Leg Popliteal Aneurism, Full and partial paralysis….TY!!!

Renae
3:13 am June 6th, 2016

Hello,
I was put on Ativan two years ago initially for insomnia. After approx 6 months I began to wake with extreme fear and my Dr. Told my to take Ativan as required throughout the day as required up to a maximum of 10mgs. The fear increased as did extreme fatigue, memory loss and the ability to think straight. I was an emotional mess and bed ridden for a period of 3 months. I thought I was losing my mind and begged my dr to put me into a psychiatric hospital- he told me to just take more Ativan to take the edge off. In December of last year I realised the more Ativan I took the worse I had become so I stopped taking my day time doses cold turkey (anywhere from 2mgs to 6mgs). I was completely unaware that I could have been “hooked” on this medication as it was never explained to me that that was a possibility. I became even sicker with severe tremors, twitches, spasms, nightmares, fear and the inability to fall asleep without being woken by an intense rush of adrenaline. As my mind slowly became clearer, I made more of a connection to my condition an the Ativan (at the time I just thought I was going crazy) and started researching benzo withdrawl, I began to taper my 1.25mg nightly dose immediately as I wanted this drug out of my system and did so over a three month period.i am into my fourth week completely benzo free and strangely the first two weeks were easier than the last two-is this normal? The symptoms I am left with are- waking with a rush of fear which subsides (thankfully as prior to it stayed all day) severe life like nightmares and such chronic fatigue that I am unable to move or some days even open my eyes until after lunch. Is the immovable fatigue something I should be concerned about? I understand the other symptoms are a result of my brain trying to re stabilise but I haven’t read as much about people suffering with such extreme fatigue and the fact that my symptoms are always so much worse in the mornings.
Thank you for any feed back.
Renae.

Lehman
3:43 am June 6th, 2016

Thanks for sharing this , it inspired me.

Ed
6:43 pm June 9th, 2016

Gabby–

I did the same exact thing, not realizing the need to taper very slowly. I learned from one of the withdrawal-help organizations that the first thing to do is to go back to the minimum amount that you were comfortable with before, if you haven’t already. If you do, the panic attacks will not be as bad as with the abruptly reduced dose, and will reduce with time. Unfortunately, a gradual taper will have to wait until your brain stabilizes enough.

I wish there were some easy answer to this. I know the symptoms are difficult now, but you get through them.

Damon
1:06 am June 10th, 2016

So, I started taking Phenibut about 8 months ago. I had a problem with Xanax 15 or so years ago, so I tended to avoid benzos, but I didn’t think Phenibut could be as potent, or that tolerance would build so quickly. I gradually increased my dosage over the next 6 months getting up to 6 or 7 grams per day . A couple of months ago, I started to taper off, but I was doing it too quickly. Didn’t realise it, but I was starting to have some anxiety issues, which can be a factor in my doing something stupid like taking DXM. I had taken many times in the past, and had a few bad experiences, but nothing like what was about to happen. This was around 5 weeks ago My best guess is that the DXM triggered my withdrawals somehow. Also I took tramadol the next morning stupidly because I had a terrible headache and my stomach was knotting up. Really didn’t think it through.. Maybe caused Serotonin Syndrome, Idk. My sister had a bunch of Klonipin, and she tried to help by giving me some for the next three weeks. Took the edge off somewhat, but I couldn’t sleep, couldn’t stop pacing, couldn’t have a bowel movement without a laxitive or drinking, barely could eat. Had to miss a few days of work. I lost 5 pounds a week during those 3 weeks. Went to the ER for those symptoms. They said my prostate was enlarged, gave me some antibiotics and a few pain pills. Went back to the emergence room two more times. They finally admitted me to the psychiactric floor, where I stayed for a week .I became convinced I had an intestinal blockage, and that it was gonna burst, so I ate almost nothing. Still couldn’t sleep. Lost another 5 pounds. The doctor put me on Prozac, Remeron, Neurontin, and Risperdol. Still no relief. Seemed to get worse. I had also quit taking the Phenibut and Klonipinc cold turkey. Not a good Idea. Started hallucinating. When you quit a Gaba drug like phenibut or benzos too quickly, it can cause excessive glutamate activity I’ve read. .That can cause oxidative stress and kill neurons. After I got out against the doctor’s recommendations, I went to the emergency rooms 3 more times in different towns, once driving over 100 miles. I was convinced I had a blockage, because I couldn’t have a bowel movement without Magnesium Citrate (harsh) Now it’s a week and a half later. These past 5 weeks or so have seemed like an eternity. Finally started going to the bathroom on my own. Started sleeping a little- maybe 3 or 4 hours a night. Having terrible symptoms. Incredible anxiety, Tinnitus, burning sensations all over. Decided to quit the Risperdone. I think the Prozac is starting to work, but I’m a wreck. Supposed to go back to work in 2 weeks, and I have to find another place to live. It’s gonna be hard. I’ve been obsessed with suicide since this started, mainly in the mornings but daily I decide I can’t go through with it. Too anxious. I feel like I don’t stand a chance most of the time. Having glimmers of hope here and there though. Anyway, I’m not sure what anyone could say to help, I mainly wanted to get this down in writing while I had a pretty clear head.

Ruth
3:23 am June 12th, 2016

At just 3 YEARS OF AGE, the beginning of the end of my life began with a 10+ YEAR Prescription for VALIUM. The addictionand withdrawal resulted in permanent brain damage. and a life of prescription drugs unable to share or relate my story with just 1 other person whose addiction too began at such a vulnerable and tender age. My addiction having greatly impacted my children also (with my being medicated during pregnancy) resulted in years of abuse, neglect, shame and isolation and nothing will ever make me WHOLE, HAPPY OR HEALTHY AGAIN!

Jennifer
8:16 pm June 12th, 2016

My name is Jen. I an 45 years old, and my gastroenterologist got me hooked on a drug called librax for three and a half years for my ibs. He never told me it has the benzo librium in it. I am suffering immediately after taking myself go a detox center in Malvern, PA to try to taper off. They didn’t taper me, I stead they took my Librax, Ativan (prn), and wellbutrin and destroyed rhem, put me on phenobarbitol for five days and that was my detox! I slept for the first three days mostly all the time. Then by end of the five days I was so depressed they sent me to an inpatient psych hospital. The psych there started me on another antidepressant called effexor and used Klonopin – a benzo – to taper me up on it! I was in there over two weeks and they released me to my hustand saying there was nothing they could do for me any longer. I am home ten days now and no better. I’m on Effexor 300 mg and take remeron 30 mg to sleep at night. They also prescribed hydroxyzine which doesn’t come close to touching my anxiety. I have three beautiful children and a husband I’m married to 23 year today. He is trying to take care of me and took the summer off to do so. It’s our of him realm. I don’t know what to do at this point. This is the third time I’ve tried to go off librax and the withdrawal symptoms after that 5 day detox afe nor letting up almost a month later. I am suffering and in mental anguish. I feel like my brain is permanently ruined and my kids as I once knew it is over. Can anyone help?

James
12:53 am June 13th, 2016

Hi i have come off benzos after takeing them for six years. I did not find it easy i had sever sickness and diarrhoea for 3 monthes and lost 3 stone. Ive gone from a healthy weigth to about 9 stone which ended with me been admitted to hospital. The question ive got is now im clear of those horrid drugs that should be band i am suffering with faintness all the time even sat down i cant really leave the house its that bad im bed bound most of the time is this normal or part of the withdrawl process. I have been on google alot and cfs comes up alot any advice on this like ways to help or timescale would be much appreciated.thanks james

Leah
3:33 am June 15th, 2016

I have recently went cold turkey on benzo klonopin I was given a dosage of 0.5 mg twice a day once at bedtime and then morning. I have only taken it for 2 in a half months and this is almost day 3 of withdrawal. I’m feeling panic, anxiety, and my eyes stay dilated a bit more than normal. After reading about this medicine I’m choosing to not tapper because it’s an awful medicine and I’m praying and hoping for a fast recovery since j haven’t been prescribed it that long. I have a great support team and being positive but haven’t heard but about short term use causing this much anxiety.

Liliana
8:18 pm June 15th, 2016

I suffer complex PTSD, the relapse of anxiety got me to the suicidal tendency and I took ativan to help..I was also put on Zoloft and Seroquel for sleep. I have been on these meds 5 weeks and am very scared. Recently I switched to Valium, I take 5 mg in the morning and 2.5 mg in the afternoon. I am feeling better overall but the fear of the medications is really affecting me. I don’t know when is a good time to come off the Valium. Should I stay and stabilize more or should I slowly start coming off? I had an experience with Klonopin two years ago that was HELL…but I made it through and came off it but was on it very short time. Just about a month. THat is why I am so scared that even a short stay can make the WD so very hellish…but I needed it to save my life…

James
6:05 pm June 26th, 2016

I was on diazepan for just over three and a half weeks never felt so bad I was taking 1.25 in the morning i.25 at around 530pm and 2.5mgat night before sleep doctor took me off them and proscribed 5mg of tranxilium in the morning with an antidepressant regime of citalopran. It has now been four days and I feel terrible I have nobody to turn to is the symtom normal

Angela
2:56 am June 28th, 2016

I have been on klonapins 2-3x a day for 8 years. My new Dr (psychiatrist) recently cut me down to 1 a day after explaining how depressed i recently started feeling. i feel horrible, and have noticed my food cravings are totally out of control, Im gaining weight, loss of memory, and of course Im extremely irritable/sick inside. Any suggestions?

Barb
4:03 pm June 29th, 2016

I have been on benzos simce 1995 been threw alot my Doctor gives me 75 loratab 10 and 90 xanax 1 mg i was in a fire lost my hand mother daughter due to the fire lost my other daughter to sids my husband was shot in the head. and woke up beside my boyfriend to discover he had od thru the night i have many scars some can be seen and some cant anyway the pharmacict said he could no longer phil both because of the cdc is this true he has always been snippy with me why does my doctor wright my Prescription s but the pharmacict wont phil both i know People who get diludid 8 mg and 30 ml morphines and she also gets clonapin and i can go on.Im terrified of whats going to happen to me im so so scared if there is anybody who can help Please Help.God bless and thank you for letting me have a felling that there are still people who cares about others.

Karen
6:27 pm July 1st, 2016

I have been on and off of 0.5 mg of lorazepam for four years. I am doing the liquid titration. I am having a really hard time with fatigue, balance and depression along with heart palpitations. I’m not able to work. Will a low dose of an Ssri help at all? I am a mom of five and feel like a complete failure to my family like this. Thank you, Karen

Danielle
7:59 pm July 1st, 2016

Hi I’ve been on lorazapam for 1 year 2 months from April 2015 to June 2016 at 1 mg 3 times daily and have been tampering off in April of 2016 I started getting vibrastions and shakes and muscle twitching and I’ve had fast heart rate. Since April 2015 and it’s still here in June of 2016 it’s in,the 124 range not going down Drs say it’s due to anxiety I also don’t sleep I haven’t slept more than,2 hours a night for the last 9, months been on this med and that med for sleep but nothing works and I get side affects and I get nauseated daily bad and bad headache s.when drs out me on restoril for sleep i had to completely eliminate the bed time doese of 1 mg and so now I’m down to 1,mg am and .05 in afternoon and struggling so bad I hate this my psycriterst said to go down by half every two weeks oh ya I’m not on restoril anymore.so I should be off this lorazapam on September 11st witch would be 3 months any thing i can do.I’m so anxious and full of anxiety daily and get threw my days it’s hard to go or do anything.Thanks

Liz
2:51 am July 2nd, 2016

Why is it that many people on a forum I visit often have major troubles, like you said, when I have none. I tapered off 6.5 mg of kpin by 5% every two weeks and felt fine during the taper and had no post w/d. I did do a dry MT @ .625 mg. I can also eat anything I like and I can sleep maybe 9-10 hours per night and wake up refreshed and ready to go. BTW, I had kindled. Some people on this site called me the cat with nine lives. I also have a very benzo wise pdoc who has helped me so much and he generally let me do what I wanted to. But he did tell me to avoid such things as Valerian, Chamomille and Kava Kava with the statement, Didn’t you ever take organic chemistry? And I never drink alcohol or smoke and take in any caffeine. I never did. I also forgot to tell you that I was a daily user for 10 years and am on Trazodone for sleep. He wants me to make sure I have healed before he takes me off that drug. I am now 6+ months free.

ruben
8:19 pm July 7th, 2016

I have chronic tinnitus. Dr gave me lorazapam it no longer works I feel like Im dying. Im cutting down on the benzo Ive gone from 3.5 mg a day to 1.5. But I also take cymbalta. Can you offer me some of your knowledge please? Im in an awful situation.

lee
2:32 am July 9th, 2016

Multiple Chemical Sensitivity is the name given to a syndrome in which a sufferer experiences multiple symptoms upon exposure to minute amounts of everyday chemicals. There is currently no officially recognized  for .

Eva
10:16 pm July 10th, 2016

HI, I having a very hard time after stoping 2nd time clonozapem. Last year my GP put me on becouse I had a sleep problem do to cronic nausea. I’m 55 years old and I think I going tru perimenapose, but Doctor don’t thinks so. I was only on for 2.5 months only 0.5 mg. I started to get anxiety and I was scared becouse I never had anxiety or depression before in my life. I wanted to stop the med. and my phycologiatrist told me I can stop it is a very low dose. Was very sick for 2 weeks and they put me on remeron 7.5 mg. Get sick on that to and was getting brain zap every day. After 2 months using it I tapered off in 4 months and went back on clonozapem 0.125 mg and I towered off too in 1 month. I’m free off moth med now 6 weeks and having a very painfull burning thingling pain in my brain, I’m crying all the time is so painfull. I’m worried is some kind off neurological demage. I can’t function is killing me and is going on for 7 months now. Is it normal? Thank you

Michele
7:36 pm July 16th, 2016

I was wondering if taking an antiviral (Acyclovir) for shingles will prolong my withdrawal recovery? I’m 45 days off of xanax, and now I have shingles. I’m scared to take anything these days but shingles is serious, and need to recover from that now, too. Anyone have any info about antivirals and benzo recovery?

Latassia
3:46 am July 25th, 2016

I have been on ativan for 9 months, 1mg 3x a day, then in May went to 2mg 3x aday, started detox July fir back to 1mg 3x a day, tomorrow start 1mg 2x a day, but this weekend I took 2mg 2x a day and 1mg that night, for both day, I’m really upset with myself, I just felt like I wouldn’t been to function at work, I know I was wrong but do I tell my daughter tomorrow what happen and continue the tamper like she wants me to m, or is the tamper to fast.

Arnold
2:24 pm July 26th, 2016

I have muscles that contract so severely when I stand up ,that I usually have to sit back down,and if I try to walk I have to have support and by back is affected,my shoulders,my head,( head pressure) ,and my neck.This has not abated at all in the 3-1/2 years since I was taken off cold turkey in a local hospital! Most people have seen improvement in their third year,why have I not? I only take thyroid medicine as anytime I take a supplement it makes me temporarily worse.losing hope! I took 100 MG capsule of chamomile ,not realizing it was listed as ” do not take” a week ago and it made me worse ! What can I do to counteract it ,if anything.? Do you think being almost 80 is why I am not improving?

shane
10:42 pm July 28th, 2016

I had a pretty rough withdrawal and I been off benzos for 2 years but I am dealing with a lot of anxiety still. I am 41 yrs old and feel like I am 18 /20 again in a bad way. I haven’t been able to work because of this awful happening and awaiting a disability hearing. I see a really good cbt therapist who is a PhD who has been there through this whole thing. I am so mad because lately I feel I can’t function cause the anxiety is awful , I can get through things but I feel horrible. How long could I have this anxiety for? and is it cause my brain isn’t fully healed? thank you

harley
9:11 am August 1st, 2016

are u sure vitamins and supplememts causes problems on benzos withdrawal??? well it helps a lot to me on my bromazepam withdrawal..why is that?

Samantha
2:33 pm August 1st, 2016

It’s been over 6 and half years still have jaws problem the mucus and saliva increases just my jaws taking so long and still itching sometime and pee muscles a lot better still some stiffness I still feel jaws muscles push down so I think I should be better soon weight gain no off yet anxiety like a rocket

jackie
7:44 pm August 1st, 2016

I was switched to liauid diazepam to finish my taper. the problem is instead of the drugstore giving me 5mg/5ml, they gave me 5mg/1ml. . I only took two doses until they realize they was wrong. I was dosing .25 2x a day. but their mistake cause me to dose 1.25 for two times. I hope I am not kindled!!!

Frances
8:26 am August 3rd, 2016

Exercise and anything to increase oxygen is essential. Using computer programs and charts to keep yourself organized compensates for the memory loss whether it is temporary or permanent. Eat very well do not skimp on nutritious food. Groom well and keep ur mouth shut in public until u heal. Better to just do ur job and be a good listener. Do not try to convince anyone of ur situation if u do not live in the UK. Just believe in urself and cut those pills slowly over three Yrs into smaller and smaller granules. Do not go off or restart, Buy a cheap blender and put in nice vegetables beet and ginger. Splurge w vegetable and coconut oil and reasonable helpings of lean meat and fish. Ur brain needs the photochemical and amino acids. Ask urself what do u want to happen and if ur behavior does not correspond with ur higher and immediate goals look at what u are doing wrong and change it. U may not be a drug addict but being on Benzos has presented ur idiot side to the world so it is wise to be ur best self in the time u have left. When people make comments about ur eyes being clear or ur enormous weight loss just smile. U can always write a book when u retire. U will be working full time cleaning ur life and relationships up. Do not waste it explaining or complaining. If u are going to sue ur doctor u only have 3 yrs and a court system that protects doctors on this issue. So think about what u want to do first. Believe that u can do this and when u act imperfectly forgive urself but do not do it again, Prople are more pissed at u than u will ever relize so be nice and do not provoke them. Focus on ur own skills and what will keep u happy and secure. U r ur only friend in this.

Ida
1:44 am August 6th, 2016

My 88 year old mother in law is going through Xanax withdrawal. Doctor gave her Klonopin to help with the withdrawal and she is now tapering off of that. She has all the classic withdrawal symptoms and is afraid she will never get better. A nephew wants her to take the marijuana derivative CBC which he claims is not a hallucinogen but would calm her anxiety. Do you think this will help. I see in your list of things NOT to take is medical marijuana. What should I do?

Ann
4:58 am August 8th, 2016

Didn’t know the dangers of benzodiazepine. Have been on different ones for five years. Now I am struggling to get off .05 mg of clonazapam a day. How do I taper off and what side effects will I experience?

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
11:05 am August 10th, 2016

Hi Ann. I suggest you consult with your doctor to help you plan an individualized tapering schedule. Also, you may look into the Ashton Manual, a manual that can help you with dealing benzodiazepine dependence and withdrawal:
http://www.benzo.org.uk/manual/

ND
1:00 pm August 8th, 2016

Hi,

I would love some advice. I took 2MG of clonepin for 6 years. I withdrew very slowly over the past 40 days and now I have reached 0 mg! It is day 5 on 0mg and it is very difficult. Mostly I have the shakes, sensitive to touch, irritated, and bad headaches. Any advice on what foods to avoid and what to eat? Other strategies that help rebuild GABA? Anything is apprecited. Thanks!

Barbara
6:07 pm August 10th, 2016

I am currently tapering off of Xanax and take both Vitamin B and Vitamin D. My B is very low normal and had been steadily dropping over the past year, and D was below normal. Is this not an instance where I should stay on the supplements? Vitamin D deficiency, in particular, has been associated with pre-diabetes and diabetes. Please respond.
Thank you.

Tina
4:50 am August 13th, 2016

Hi, I cold turkeyed off xanax 12 years ago, and I still have horrific symptoms everyday. I’m not as bad as I was 12 years ago, but loosing hope that I will ever be well again. I’ve had very few windows of feeling better, and never once a window were I felt normal for any length of time. I didn’t think even protracted withdrawl could last this long. Is it still possible to heal after all this time? I’ve done a lot of research over the years and haven’t heard of anyone else still healing at 12 years benzodi free

Arthur
11:37 pm August 15th, 2016

I have been tapering off of lorazepam for about a month. Until a few days ago I was down to a half a mg a day. It has been he’ll for me. I just knew it was going to kill me. 2 days ago my blood pressure was spiking terribly and I couldn’t take it anymore. I went t6ttto the ER and the Dr put me back on benzos. I don’t know what to do or how to even get a plan to get off of them. I knew it was going to be bad getting off this drug but I sure was not ready for what hit me. Absolutely horrifing.

Shaila
12:16 pm August 17th, 2016

Hi, I’ve been on lorazepam for almost ten years, following a test for a tumour,which wasn’t there, but left me unable to sleep. Started with 2mg lorazepam increasing to 70 mg a day. Went thru a very difficult.divorce. Used to see a doctor, who helped bring me down to 35.mg. Then went to a detox place,where I was dropping 1 mg daily. Was fine till a tiff with the ex that caused a relapse n am back to needing 35mg. Main issues are panic attacks,restlessness n awful headaches. Have been given gabapentine, but not sure I shd start on that one. Grateful for any advice. It was helpful to know about others experiences. Thanks

Dave
3:41 am August 19th, 2016

I was taking 6-8 mg of xanax for 6 years then the drug addiction specialist put me on. 20 Mgs of valium to cut down buy 5mgs per week for 4 weeks
I went through total hell constant derealization for 8 months , I’ve been told to stabilize I’m now on 2 Mgs if klonopin a day , I started to get physchosis about 2 mths ago and wake up with horrible memories everyday and can’t see any way out , I think about suicide all the time because I started going insane and can’t handle it again , I’m living by myself and am hardly functional , have lost all my friends can’t go outside because if extreme fear and can’t handle that everyone out there is fine and I’m restarted and not being able to be with any women is very upsetting for me , I don’t know how to handle this and need help please , thank you Dave

Moe
3:58 am August 21st, 2016

I need freaking help. I don’t know what to do, I’m losing the ability to talk to ppl and my memory is destroyed

6:57 pm August 22nd, 2016

Hi Moe. I’d suggest you check into a treatment facility. Quitting benzodiazepines is not easy, and healing will last a long time. But I believe you can do it with the support from loved ones and the help of medical professionals.

Rex
4:05 pm August 21st, 2016

I have just completed a 10 months withdrawl from Valium. My experienceis that Magnesium is wonderful, as long as you start with a low dose. I am now 4 months “clean” but stillhave lots of withdrawl symptoms – muscle weakness , dizziness, sore eyes, urinating urgency and others,but magnesium is very relaxing and helps to make life bearable. Start with 200mg perday and build up, if necessary to the point where, according to some, you will have diarrhoea. I am now taking 1500 mg per day and do not have it. Do try – I will be happy to take magnesium for the rest of my life. It has no less tan 325 know functions in the body and is a great aid to good health

6:54 pm August 22nd, 2016

Hi Rex. Thank you for sharing your experience with us. Magnesium helps greatly when people are recovering from benzo use. I am sure your comment will help another fellow reader. I hope you continue to maintain a successful recovery.

Ann
12:11 am August 22nd, 2016

Wondering if there is any time frame for my case. A month and a half to come off two .05 mg.
of Loranzapem a day for 16 months. Last dose was 7 weeks ago. I do have some better days, but mostly really uncomfortable ones. Would really like some encouragement as to a time frame??? Dr. says I should not be having problems this long…..metallic mouth, watering mouth , lump in throat when feeling ill…I was 100% healthy before coming off, had full physical in June.
Before came off. I was given the drug for grief.

Pat
4:37 am August 23rd, 2016

Coming off adivan after 20 years of up to 8mg a day at times – after 45 horrible days – the last to days seem to be getting worse – from muscle loss – to puffy feeling in eyes – extreme wieght loss – head full and humming – now seems like the skin on my back is on fire th last two days – anyone got info about this -HELP!!!!

1:25 pm August 24th, 2016

Hi Pat. It looks like the tapering rate was too fast or the dose decrease was to abrupt. Did a doctor help you create the weaning schedule? You can contact your doctor and report all symptoms you are experiencing; s/he can prescribe medications to help you manage. You can also treat many of the symptoms with over-the-counter medications and herbal remedies for the local pharmacy.

Sandy
9:53 pm August 24th, 2016

I’ve been on Clonazepan, .25mg twice a day for 2months. I quit taking it due to severe dizziness. Now I’m having withdrawal, My family doc put me on Larazapam half mg at night . I s this good, or should I just try to get through it without the Lorazapam

Tonia
7:44 pm August 25th, 2016

My Paxil quit working and I can’t get off of it due to the horrible withdrawal. I’ve been on it for 16 years. I’ve been on clonazepam for about 12 years. I’m up to 1mg in the morning and I can tell just after 4 months I’m already reaching tolerance. My doc upped it to that because I was trying to titrate off Paxil onto Prozac and that made me feel even worse. So now I’m just still on Paxil and I’m basically homebound. I feel so nauseous, headaches, heart palpitations. I need help!!

Elizabeth
5:24 pm August 26th, 2016

Hi I’m in mr 3month 1/2 and I’m freaking out never in my life took benzo untill doctor recommended because I was having little anxiety because of my son I was having problems with him took them for 8 months 0.5 one every day I stop cold turkey and here I’m with all mental symptoms but I have a question I seen the ones last night and I seen how a guy was murder and from that day my pan is went over roof its in my head before never happens when I was normal but will I stay like or would it go away when evrthing. Passes away please let me know I’m so knew at this

Karen
5:38 pm August 26th, 2016

Just scared for my son. He is in the throws of withdrawals. He is saying some scary stuff, which I am sure are hallucinations at their worse. He went through 60 mgs in less than 2 weeks. Not sure how he took them…he says 4-6mg per day. He will not seek help. I do have gabapentin and clonidine along with hydroxyzine here at the house. I am reading and trying to figure out if these are good options. I understand rehabs and detox centers are not the way to go. I am pretty loss at this point and am scared for him.

Chris
12:26 am September 11th, 2016

About to be taperd and im smoking weed. Whats going to happen to me I’m obviously going to stop smoking weed now but i guess I will wd from both. Should i tell my dr now or try to get off both by myself? ??

Kare
4:37 pm September 11th, 2016

I was taken off of zyprexa quicky. And out on Valium prasisin and tryliptal. I am in acute withdrawal. Don’t know if I should taper off the other meds. Already dropped the prasisin. I am scared. And close to suicide. Please help.

Cara
2:44 am September 14th, 2016

Hi. I have been taking .05 clozapham for about 4 years now. I don’t take them everyday about 4 times a week and 5 during pms.. I take then for aniexty before bed…I am super worried about the withdrawls. I get 25 a month. Are my withdrawals going to be as bad Because I take only take a low dose 4times a week? I would like to withdrawal very slowly.. how should I go about doing this thanks Cara

Marla
5:14 am September 14th, 2016

Hello I was wondering if talking Xanex can cause permanent damage to my brain? I was taking them for less than a year only on weekends but the last couple weeks I took them, I overdid it way over did it put it this way I could have died. Thank God I didnt. It’s been about week and 3 days since I touched them. I kk never go back this past week has been hell on Earth for me. Can u help with an answer?

Shelly
4:12 am September 15th, 2016

I’ve been on Klonopin for the past 17 years and am now trying to get off of it. 10 days ago I got out of a detox that did a 6 day taper and then kept me there for 2 more weeks. Now I’m at home trying to cope with the aftermath and it is hell! I have all of the worst symptoms; anxiety, panic, shaking, stabbing pain in my stomach and fear that this will not go away….I’m afraid of tomorrow. Is there anything that you can take, over the counter, that can help at all? Please, I’m desperate for any answer to this.

paula
12:58 pm September 16th, 2016

Im praying for this to be true. I only took benzo 4 months and antidepressants 5 months. I was pollydrugged and cted off them. I was put on Depicote for mood swings which I had due to Perimenopause but All medication made me much worse. I am 9 months off all medication and still feeling terrible! My stomach is screwed up and hurts daily, I Feel dizzy, nauseous etc. I also experience horrific Moments if I try to nap . I feel sadness anxious racing thoughts trying to nap. Its all scary! I stay on my couch because I feel secure and safe there basiclly . Im really feeling bad. Please help

Kathleen
2:42 pm September 17th, 2016

I am struggling, to say the least. I tapered off after being on 20 milligrams a day for 13 years. Taper or not, I am going through hell. It didn’t hit me until more than a week of being off. I have every withdrawal symptom possible. The anxiety is horrific. The panic is horrific! Last night, I could not sleep. I woke up sweating and truly though I was going to die. My breathing seemed different and shallow. I am 59 years old, female and can’t stand much more of this. I am considering going on Cymbalta. I cannot live like this much longer and we are moving to a different home in 5 days and my panic is getting worse because of it. I feel like there is nowhere to turn.

Rik
7:20 pm September 20th, 2016

What can/should I do about feeling of inebriation during clonazepam xerox? I think I reduced from. 5mg way too fast!

Keisha
10:29 pm September 21st, 2016

Hi, I’ve been on alprazolam 0.5mg once daily since August 28th of this year so a little less than a month. I don’t like the effects it has on me and wanna quit cold turkey but basically in fear of my life of having a heart attack or seizure any insight or advice would be helpful.

Janice
3:48 am September 23rd, 2016

I didn’t know lorazepam would be phisicallybadditve so son I have been taking for 6 weeks. I’m sacred and don’t know why to do. I am still having anxiety from the beginning.

Stacie
4:22 am September 27th, 2016

Does anything help with the withdraws? Trying my best but really really struggling!!!

Megan
1:22 am September 29th, 2016

I’ve been on Xanax since 2010, 1 mg, 3 times a day. My life has turned upside meaning I no longer have the drive to do the things I was most passionate about…spending time with my daughter, working out regularly. I’m horrified of the withdrawal process. A few years back, I knocked my prescription into the sink so I didn’t have any Xanax to get me through the next few days. I was horrible..itching skin, felt like bugs were crawling on me, couldn’t sleep, the world itself felt so surreal that I missed three days of after I attempted to drive and could barely remember where I was. Are these common side effects of withdrawing and would the withdrawals be worse now for me since I’ve been on them for five more year since that last episode? Tia. Megan

Jane
8:27 pm September 29th, 2016

Just got off clonazapam after about 9 years. Took it for depression ( my son died ) and mainly for restless leg syndrome. Decided it was time to get off of it. I was on the smallest dose, so I think my withdrawal isn’t so bad. It’s definitely there though. I tapered back and got off it slowly , but maybe not slow enough. I’m wondering if you know of anything over the counter , or natural home remedies to help with my withdrawal symptoms. Insomnia, leg muscle spasms at night, rapid pulse, rapid breathing, hyperactivity. I didn’t get medical help to do this because I don’t want to switch one prescription drug for another one. Any thoughts?

Khadijah
5:00 am October 3rd, 2016

Hello, I was on benzos for about a month or two and I cold turkeys (I didn’t know) that’s was in 2012! I became suicidal and I HAD to get on Effexor! They cold turkeyed off of those! It’s been over two years and I’m suffering so bad j want to take my life! I fear I may be damaged for life! Help please! I have a knee injury and I’m taking glucosamine chondroitin complex I will soon take omega 3 fish oil and tumeric!

Kathy
8:00 am October 4th, 2016

I’m not sure how to start?? I was on Clonazepam for 6 months after being prescribed antidepressants with many side effects++ I was diagnosed in 2006 with GAD and depression I have Hashimotos Hypothyroiditis. The last decission was Clonazepam I have been trying to get off of this medication since with 3 attempts (and this being my final and last attempt because I’m determined to not stop until I’m done. with no support from my psychiatrist since after her prescribing it to me she discharged me from her care due to her feeling at the time she had tried every medication and couldn’t help me. I don’t want to drag this on but I am now under the care of a Pharmacist at the University of British Columbia she had tried for a third time to taper me off of Clonazepam and it felt like it was impossible so I had seen a video on the Benzo Facebook page in regards to switching to Valium so I suggested to try it and have been tapering since Feb of this year. I am on a liquid form mixed with almond oil and I’m down to .05mg in the am and .1mg in the pm it’s been hell since beginning of September with a decrease Aug 16th and major withdrawals kicking in around Beginning of Sept or at least noticeable withdrawals ++ “If there’s a hell on earth I’m in it” your truly Kathy ❤️

kara
8:58 am October 4th, 2016

Feel like it wont ever end. Feel like the only thing that’s gonna end is my relashionships, my work, my motivation. How do I get my husband to understand this and not for him to think its all in my head and I’m making it up?

Juli
4:35 pm October 4th, 2016

Hello, I accidentally quit diazepam cold turkey (about 2 months ago). My Dr did not refill my prescription and I decided that I did not want to take it anymore. I had no idea what I was getting myself into.
I have been taking diazepam for 8 years. I took it originally when I went on a trip or the rare occasion that I could not sleep. About 5 years ago I started taking it more often to help my sleeplessness from Peri menopause & life stress (15 mg 2-3 times a week). I know now that diazepam probably made things worse:(
Anyway, the intense feelings of fear and anxiety subsided about 2 weeks ago, but my brain is still buzzing and my eyes are slightly blood shot. I drank 2 glasses of wine the other night and I am worried that I set my recovery time back as I did not sleep, had mild symptoms of anxiety, along with a headache that lasted for 24 hours.
I realize now that alcohol effects brain receptors the same way that benzos do. I am hoping that I did not screw my recovery up to badly!
Thanks, Juli

john
10:32 pm October 4th, 2016

hi my name is john and I have been taking benzo for 12 years at high does was aple to be drug free in 2011 coming of Xanax 14 mg a day that was in halzden 30000 out of pocket then 6 months latter starting taking klopion but my brain is feeling nerves in side they hurt and brain is squezzing and burning taking 2 mg now brain is not liking them this is my 6 time trying to beat this monster what is going on inside my brain

Mary
6:01 pm October 5th, 2016

I have been on Xanax for 30 years. A psychiatrist is in the process of gradually weaning me off.
I have been taking Vitamin D supplements for months now (because I was low); I have been drinking chamomile tea with vanilla and honey everyday to calm me, and I absolutely love salmon, eating it once or twice a week!!!! (always thought salmon was the best choice of fish!!)
My withdrawal is brutally agonizing, especially after the last tapering…….am I destroying my ability to get off this terrible drug by doing the above things???? Please help me.

Sandy
10:12 pm October 6th, 2016

I have been on clonazepam .25 mg for 21/2 years and my Dr is taking me off. I am in the tapering now it was going every other day now I started every 3rd day I take one.My withdrawals are pretty bad some good days more bad days. How long will it take to have this nasty drug out of my system once I am off of it. Can I go to the every 3rd day for 2 weeks nd then not take it any more safely. Any help is helpful.

Mary
1:21 pm October 8th, 2016

I have tapered down, under a psychiatrist’s supervision, from 4 Xanax pills, (.25 mg.) a day, to 1 1/2 pills a day. I am a 67 yeard old woman, who has been on this horrible drug for 30 years.
The withdrawal is brutal and agonizing. It is more the physical withdrawal symptoms, including stuttering, and shortness of breath that bother me the most.
Please keep me informed with any updates on withdrawal from this “monster” pill!!
God bless you ~ Mary

Evelyn
5:03 pm October 8th, 2016

Not certain if this site is where I should be, however, I need to ask of your help! Perhaps directing me to where I should be is something you can help me with. I am one year off of Lexapro. My gp actually helped me taper and then convinced me to seeing a physciatrist . The physciatrist ran a genetic test that came back with my having the MTHFR factor and the need to be on an a/d called Prisqi. Well I tried 1 tablet and became deathly ill. That was the end of that! It took me this whole year to realize that my CNS has been so damaged!!! Night sweats….hair thinning……palpitations….insomnia…..depression….are things I battle with each and every day. I talk to a therapist (CSW) who has been wonderful and convinces me I am not going insane! My husband has been supportive but I fear he is becoming extremely weary and drained too! Where do I go from here???? Some days I just want to give up!

Lisa
10:28 pm October 10th, 2016

My son is in benzo withdrawal after being pulled over and arrested for no rx. His symptoms were bad and he was taken to the ER but physician would not reinstate drug for tapering. He is in his fourth DAY and says it is unbearable. How do we know if/when he needs medical assistance??

JOE
11:56 pm October 10th, 2016

Good news? but first my sad story.
I have been on .05 mg of clonazepam for 10 years? for psychogenic epileptic seizures that occurred in deep sleep. Now, it is just severe cramping all over and grinding teeth and limping around most of the day with groin pain. i got a hydrocele when i took just half my dose with either kava or bergamot oil. Okay, no more kava but Bergamot is great stuff. $10?oz at iherb.com
Anyhow, for some there MAY be relief by drinking raw cacao, the Drink of the Gods (Mayan) at about $10 for 8oz bag at WholeFoods. i can’t believe how well i feel during the day and I am 72. Its benefits are mood enhancement, cardio protective, anti-aging. This isn’t chocolate or cocoa but the raw unprocessed bean for around thousands of years. This is day 2 and I did sleep better. Of course I took it with my clonazepam and 2 droppers of passion flower, 1 150 mg of l-theanine and 2 spritzes of BCD oil which is losing its power, unfortunately.
There is a lot also on MCT oil which is made from coconut oil. The indications for neurological problems are substantial. (e.g., See Childhood epilepsy-MCT OIL and Alzheimers-Dr. Mary Newport Fla). The active ingredient in the Alzheimers drug, Axona, $81.00 for 30 pills, is MCT OIl but it doesn’t last as long as MCT OILwhich costs only $12 for 16 n oz. I wonder what a teaspoon of MCT in a cup of raw cacao might do, but not too hot though, MCT loses its mojo if heated to high. Thank you

kh
4:53 pm October 11th, 2016

Hello i have been off benzos going on 9 years now,and i still beleive i am protracted,i was on klonopin for 16 years and then the docter abruptly took me off and i suffered very severly. She took me off in 2008 after bein on them for 16 years,i did drink alot on them and i did abuse them to. Is there any hope for me? Now i am withdrawing from zyprexa and quetiapine. Help

Paul
1:38 am October 12th, 2016

I have been on and off some form of benzodiazapine for over 30 years. For the past 5 years or so only I only took it when necessary which was infrequently. I have never been completely free of anxiety. Some anxiety has always been there . Two months ago I tried taking a magnesium supplement and for a month I was feeling great. I didn’t need the benzos at all and everything was normal. I thought I had found my cure but after 5 weeks or so my anxiety returned with a vengeance. I continued taking the magnesium and upped my dosage but it continued to get worse. I had no idea that a natural element like magnesium was the culprit. Has this connection between anxiety and magnesium been studied because I’ve never heard of that before. Could I have unkowingly made myself worse by taking magnesium? was not taking alprazolam daily and only taking less than .5mg to help with occasional panic attacks. It would explain why my anxiety got worse and why the magnesium failed to help. Why did it take a month to affect me? Should I wean off magnesium or just stop taking it immediately.?
Thanks for the information.
Paul

Ruben
8:18 pm October 12th, 2016

I have a life or death issue. I have chronic Tinnitus and hyperacusis. I am taking clonopin and Remeron. How in the world can I titrate and stop these meds with tinnitus. The anxiety will kill me.
Even on the meds I feel ill sick hopeless. My DR. is no help he just says keep taking the benzo well the benzo barely works Ive been taking it for 4 years. Im afraid terrified dont now what to do. The tinnitus gets worse when you try to titrate. Please offer some suggestions help. God bless. Ruben

Kathy
8:22 pm October 12th, 2016

I would like to thank you for responding so quickly. I can’t seem to get into the Benzo group on the FB page. I was a member a couple of times when I was trying to taper off of Clonazepam. I stopped following them because at the time I couldn’t even tackle reading their files. I am now do the tapering off liquid Valium with a pharmacist at a University in my area. I would like to thank you especially for the post that I read on the FB age in regards to the supplements because I’ve stopped taking them and felt that Magnesium,Pharmagaba,B6 and I was taking Ribes Nigrum and Wobenzym N and felt a dramatic difference happened when I stopped. I stopped the B6 immediately after taking a pill and feeling like I was “poisoned” I know that might sound extreme but that’s how I felt although the feeling only lasted for a short time. I had gone off the Pharmagaba and at the same time which was approx a month ago but started up on it a week to 10 after because I was unaware of the issues between supplements. I didn’t stop taking the Ribes Nigrum at the time and wasn’t consistent with my liquid Magnesium until initiating the Pharmagaba. When I read this article approx. a week to 10 days ago and seen the supplements that may cause problems and was feeling so terrible I stopped all supplements. I am under the care of a Naturolpath and will see her on October 20th. I would just like to thank you so very much for this article again it rescued me from H E double hockey sticks lol. I’m using my iPhone so I’m hoping this message is clear. After I went off the supplements it was like night and day it was a very dramatic difference. I had continued to take the Wobenzym N though because I didn’t know an Enzyme would cause the problems too. I have since stopped taking it and did notice the discomforts that I was having stopped. I’m now down to .05mg of liquid Valium in the am and pm. I’m still having insomnia ++++ and am feeling rather rough this morning. Who ever knew a little “mothers little helper” would cause someone so much grief. Thank you thank you thank you for being so very supportive in this ever so tough time in my life. Hugs to you for assisting me at this time forever Kathy ❤️😊

Rex
12:46 pm October 13th, 2016

I am now 6 months free fromValium, havinng taken doses of around 5 mg pernight for sleep (Ocasionally splurges of 15mg in extremely stressful circumstances) for 6 years.
My sleep is inproving IF i do not attempt any form of exercise. I m active in pottering around the house and a large garden but anything more then that I have real fatigue and tension which reuces or even stops sleep entirely. . If I could solve the fatigue problem I could go along with the other symptoms (sore eyes, urine frequency ) etc but oh the fatigue. cannot even go for a walk outside the house and have to order my groceries by e-mail and have them delivered because walking in the suoermarket, guarantees a bad night (or even two). Has anyone else had fatigue and intolerance to exercise like this . If so, how long did it take you to reciver?

Azam
1:32 pm October 15th, 2016

I’m on liberium 10 two times daily. After 3 months my doc reduced it by one time a day at bed time. Im on one time dose since one month. Please suggest how to coup up with 92 beats per minute at times during evening

Molly
10:09 pm October 19th, 2016

I am almost 3.5 years out and still stay inside my home most days. I still suffer from agoraphobia, depersonalization, terror– sometimes I think I’ll be like this forever but I’ve come so far that it seems I’m in my last stretch..

Natalie
1:05 am October 21st, 2016

I’m 7 months out of pretty much a cold turkey withdrawal. I still feel insane but I can finally tell it’s starting to get better. No one understands why I’m not better yet. It’s so hard to explain to people so I pretty much just don’t talk to people except my husband. Without him and God I would have already killed myself. This is the most insane thing I’ve ever gone through and I wouldn’t wish it on my worst enemy.

Rex
11:52 am October 22nd, 2016

For Azam. Try Magnesium Citrate taablets but start slowly. Take 100 mg in the evening for the first week, take 100 mg morning and evening for the second week and contnue increasing up to around 100 mg if you do not have diarhoea. Or put magnesium oil r magnesium flakesn inan evening bath and lie there for 2o to 30 minures. It works for me.

Nicki
7:25 pm October 25th, 2016

Thanks for info… is 5 htp OK to take? LTheanine? Had thought gaba rich foods would help… maybe not. I had very bad advice when I tried to come off the anti depressant mirtazapine. & had to take diagram and temazepam… Managed to find a fab gp who is an expert on benzo. She is helping me taper. It’s a pig though. I had to go back on the mirtazapine. . Was too ill. Thankfully only been on benzo for 4 months.. not too high a dose .Am down to 1mg diazepam,and around 7mg temazepam. Tapering diazepam first. Thanks again for info. Oh and assume magnolia bark a no no..thought it may help? Blessing ,nicki x

Dennis
9:14 pm October 27th, 2016

I am hoping to get more information about withdrawal. Specifically, I have been trying to quit, WELL, rather, I was “Yanked off” by a young inexperienced doctor who wanted to convert the world, so to speak. So I have been without prescription for more than 2 years, and am dealing as best I can in isolation because nobody really seems to know what they are doing. i was caught by your first comment “to seek a doctor who has experience”.
I hope that by writing here, I can get more information.
d.

Annelize
9:10 am November 2nd, 2016

Hello.
I have a friend that has a severe case of benzo withdrawal. I knew that she was ill, but I only recently found out how to name it. Her panic attacks are so bad she doesn’t even trust her own parents, and runs away every time they try to send her somewhere for proper care. She fears her own family and that isolates her. Yeah.. I don’t always know what to do, so I research as much as I can and then just encourage her that it will end soon and all the bad stuff will go away soon. But i don’t know how to convince her to go to rehab, because she has gone before and I think it was a bad experience for her.
I don’t need a reply… I just wanted to vent on a platform that understands. Thanks.

Jennifer
10:36 am November 4th, 2016

I feel trapped like I’m running on a gerbil wheel and I can’t get off. I went to detox and was doing well until they cut me off suddenly and then when I got home I could do nothing but get back on the medication. My dose ended up being pretty high towards the end and they can’t find a doctor who will help me at this dose. Help!

cory
2:03 pm November 5th, 2016

Hello, I have been taking tranxene for over 4 years now and I recently started to taper off because I am a truck driver and doc said I can’t be on this medication while driving. Was diagnosed a couple years back with GAD and have been on every SSRI out there. Yesterday I had probably one of the worst anxiety/panic attacks ever after not taking tranxene for 8 days! I was shaky, had diarrhea, heard noises, couldn’t breathe, eyes twitching, weekness, bad memory, confused, head felt tight, all kinds of symptoms! ! I thought I was doing good for 8 days but all of a sudden. ….Bam it hit me and I still feel the aftermath. .. somebody help

Edward
6:08 pm November 6th, 2016

To Jennifer–

Your situation sounds similar to mine–I cut down my dose too abruptly, and it caused anxiety and panic attacks. So in an attempt to alleviate these symptoms, I went up to a much higher dose.

However, the higher dose did not help. The abrupt reduction causes these unfortunate symptoms, and it takes time for the brain to stabilize. I saw the advice of one of the withdrawal-help organizations that the first thing to do is to go back to the minimum amount that you were comfortable with before. This is what I did, and the symptoms are gradually reducing with time.

I know the symptoms are difficult now, but you get through them. It’s really unfortunate, though, that doctors don’t warn about what can happen–and sometimes even make it worse–and so many people are suffering.

RB
10:52 pm November 7th, 2016

I’ve been on and off Benzos for approx 2.5 years. My GP originally prescribed them for PRN anxiety needs. It started with Ativan which I started to have to take more frequently in higher doses just to go to work. Safe to say, I’m not working anymore – it’s been 1.5 years. I’ve been in several treatment facilities since and nothing has changed. Psychiatrists have put me on Klonopin (started at 1mg / day but most of the time I managed to keep it at 0.5 mg… some days I would abuse because I just wanted to die) and then tapered me at my request. But I only ever lasted a few weeks until I had to start again. I’ve tried multiple antidepressants and nothing has changed (most of them made me feel worse or just had too many side effects for my body to handle). I’m taking Trazadone 50 mg right now and have been for 3 weeks but that’s just for sleep. Not even sure I should be taking that. I’ve been completely off of Benzos for the last 3 weeks. I tapered slowly from Clonazepam (0.5 mg) to Diazepam (2 mg) and then to chlordiazepoxide (5 mg) again over about a 2 month period but felt miserable through the whole taper process and now I feel worse most days. I try to exercise every morning but still have daily suicidal ideation, restlessness, relentless anxiety, no motivation to get back in the workforce – I want to so badly but the anxiety will not go away, tremors / shakiness, lot’s of fear; scared I’m never going to get through this. Absolutely no happiness or laughing or emotions but desperation, despair, and hopelessness. My psych won’t try me on anymore medication as I’ve tried most and my GP doesn’t know what to do. I’m only 42 and I was a successful business man. Now I am nothing and burning through my savings as my wife doesn’t make enough money to hold the fort. I have tried to take some Niacin which I think helps a little and L-Theanine but the pain in my head / hyper vigilance feeling never goes away. There just doesn’t seem to be any hope or anyone who can help.

Mia
4:52 am November 15th, 2016

I have always had anxiety but never debiliating anxiety and panic attacks, until I started abusing bath salts, MDMA, things of that sort in 2010-2011. I then started having debilitating panic and fear. I thought I was dying, literally. And this persisted long after I stopped the uppers. I tried to offset the symptoms with Klonopin. At first, I took way too much. I was on 4mg a day and STILL having anxiety attacks. I couldnt figure out why. I forced myself to take less and less.

Now, in 2016, I take very very little. I take .025 mg a day at most, and sometimes will skip a day or two. But I am so disheartened because even now, I feel that same horrible feeling and panic, inability to shower, eye tracers, pounding heart, etc…. when I run out of the Klonopin. My doctors have started a “taper” that is too quick. I need to go slower but they won’t listen.

What am I to do? Will I be “messed up” and needing Klonopin forever because my brain is damaged from all the drugs I did before? I regret it so bad now and I just want myself back. I have struggled ever since 2011 with opiate addiction as well, which came from trying to curb anxiety and depression brought on from taking Klonopin. I’m a mess. Is there hope?

Thank you.

AussieGal
9:38 pm November 16th, 2016

I am on day 8 of cold turkey withdrawing from Clonazipam and Tramadol. I was sent home to my Autistic son and husband with very little leave from work. I have lost it….I feel I don’t have the stamina to cope with my screaming nervous system at night. Are the first two weeks the worst or does it go on with more of the same intensity of symptoms? Is there anything the doctor can give you to help in the intense phase? Can I expect any sleep down the track?

Bob
9:59 pm November 16th, 2016

Was on phenibut for ~ 4 months at 3-4 grams a day. Decided to go cold turkey. Kava Kava actually helps and is a GABA B upregulator so, I don’t know why it is discouraged in this article. It also is non-addictive and helps ameliorate the withdrawal symptoms. Along with theanine(another GABA B upregulator) along with ashuaganda(sp) these things assist getting through the critical phases of intense withdrawal and are non-addictive. I would recommend anyone going through severe withdrawal to seek out and utilize these tools to get through. I am on day 7 cold turkey and it’s not a walk in the park but, these substances I have mentioned allow me to function and get through my work day. Good Luck to everyone that is going through what I am…time heals all wounds and know what you are going through is not “you”. One more thing, I’ve found that candied ginger stops the nausea most effectively. Best of luck to everyone.

Tammi
3:33 pm November 17th, 2016

I was taking up to 4mg of Clonazepam a day. Now I am just a week and a half off the drug. Doctors tell me I should be fine now but I feel like hell. My mouth is numb, I’m having crazy dreams, panic attacks, feel dizzy all the time, crying because I’m scared I’m going to die, numb all over. How long will these symptoms last and is there anything I can do to heal faster?

Lorie
1:45 am November 21st, 2016

I am three classes shy of getting my Caadac license
For drug and alcohol
Counseling , I did my Term paper on BENZODIAZAPINES and there is very little research and help for many people in these?! I , myself, have taken a 1 mg dose to sleep nightly , & just recently my migraine headaches have returned and I have terrible insomnia if I don’t take the 1 mg every night? You are so correct that there is very little awareness and treatment facilities that specialize in BENZODIAZAPINES AND TREATMENT FACILITIES FOR PEOPLE THAT SPECIALIZE IN THIS!! Any HELP AND ADVICE SOULD BE APPRECIATED!!
Thank you,
Sincerely,
Lorie

Nicki
6:33 pm November 21st, 2016

Hello there. Thank you so much for all the helpful tips. On top of the withdrawal I have a very stressful situation to deal with.elderly sick parents. I have successfully come off diazepam. . Now have to tackle temazapam. Unfortunately I upped the dose last week as we had a family funeral. It was very distressing. Now I’m gradually reducing again.i live in the UK. . My doc is pretty benzo friendly, but it’s very tough. I had to go on benzos after trying to come off anti depressant s.. I was giving terrible advice ( not by my present GP). I was very ill.. thankfully stayed home and managed to keep going.My new doc has put me back on the anti depressant. .said it was dangerous if I didn’t. She’s saved my life I think . I have noted all the advice. I am a christian so that’s very helpful have bought one of doctor Leighs books. Thanks so much for all the help… there isn’t much in the UK. Blessing and love, nicki x

Nadya
5:24 am November 23rd, 2016

Went from taking 5mg wice a day 13 years ago to
1 1\2 a night.So,far no symptoms of withdrawal noticed cannot digest meat.Had reaction to lovastatin aflectng the musckes of R leg.Had a stroke,was given lorazeam for cramps .If I totally stop,how can zi control the muscles spans in the R side of the body.New Dr. wants to cut me off..Now I feel terribly nervous am allergic to most other drugs .Take Lorazepam to sleep and control the leg cramps.Do not drink only take RX for high blood pressure

Maxine
6:32 pm November 26th, 2016

About nine weeks ago I was taken off Klonopin after 8 years of usage at 1 mg a day. My doctor said it was no longer working for me so switched me to Atavin .5 mg every 8 hours. He also prescribed celexa 20 mg once a day, I have felt terrible ever since. Was quitting klonopin C/t wrong to do or was switching to Atavin supposed to help with taking away the klonopin? I am getting no relief from this switch and feel more anxious, sick, nauseas than ever. I plan to go back to my doctor and see what he suggests. I am 81 years old and can,’t live like this. I would appreciate any suggestions

CYNTHIA
11:58 am November 27th, 2016

I am scared to death I will not be able to function at work.

Dorothy
12:31 pm November 29th, 2016

I was on restoril for 6 years and got off after a rather fast taper almost a year ago. I had noticed I had difficulty with increased wine intake. I also abused wine but grateful this is no longer an issue. I ran 5 ounces of wine two and a half weeks ago, another 6 ounces three and a half weeks ago, a bottle of wine 4 weeks ago and 1 bottle of wine 5 weeks ago (a bottle being in one night). I have had no wine in 2 1/2 weeks and do not plan to have anymore. I have support for this. I tried Kava recently as well and valerian root extract. I take magnesium supplement at bed. The insomnia I am experiencing is severe. Could I inadvertently have prolonged the withdrawal effects nd recovery from the restoril from taking these products? Not sleeping is debilitating. Thank goodness I am not working. What can I do to sleep and aid in healing of my brain?

Abdullah
4:15 pm November 29th, 2016

Hi, my peril began in 2003 since when I had been on and off Paroxetine 20mg and Clonazepam 0.5 for almost two years. After a cold turkey terribly reaction that lasted for several months I was hospitalized for 9 days. Several oral and intravenous drugs on, I was discharged ‘normalized’. This second episode of medication continued till early 2013. That means from 2003 till 2013. I tapered down the medication in that year and totally off of it now.

My problem now is that since the tapering days till this date the classical benzo withdrawal symptoms persist unabated. I wonder if my condition is withdrawal symptom or a relapse of my earlier anxiety/depression episode? If it is withdrawal condition will it last for such a long period? It has been four years since I stopped it and never went back to it no matter what provocation there was.

Jon G.
5:40 pm December 4th, 2016

For those in the midst of benzo withdrawal as I am right now, stay strong, committed, diligent in your absolute need to stop this madness. This may not be our first time where we’ve decided to take back our lives from the grip of absolute ignorance on many doctors, psychiatrists and other prescribers. You can do this. I can do this. We can do this. Listening to your body definitely helps along with taking care of our immediate needs. If you’ve already overcome this battle, all I can say is never look back, EVER…

paul
9:17 am December 9th, 2016

Hello,
I have been on on Xanax then switched to Valium as per the Aston manual. I am currently on 4.25 MG my doctor says that I am on such a low dose why can’t you just stop altogether. I have extreme anxiety and my whole body tingling. I have held at this dose for almost two weeks and I am afraid to cut .25mg. Any help in this matter would be greatly appreciated.

Nicki
2:44 pm December 10th, 2016

I’m struggling atm. Anxiety and fear… obsessing about big family Christmas. Unfortunately I went up a dose 3 weeks ago as had a very stressful family funeral. Thankfully stayed off valium Just slow tapering the temazepam.I only took one higher dose. Hoping new year will bring hope and relief. Nicki

Ashley
8:02 pm December 13th, 2016

Hi there-
I am beginning a taper from 1.0 mg Klonopin that I was on for 4 months for anxiety and insomnia. I also take Lexapro 15mg, that I started in September. I am just wondering if you know of a mentor program that is available? I basically just need support, -not overly fond of some of the ones I have found online. I think I basically just need a friend to bounce fears,symptoms, and concerns off of. It is amazing that fear of doing this is actually the worst part for me so far. I am a healthcare provider, and cannot wait to be on the other side helping someone else one day. I am willing to pay for the mentorship, or provide a donation to a non-profit. Please let me know if you have any suggestions. Also, do you know anyone that has used the Point of Return program with success? Thank you so much.

Ashley

David
11:08 pm December 19th, 2016

Im 63 and been on 0.5mgs of clonazepam once per night for sleep for 5 weeks now. Been tapering down for two weeks . Im down to 0.25mgs. I have life long depression which is making this withdrawal process so much harder. I am so sick and need to know how long I should hold between cuts.

Benzo site says I should cut 1/8th every two weeks . I have 2/8ths left to go which is where Im at now 0.25mgs but I wonder if that is even to fast. I went through this two years ago for the same reason . Last time between on and off It took 4 months total and that time I made tiny razor cuts every so many days as tolerated.

This time its so much harder because even though I was on 0.5 for a very short time I had to start cutting at that larger dose. Pharmacist says to Me oh that is such a small dose just stop taking it. I did that last time and had a seizure.

Each time I take My dose It puts me out for around two hours then the minute I wake up if You will I am in withdrawal which goes on through the day and sometimes calms down a bit before the next dose other days not.

I wonder if I start feeling the withdrawls right away is because I have hit tolerance or is this just the typical withdrawal process. I am so very sensitive to these type of drugs. I took it because I had no choice. I hated getting back on this but did not realize how much harder it would be to get off again. My digestive track is suffering the most with the flight or fight set in stone. Nausea cramps etc etc headaches etc.

Doctors and pharmacist are basically useless when it comes to this process , We can only depend on the internet and support groups.

richard
11:54 am December 20th, 2016

I understand ive got problems and cant wait to heal.i have been 28 year’s on alprazolam and in my 3rd year off withdrawal. Please reply with any help!!

Sivakumaar
8:46 am December 26th, 2016

I am a xanax addict for past 25 years.in with drawl i feel a lot of discomfort.what i can do…?

Mase
11:16 am December 28th, 2016

Thank you so much for writing this! It’s been about a year (give or take a few weeks) & I’m finally starting to get warm fuzzies from life again but just when things started looking up I sank right back down again. This has happened to one degree or another since cold turky but this was like feeling bulletproof then made of clay all in less than 24hrs time. While it gave me hope, sinking back down, as anyone going through it knows, threw me back into the fear that this hopelessness is who I am now. I never even considered what I was eating could be effecting how I feel but it makes perfect sense seeing as I starting feeling like hell right after the holliday crap food fest. I hope info about this can become more wide spread. When I kicked heroin all the info was everywhere. Heroin withdrawl is a much less complex kick so hopefully benzo info will grow as well.

Sharon
7:12 pm December 31st, 2016

I am trying to get off rivertrol I have been on few bemzos in 13 years .dr took me off .but i get them off street now.

Harriet
3:46 am January 3rd, 2017

Hi there I have been on klonopin for two years now, the most I took was 3 mg a day and now I am down to 1 mg a day through the supervision and taper scheduled of a very knowledgable psychiatrist, however the only symptom that is truly debilitating is extreme exhaustion and everytime I make a cut like this last one it gets worse. I also feel so mentally slow and I am usually a very sharp individual. I am very scared and feel like I don’t have control over my own brain or thoughts. I am only 24 and eat a very healthy diet and try to exercise as much as possible, I gave up alcohol and caffeine and I know I have only felt these symptoms for the past week and a half but I am feeling hopeless especially after reading so many horrible stories about benzo withdrawl. Please help me feel like my symptoms are normal and will pass.

Deborah
9:22 pm January 5th, 2017

Can anyone help?? I have been on kolopin for eight years .last year had a Tia due to meds. Have cut down to 1/2 of0.5 mg daily and having withdrawals crazy panic,want to jump out of my skin want to scream having nightmares waking up and screa!ing ,shaking, and panic,heart flying,bs up BP up and so much more can’t work can’t drive can’t think pressure in eyes, head exploding anxiety so bad ,fear for no reason hard to concentrate and of course bed ridden with vertigo has anyone had this?

Tina
2:29 am January 6th, 2017

I’ve been on Ativan 4 years I have shortness of breath problem with eyes.i have 4 children I feel some times that my mind isn’t there anymore.what can I do to get better.

Robin
8:07 pm January 7th, 2017

I’m doing a Liquid Titration taper off Klonopin and so far so good. However, one of my main symptoms is fatigue so I drink coffee to feel better. Yesterday I had more coffee than normal in the evening so that I could stay up later. But today, I feel like I have absolutely no energy and could sleep All day. I have health anxiety (aka hypochondria) , so I think I’m possibly dying walking pneumonia or maybe heart disease! 😬😬. Could my severe fatigue be related to coffee the evening before. PS in order to stay out of bed, I drank coffee and listened to great music & danced. I feel better but I’m still freaking out.

severino
3:42 pm January 14th, 2017

Good day!

My insomnia occurred last April 2016. For the first days, I could not believe that such chronic illness occurred in my life. I have some suspicion that this was inflicted by a drug pusher who put something in my beer when we were having some drinking session. ( Thats the reason I am advocate of our dear president in his war on drug addicts). I went to see my doctor who prescribed me with a sleeping tablet ( rivotril) which I took until end of September pf 2016. Finally, I went to see an accupuncturist last September 30 who told me to stop taking said medicine. Slowly I took the tablet on a milder dose until I was able to overcome it with 1/4 tab until finally last October 10 I was able to tough it out not to take anymore the tablet. Exactly four months from said date I have not taken anymore the said tablet. I experience all those withdrawal symptoms and the only issue now is my depersonalization which I am trying to overcome. I pray and hope that one day this would already be gone. I just want to know if other survivors and those that are already have healed completely would really say if my case would also be the same. Sometimes I have doubts when will I really be healed since I only took the said tablet for 5 months until I finally stopped taking it last October 10 until now.

Hope that somebody would share his experience also with me that I too would be healed. I have lost my job and right now I am uncertain on how I sustain my family with still this condition. I went to see a neurologist who did not even listen to what I feel and again prescribed me with another anti depressant( zooloft) which I did not anymore buy as I know this will again render me more depressed.

Sincerely,

Severino

David
11:03 pm January 14th, 2017

I take My 0.25mg dose at midnight Im down to .069g . It no longer provides sleep if You want to call it that. The insomnia is killing Me and Making My brain even more hyper. What can I do for sleep , anything natural.

Adele
6:48 am January 15th, 2017

HI – in relation to the supplements e.g. magnesium and vitamin B – i have been taking both of these as some sources say that these help with recovery.. but the advice you provide is contrary to this.. can you explain why these supplements should “rev up” symptoms? i read somewhere it is because some of these also contain glutamate.. so is this the reason..

thanks

kate
8:36 pm January 15th, 2017

People trying to get off benzos or sleep meds should really take a look at the website, benzobuddies.org. I am 4 months off of klonopin after taking it for 2.5 years. They helped me realize what was happening to me while taking the drug were tolerance withdrawal symptoms, how to do a slow/safe taper, and what to expect after tapering off (still a long road to recovery). I have many tough symptoms still but, I am back to being “me”. Their advice and support is priceless and I believe, helped save my life. They also post success stories from people just like us who have recovered.

Laura
4:44 am January 24th, 2017

I wonder why my doctor NEVER told me anything about these drugs! He had me on 2 different doses and at the beginning, without knowing much about them, I took myself off of the others. Which left me at 3 mg per day of Klonopin. I had a seizure in front of my 12-year-old daughter ! Scared the hell out of her as well as me when I came to. I never knew anything could happen like that from medication your doctor gives you. Now I want to do something about it to inform people. I am on a tapering schedule. I hope it works. If the doctors don’t know that much about them, why the hell would they prescribe them?

Ron
7:30 pm January 28th, 2017

My wife was fazed off of Klonopin for 2 1/2 months by her doctor. Almost 3 weeks had passed when she started having severe anxiety. Her blood pressure and heart rate shot through the roof. Her doctor had also started her on lexapro to help with the withdrawal. He added wellbutrin after seeing him. Just last night she woke me up screaming uncontrollably. I felt helpless, but tried to assure her I was going to be there for her. For a few minutes, she seemed in another world and very terrified. She had been on Klonopin 1mg for nearly 20 years. She has been off for 4 weeks now but she is at a point of giving up. After reading your article, I know she should go back on it. We both welcome your advise for her. Thanks

Margaret
2:13 pm February 1st, 2017

I’m down to 0.25 clonazepam taken at night from 0.5 taken am and pm. I started tapering 1-1-17. I’ve had pain in back, neck, feeling of numbness(mild) on face, night sweats, headaches, insomnia, high blood pressure, anxiety and fear. I had panic disorder for many years; which has lessened but still around. My huge fear is seizures, how can I protect myself, I hate being afraid because fear torments me. Definitely not a fan of mental health psych nurse I have. Any advice or comfort for this? Thank you

Julie
9:27 pm February 3rd, 2017

I just did a rapid one month detox from temazepam (restoril) 15 mg. Now I am feeling crappy. My nerves are frayed, I feel like I’m shaking inside, my senses are being overly stimulated by everything. Is there something I can take to calm me down. I’m afraid of being like this for a long time I was on the benzos for nine years every day. Also it would be wonderful if you could display the comments in reverse order with the latest one on top.

Barbara
3:17 am February 4th, 2017

I been off benzo’s for 8 months I feel so amazing and one of the things that really helped me was YouTube Todd white . Please watch any of his videos .

Hesham
6:42 pm February 8th, 2017

OK!!! This was seriously helpful, especially the words in No.5, I have made my planes to get off XanaX I’ll taper of taking about 30% off my dose every week. I am taking 0.25 mg 3 times a day so it should take me 3 weeks to totally quit . I also got some GABA supplement 750mg which I am willing to replace the dose that I with, also willing to workout, and pray as much as possible as I am a muslim, As much as it is so scary the idea of getting of XanaX however I k ow I am strong enough to kill it off my life totally , thanks again your words made lots of difference, PS: apologies as my English is not so well as I am an Egyptian living in Egypt

Elissa
10:20 pm February 9th, 2017

Hi. I have been going through withdrawal from clonazepam for 9 months. My doctor recently put me on 25 mg of zoloft and it has made myou symptoms worse.

lyndon
2:06 am February 10th, 2017

i am 38 ive had major deppressive and anxiety dissorder since i qas 18 19 was put on diazipam longterm,i wasnt told the damage it would do to me its destroyed my life,any way i managed to stableize on 20 last summer then started taper 1mg a month i managed 2 month got alot of stress with health assesment and relapsed,u managed to get a couple boxes of real ones and started takeing more,my doctor thinks am tapering ok at 16 mg now but have been takeing exrtra to function right,now i have run out of the ones to help me function and cant get no more,i feel so deppressed and very anxios all the terribble withdrawl symptoms,my doctor wont put me back to 20,he doesnt no about my relapse im too scared to tell him i feel such a let down to myself and the doctor,am feeling suicidal,not sleeping eating i feel there is no other way out

Elise
5:02 pm February 10th, 2017

LYNDON

This message is for you. My story is too long and too heartbreaking. I’ve been going through horrific with drawl for over a year and have been housebound because of it. Doctors have messed with my mind my entire life because of medications. I have finally realized that they are the rrasons why we feel like a nightmare. Honey don’t give up. Once you get off your medication you can go to a good therapist to help you deal with the underlying issues beneath your depression and your anxiety which are always related to how you think and how you relate to the world. I know this sounds crazy but I’m doing what’s is saving me and when you can google bible verses to get you through.
I know even this is hard to do when you’re in this state. If you need a great kind coach to help you through. Let me know and I will give you her name. She is the best get off all your meds. Go through the fire. Get proper counselling and Jesus and your life will change. I know I will make it through in this dark tunnel and so will you ❤️🙏

Kate
10:54 pm February 11th, 2017

Hello.
I have suffered from panic and anxiety for many years. I was prescribed Klonopin after a nervous breakdown .5 mg. After 6 years or so I did a proper taper pet Ashton Manual. I was off 7 months. Felt amazing!! Then I had to get on a plane so I took one pill so I wouldn’t panic. Big mistake. Ended up having to reinstate. It was like I became instantly addicted again. Experienced kindling. Hell on earth. Got as stable as I could and repeated the 10 month taper. I am currently three months off. My anxiety is just awful now. Any time the smallest thing happens, it throws me into a state of anxiety so bad I can’t function. My psychiatrist wants to put me on an antidepressant, which I think I need for depression and anxiety. However I am terrified that it will affect my healing from the benzo. Do you know if it will make my anxiety worse? Could it possibly help? I’m just too afraid to take anything after having to go back on klonopin and taper again. She wants me to take pristiq or celexa. Does taking an antidepressant cause kindling or adverse affects after tapering off a benzo so recently? I feel I really need to be on something. I had the DNA test done and the celexa shows to be a good choice, I just don’t want it to backfire. Thanks!

Andrie
3:02 pm February 12th, 2017

I took clonazepam 2mg per day for last 3 months and then i running out the pills. So i must stop. Now i feel bad with this withdrawal. Ive been stop for 10 days. Doctor gave me 0.5mg xanax for sleeping but only 5 pills. What should i do? How long till i get normal again?

Gerry
9:36 pm February 13th, 2017

I’m benzo free after a 9 year addiction I was taking 9 mgs a day for a few years I started a detox last January and I am now completely benzo free since start of October. Since I’ve finished taking them I’ve been suffering severe anxiety when say I meet up with friends I haven’t seen it in a pub. Is this normal?

Danette
4:11 am February 14th, 2017

My mom was put on alprazolam probably 2 years ago . Or more . 25 milligrams 2 times a day then drop down to half a tablet in the morning and one tablet at night. She has Alzheimer’s and is taking two medicines for that and thyroid medicine for her hypothyroid. her weakness in her legs brought her to the ground on February 5th she has become super lethargic weakness just standing up was refusing to eat but eating a little bit better now… I didn’t even realize that she may be in withdrawal. Completely fatigued and becoming incontinent at 83 years old for the first time. Could this be a symptom of the lower dose of Alprazolam? I should mention that she had lost a ton of weight the past few months down to 75 pounds she is now back up to 80 pounds but still her doctor lowered the dose on her thyroid medicine because of her weight loss but didn’t think to do the Alprazolam till later like I said just recently I think February 1st lowered the dose to just 1 pill at night. I don’t think he is benzo wise as you said in this article… I see the symptoms are actually opposite of what my mom is having so do you think it is related to the benzo decrease and how long are you supposed to be on alprazolam because I know for the past two years she is always complaining of how tired she is… I’m not sure if she should have ever been put on alprazolam and for the length of time she has been on it she has never had the symptoms described in your article she has always been tired and in a fog but we thought that was due to her dementia and now I’m not so sure. Please help! Any advice is welcome

Debi
8:22 pm February 14th, 2017

I have been taking Triamozam .25mg for 1 year every night for sleep. To get off of the pill, I started taking 1/2 tab for one week. Then fully stopped, but now no sleep whatsoever. It has been 2+ weeks. In reading I should have been taking 1/2 tab for 3-4 weeks. With no sleep, I am really struggling. So last night I took LESS than 1/4 of the .25 tab (kinda licked the tab). Did I set myself back? I did get some kind of rest last night – say from 3am-7am, which I have not for 2 weeks. What should I do next? Stay off completely, or continue to taper off with 1/4 or less, then 1/4 every other night? What have I done by taking this tab last night? Was I almost there, now did I set my self back? Should I absolutely discontinue? I am concerned…. ?

Dirk
8:37 pm February 14th, 2017

I was using Xanax for for about 3 or 4 months for sleep because I was on night shift and was having a hard time sleeping. I was only taking half a pill which was a low-dose anyhow (.25mg). I started noticing my stomach cramping every time later in the day and realized it was from the Xanax. Since I was on a low-dose I quit cold turkey. The with rose lasted about a week and I seem fine after that.
A few months later when I was adjusting back to day shift I had a hard time so I decided to use it to adjust back to days. This time I only took it for a week but I took the full pill once a day at bedtime. I didn’t think only being on it for a week that I would get hooked back on it again. It’s been about 2 weeks so I’m feeling a little better I had a lot of insomnia this time around. The last couple nights I finally got sleep without sleep aids for the first time but I still feel some of the side effects from withdrawal here and there. Once again I did it cold turkey thinking I was only on it for a short time. I did notice after reading this article that my present issues is when I drinking coffee or taking some magnesium which I’ll stop doing.
I used to take magnesium to help me sleep but didn’t know it would affect me during withdrawal.
I talked to my doctor about it and he didn’t think that being on a low dose that I could be so dependent on it. Any other advice you have I appreciate.
Thanks

Marcy
2:05 pm February 16th, 2017

I am a 75 year old woman and been on Xanax .5 mgs for 25 years. My family doctor retired and my new Clinic doctor (hardly knows me at all) and I’m lucky to get 10 minutes with him each visit suggested last summer I stay on Xanax because of my age, but just recently wanted me to slowly wean off it. I come from a family full of anxiety riddled people and I had horrific panic attacks throughout my life where I had to quit my job once. I feel that after 25 years on this drug and because of my age it’s dangerous to wean of it. I feel fine, am energetic and I’m social. I live alone and have no support so that’s another worry.
Thank you for any help you can give me.

Candice
3:43 pm February 18th, 2017

I have chronic anxiety and stress, borderline personality disorder and bipolar all of which comes from me childhood…One doctor put me on 2mg klonopin 3× a dayl, I had left him and went to a woman doctor so around thanksgiving of 2015 we disagreed on something and parted ways she wrote me3 refills for everything but my klonopins well doctors don’t like to just give meds like that out to much anymore however I am one of those people whose life depends on it..anyway I had one refill left but I went on the date that was on the bottle and you are suppose to go before that day..they called but she would not let them fill it..because of her lack of her knowledge of me and the dangers of cold turkey withdrawals I now have GAD ( generalized anxiety disorder) Herpes simpex1(cold sores) was allergic to the medication for the viral infection so it disseminated which means it went past it’s origin and it is now and will forever be in my bloodstream and it possibly will eventually kill me by effecting my brain, eyes, lungs or liver..I constantly have sores in my mouth or on tongue.
..I have sores from my neck up called punched out erosions that are so painful and embarrassing and all of that together is called eczema herpeticum…lock that up..it is horrible
..I am in the process of trying to find a good lawyer because so for sure made me sick for the rest of my life if not gave me a death sentence..no matter what I have thought and sometimes wished I would die everyday since around December15 2015.
I completely lost my voice for8 months..I went to about 10 different doctors 5. ” b “

Lorie
5:44 pm February 20th, 2017

There is a special detox center for benzo taller in California, I have heard Encinitas’s Hospital is a good one? But very difficult to find one that alecializes in this?? Please let me know if you find any?

Shirley
1:50 am February 21st, 2017

I want to get off ativan so bad.I want my life back.I don’t know why I was put on it to start with.I went to the ER with my blood pressure and they gave me Ativan.I didn’t know what it was so I thought it was for high blood pressure,now I’m hooked.How do I get off.I need help!

DJ
7:56 pm February 21st, 2017

I am a bit confused. Since Monday last week, I have been taking- GABA 750 mg (2 times per day), Taurine 500 mg (2 times per day), Vitamin C (1000mg), B6 (100mg) , B12 (500mg), D3 (1000iu) , B-Complex, Calcium (600mg) Magnesium (400mg) at bedtime, Fish oil (1000mg), L-Taurine at bedtime, a multi-vitamin, and Kava tea at bedtime – however, based on your article some of these are wrong. I read many articles about this, they can conflict with each other. I am concerned I am not on the proper road to recovery. Please point me in the correct path, for a proper recovery. I fully agree and understand that time is our friend. Thought I am following a better, yet limited diet of:
Broccoli – lots
Spinich
Zuccinni
Almonds
Walnuts
Eggs
Oranges
Bananas
Green bell pepper
Potatoes
Carrots
Peas
Olive oil
whole grain oatmeal -old fashioned
Musecli cereal
Chicken
Pork
Cottage cheese
cheeses
hummus
wheat crackers… walking and exercise 1 hr per day 5 days per week, plus sitting in the sun (when I can)
NO:
Coffee
Sodas
sugars
fast foods
fried
processed sugars
sweets of any kind

What else can I do? It has been 3 weeks since my last Halicon, my head feels less confused and less wondering. I just cant sleep, every other night I get 3 hrs or less but only at nodding off. When will a better sleep pattern return. I just want nightly rest of 5 hrs will work for now. I was on Halicon for 14 months at .25mg nightly.

Any advise or the opportunity to clear these up would be much welcomed and appreciated.

Thanks

Warren
10:22 pm February 22nd, 2017

I started on 1 mg of xaxax as needed and take up to 6-8 mg /day. I have tapered myself off, feel fine after about 7-10 days then have a seizure. I have had 4 Xanax related seizures. I don’t have panic, I just took it for recreational use.

the first several days I feel agitated but then when I start feeling good I have a seizure. Now I am afraid to get off again. I want my Dr. to put me on Ativan since it is used to treat seizures.

6 mg of Xanax does little to nothing to me. I am taking gabapentin to help take the edge off and hopefully keep me from having a seizure

Lisa
10:05 pm February 23rd, 2017

My Mother is 62 was prescribed Lorazepam for fear and insomnia (which insomnia was caused by too high of thyroid meds which have been adjusted). She has taken it for less than 30days and she has been tapered off but the side effects she’s having are insomnia, incontinence, shakes, extreme anxiety, irrational fears… Not sleeping has been the worse that is pushing her into psychological issues. My family wants to institutionalize her or get her on another drug but that’s what has caused this to begin with! She’s totally incapacitated and there seems to be no end. We’re trying melatonin which isn’t helping at all. So I don’t know what to do for her. Any suggestions on what can help to get her to sleep? She’s also a thyroidectomy patient which seems to make her extra sensitive.

sharon
8:07 pm February 24th, 2017

I have been on klonopin since 1988, .5mg when I was diagnosed with panic/anxiety attacks and Mitral Valve Prolapse Syndrome. I am 64 years old. I also take an antidepressant. I believe I will always have to be on an antidepressant. My brother and uncle both committed suicide and I have tried to “come off” of the antidepressant in the past and have become extremely depressed – spiraling downward quickly. However, I would like to get off of the benzo b/c at my age I have a strong desire to limit the number of medications that I take. In addition to the Klonopin and antidepressant, I also take nadalol (also prescribed by MVP team) and Zonisamide (preventive for migraine headaches). I have to start somewhere – so I am going to try stopping the Klonopin. Also, I have a new dr. who has told me he will not prescribe klonopin – which is a a very strong incentive to stop taking the medication! I know .5 is a small dosage but the length of time that I have been taking it is so very long….28 years! I really need some advice! I am so glad I found this site as all I have seen previously have been the horror stories.

Kevin
3:40 am February 25th, 2017

Sorry to bother again. My doc had me down then back up then back down. I don’t think she knew this would “kindle” my brain. Can I still recover from this drug even with the kindling?

Toby
10:09 pm February 28th, 2017

A friend of a friend came to my home. During the visit, I discovered she is a heroin addict. Unfortunately after she left via the rescue squad 1/3 of my dose of klonopin, along with part of another prescription, insulin syinges, and otc eyedrops were missing. I did not see her take the drugs–but I suspect that is what happened. I normally take 1.5 mgs (.5mgs TID) which I had reduced over the summer from 3 mgs (1 mg TID) because I wanted to get off this drug. My problem is that I did have a small amount left in my purse which will only allow me to take less than .25 mgs per day until I can have my Rx refilled. I dislike taking this drug, but I don’t want to injure my brain or trigger seizures by going off of it too fast. Is this achievable, or am I correct to be concerned that it is too aggressive–could it cause brain damage?

Nicky
4:32 am March 1st, 2017

Hi, im only 3 days into withdrawal after taking benzos on and off for 10 years. I am having a really bad time 😣 im reading it can take months or years to get over these withdrawals and it’s freaking me out more! I wish I had never ever taken them 😢 I just want to sleep, have anxiety really bad, diarrhea, horrible dreams, loss of appetite, massive brain fog, pain in all of my muscles etc etc I’m freaking out 😭

Linda
12:45 am March 4th, 2017

I had bad reaction from cipro and then took low doses of xanax on and off only at and during night to sleep. Its been 5 months. I have fear, anxiety, depression, derealization and spend most of time on couch. I cannot think well enough to do anything complicated. Too anxious and afraid to go to the store. Taking many supplements and homeopathics. I wonder if I will ever get better.

Rick
11:54 pm March 6th, 2017

Hello – I have been on low-dosage valium for 1 year, ranging from 1 mg to 10 mg, as needed, the average being about 2-4 mg over the entire period. I stopped taking Valium 4 weeks ago.

Question: can one suffer from substantial withdrawal if the dosage is low? It has been 4 weeks and I am experencing increasing physicsl distress – hyper-sensivitity to light and sound and feeling that there is an electric current flowiung through my body,.

Matt
3:49 am March 7th, 2017

Hello out there, I stumbled upon this article and wanted to throw my story out there, hoping I can get a little help or maybe someone can get help from hearing this. 10 years ago I was diagnosed with neurodermatitis, felt like my forearms were on fire. My family doctor put me on 2 mg kolonopin a day. The burning went away so I took them religiously. 9 1/2 years later I am on 4 mg a day. I start seeing and hearing things that aren’t there. I was terrified I was losing my mind. I also had panic attacks and anxiety almost around the clock. About this time I looked into benzos for the first time and started reading the bad effects of them so I decided to stop. I didn’t look into this process at all, I figured it would be hard for a while but two or three weeks it would be over. Wow… I tapered from 4 mg a day to nothing in one month. This last Thanksgiving was the last time I had any Benzos. About three weeks later I started to realize I was in trouble. I went to the ER twice because my heart was hurting and skipping beats. My ears started ringing about week 2 and still are ringing 3 months later. My ability to do ANYTHING has completely been hijacked. Today I could not get out of my bed, my brain is full of mud! I feel SUPER TIRED about 90% of the day and completely out of my mind. This “fog” has taken over and I feel like my real me is gone, my ability to feel regular emotions is gone. I don’t feel happy, excited, motivated, my sense of humor used to be my biggest tool for coping with life, gone. I just want to know if there’s anything I can be doing to help this process along. I get brief windows of normalnes and then quickly sink under the fog of death. This is my story, I hope it falls on some needed ears

Antoinette
11:18 pm March 8th, 2017

I have had a lot of the withdrawal symptoms after 2 and a half yrs off klonopin.now I am having hip pain which Iwill have checked out.It hurts.Night sweats and still bad insomnia.I am 69 yrs old and I pray I will heal.I do have a lot of Windows.I will stay strong and keep praying.God Bless for such enlightening information that has help me to understand a lot that is happening with my body.I always go to the doctor to get checked out and thank God they never find anything.Thank you and I will try to keep a positive attitude and keep praying for all of us to heal.

Kathleen
9:03 pm March 9th, 2017

Hello anyone. I have about the same question as Matt. I am 67 years old and went to a detox where they just stopped the clonazepam. I dextoxed, or attempted to, about 3 years ago. I was tapered and it was awful. I was in an out patient program when they put me on Suboxone and then the Dr there suggested I go back on 0.5mg a day and that I might have to be on that for the rest of my life. Well needless to say that did not work and here I am. I have been off both the Suboxone and Clonazepam for 35 days and am still having horrible withdrawals. It has not stopped but only for a minute here and there. My brain is ringing, feet tingling, fast heart beat, nauseous and no energy. I have lost a lot of weight and look like a saggy Skelton. Food taste terrible. They have me on hydroxyzine, omeprazole, Zoloft, Robaxin, buspar. Also for sleep Rozerem. Melatonin, Elavil (low dose) and trazadone. Not sure but sounds like too many meds? Don’t know if I like the Buspar. Something tells me not to take it. I go to my primary care doctor again on. Monday and she really does not understand the effects clonazepam has. She says it could be my electrolytes, anemia,and mal-nutrition. I had my blood drawn yesterday and being out was awful. Like I said I have been off 35 days and am not sure what to do. I think it would not be a good idea to go back and taper as it would just start all over. Am I going to be this way the rest of my life? Sort of scared. My poor 10 year old granddaughter wants to come to my house so bad and I told her I can’t right now. My daughter, her mom, overdosed a year and a half ago. She made the comment “please don’t leave me Grandma.” I assured her I wasn’t,that I was getting better. I feel awful about that.

Joshua
3:35 am March 10th, 2017

I know the feeling of withdrawals and it’s not a walk in the park but I just want to encourage every one of you to give your lives to Jesus who is Lord and savior and he will help you through this. Find a local Bible driven church and you will find Gods love. He did it and is doing it right now for me. Jesus loves you all. Have faith that you will get through it. Here is a prayer for all of you. I love you all and I pray that this chain is broken off every one of you and that you be healed in Jesus name.

Lord, today and every day, I need your light. The addictions that tempt me and torture me have closed my mind to your will, and wrapped me in deep darkness like the night. Be my light radiating out of the darkness of my addiction, to direct my faltering steps towards the total release that is now enslaving my life. Through Christ Jesus our Lord, Amen

Nick r
7:06 am March 10th, 2017

Great information.. I’ve been going through this for a few nights now I know how to fix … can’t get to stoned during my taper .. I almost felt like I was getting the flu

Chris
1:15 pm March 10th, 2017

I have me/CFS was prescribed clonazepam 5 years ago for night spasms and insomnia. Take 0.5mg but am v sensitive to drugs etc. A sip of coffe affects me like a full cup so avoid it. Nov 2015 I decided to come of clonazepam. Cut it to half then tapered but had horrendous withdrawal and palpitations etc thought I was going to die! My mum had a rare and aggressive form of dementia and within 4 month diagnosis she died. I was so traumatised and had panic attacks and severe anxiety ans stupidly went back on clonazepam. Still on it and suffering anxiety daily. Please can you help? Thanks

F'loki
10:14 pm March 10th, 2017

CBD is actually being prescribed in Canada now for benzo withdrawal and is effective.

Kava Kava changes in the activity of 5-HT neurons, which could explain the sleep-inducing action. However, failure of the GABA-A receptor inhibitor flumazenil to reverse the anxiolytic effects of kava in mice suggests that benzodiazepine-like effects are NOT contributing to the pharmacological profile of kava extracts.
Therefore it would be pretty safe for BZD withdrawal and unlikely to prolong it as it works on serotonin more than GABA-A. The bulk of evidence from users seems to confirm it’s more helpful than a hinderance.

Phenibut works on GABA-B and Dopamine, NOT GABA-A (unless in very high doses), so is helpful in strict moderation (e.g max. x2 doses weekly for insomnia, as it can be addictive in it’s own right like Benzos).

Magnesium depletion is common in nearly all examples of people ingesting drugs. Thus, magnesium supplements are helpful. Nightly Epsom salt baths and 400 mg of magnesium citrate, once in the morning and once in the afternoon can facilitate a smooth transition away from benzos. So no idea why you listed this? Evidence?

Herbs that work on GABA-A receptors are generally weak antagonists and often have other functions that we do not fully understand yet that actually make them useful for BZD withdrawals. Writing off all herbs that have some evidence they work on GABA receptors is a knee-jerk reaction, many actually work on GABA-C and dopamine or as weak MAOIs (like Passiflora).

St. John’s Wort is better though I find – working more as an anti-depressant sleep aid is very effective with insomnia and depression in withdrawals.
Matcha tea has low caffeine and high L-Theanine – you can even take L-Theanine supplements which many find effective.
5-HTP supplements are useful too.

Everything else you mention though, is fair: Alcohol should be avoided (big GABA-A), and high caffeine drinks (stimulants will heighten anxiety).

Meditation, exercise and dietary changes are essential though in combination with the supplements. There is no magic cure.

Hal
11:31 pm March 10th, 2017

Question: Tapering on Klonopin after years of Xanax use – down to slightly under 1mg/day. I bought pure Gaba supplement 750mgs I take twice a day – 10am, 10pm with vitamin C (no Niacin combo as I have severe Tinnitus – reason I got on Xanax in first place – and Niacin exacerbates T bad). Do you think this form of Gaba supplement is okay for me? Also your take on Nux Vomica liquid homeopathic. I like that it’s calming and detoxing both as I figure I have a lot of detox to do even after I’m off K. Thanks for your site, it’s been very helpful – especially supportive emotionally through this terrifying trial.

Kathy
7:34 am March 11th, 2017

I was wondering if salmon should be avoided while in the healing stage i.e. Post Benzo’s. I’m 68 days post Benzo’s and I’m wondering if salmon may be a reason why I’m feeling the way I’m feeling. I have also recently taken Omega 3 Fish oil,Probiotics,and Turmeric supps also have taken Cayenne supps and cinnamon supps. I had acid reflux and I think it was the cinnamon. I’ve stopped taking that. I also took Turmeric and have stopped that because of the Ive felt since taking them. I understand that quite a few supplements should be avoided from the list above. I found out the hard way when I was tapering, I had terrible withdrawals.I searched to find out what could have made me feel so terrible back in Sept and found your blog. I understand that my CNS is quite sensitive and I have other health issues that I’m tending to i.e. Thyroid disease,digestion issues,adrenal fatigue and insomnia. Thank you Kathy

Hal
4:49 pm March 11th, 2017

Anybody’s thoughts on the value of Amino Acid complex supplements during withdrawal? Seen them prescribed by holistic “specialists”.

Scott
11:56 pm March 11th, 2017

I think I’m going through benzo withdrawal but I’m not sure. I took 1mg of ativan almost every day for about 2 and a half months. I cut cold turkey at first and felt like I was going to die and then went on them again for a couple of weeks to taper off. At first I felt terrible but now I’m having these strange periods where I’ll feel fine for a few days and then feel miserable for a few days. This has been ongoing now for about 6 weeks, the waves of feeling great and then feeling terrible out of nowhere. I feel really tired, my mind feels foggy, nauseous, depressed and heart palpitations. Is this common what I’m going through?

Thank you

Sylvia
8:47 pm March 12th, 2017

Can long term use of Benzos withdrawal make you disabled? Have been slow tapering for 8 months from 1mg once a day and I feel totally disabled. Lots of muscle weakness, zombie gait, twitching, balance issues, and very shaky. Also lots of gut spasms.
Is this normal? Or is this from something else?
Still Taking 2 mg of long time use of sertreline. Could that be the culprit?
Plz advise! Very scary….
Thank you
SZ

Donald
8:13 pm March 13th, 2017

I was on 30 mg of Tranxene daily (14 15 mg pills per week) for almost 50 years as of August 1, 2016. Over the last few years, anxiety attacks had begun again. The same thing that I took Tranxene for to start with. From what I’ve read and experienced, this happens to many people. The drug started causing the same effects I was taking it for in the first place. Fortunately, there are some medical people in my immediate family for advice and consultation. Somewhere around the first week of August, 2016, I began tapering off. Just 1/2 a pill per week for the first several weeks. Gradually, I went on to reduce my dosage by one pill (15 mg) per month. By March 1, 2017, I was down to 6 15 mg pills per week from 14 15 mg pills per week. Have not had the acute anxiety attacks since I began tapering off. I’ve experienced some days of total peace and relaxation. Have had some mild anxiety but find that physical activity reduces it tremendously. This for me is brisk walks (1 mile or more) and lifting weights. Diet has also been an important recovery factor. It’s hard to do everything suggested 100 %, but I now feel more positive and uplifted about this whole experience of withdrawal. So far so good. For me the gradual withdrawal was the only way. I know I have a long way to go, but have no regrets about my decision, in fact just the opposite. Reading the testimonials in this post have been of immeasurable help. Thanks to all of you who have posted.

Eden
9:22 am March 15th, 2017

First of all, thank you Dr. Jennifer Leigh for this extremely valuable resource. You have done many, many folks a tremendous service here. For those searching for advice, I would like to strongly suggest that you follow the advice given here. I am aware that to anybody reading this I am yet one more opinion amongst many. Let me tell you, I have been there and done it back when few were even aware of the Ashton Manual. Do yourself a favor and read Dr. Heather Ashton’s manual right now. After that, as Dr. Leigh recommended, sign up right away on a knowledgeable forum. The best forums follow the Ashton protocol and can help you crossover from your shorter acting benzo to diazepam, the gold standard for tapering benzos. Good luck and again, as Dr. Leigh has wisely stated, know that this is not forever and that you will get through this with time. Good luck and Godspeed!

Lee
9:58 am March 16th, 2017

Hi Jennifer
Since I started to withdraw from lorazepam Nov 28 2016 I have had crushing head pain had brain MRI all good but also had pain in both feet I have been walking like my feet are broken that’s how bad the pain I been phsio he said he had never seen anything like it could not bend them at all found out yesterday I have a 5th metatarcel fracture caused with how I’ve been walking getting worried because I’ve had 3 spinal ops including cauda Aquino 1994 I have been told I’ll have these symptoms till the Benzos are out my system I am dropping 1 mg diazapam a month start on 8 today any advice would be great
Hope you are ok
Thank you ler

Kath
4:58 pm March 16th, 2017

Hi there l have been off diazepam for12 1/2 months now and made slow progress,l really did think l was just about healed then out of the blue l have had a wave which l have’nt had so bad for a long time it as really worried me and bringing back memories of how l felt a lot of months ago….. l wondered if you could tell me if this is still withdrawal… Thankyou

Laurie
6:47 pm March 16th, 2017

I have weaned from .5mg clonazapam. To .0625 in a month. I am still really anxious and out of it. Having vision problems as well. I was wondering if I should be done at this point and try quitting at this dose. I have been at .0625mg for 9 days. It is not easy by any means.

Jennifer
3:39 pm March 18th, 2017

I was on Zopiclone 7.5 for 2 and half weeks then reduced to 3.75 for 3 nights then came off but have been taking diazepam 2 mg for 2 weeks after now I am on 1 but feeling completely unreal and slowed down. I’m also on Quetiapine and had a bad reaction to all the tablets. I’m terrified I won’t feel better. Please help. Not felt real for a month.

Julia
8:49 pm March 21st, 2017

I’ve didn’t taper. I had a suicide attempt and have been off for 18 days

Cindy
1:52 pm March 22nd, 2017

I’ve been taking 1mg of clonazepam nightly for 6yrs to sleep. I forgot to take it one night then I took it the next so I purposely didn’t take it the next 2 nights. Should I just stay off of it or take it tonight and keep tapering or go cold turkey?

Angela
3:59 am March 23rd, 2017

My doctor put me on klonopin at the end of October .25 mg I took 1 in the morning an 1 in the evening for panic attacks I also have high blood pressure I started coming off of them 3 weeks ago I started by cutting my evening pill in half that went ok for 8 days then I cut my morning down to 3/4 in the morning an 1/2 at night that went ok for 8 days now I on 1/2 in the morning an 1/2 at night that is kicking me pretty bad I had an attack yesterday an very jittery today I guess I’m asking is this the right way an what should be the next cut

Larry
9:07 pm March 23rd, 2017

Suffering from xanax withdrawal. Need some help please.

Guy
11:48 pm March 23rd, 2017

I’ve been on benzos for 4 years now. I started with Lorazapam and then worked up to, eventually, 4mg of Xanax and 2mg of Klonopin A DAY!!! I’m not even sure HOW the doctor got away with prescribing that much. Anyway, I eventually dropped my psyc and started going to my GP instead to fill my perscriptions, and he helped me get off the Klonopin entirely and move down to 3mg of Alprazolam (Xanax) a day. 3mg a day though still seems like a bit much, but I honestly feel like I can’t function if I go without.

I’m questioning whether or not I actually do need help getting off of benzos, or if I even WANT to…

Doug Miami, Florida
10:08 pm March 24th, 2017

Started tapering from 5mg to 2.5mg daily in July,2016 after 15 long years! Maybe came down to fast. Ignoring fatigue,heart palpatations and muscle tightness, dropped down to 1.25mg daily in January. Everything became more excruciating. Went back to 2.5 on March 14.

That seems to have been a mistake. All WD symptoms just as bad or worse. Now resolved to start tapering again to 2mg on April 1 if my brain and body can handle it. Any advice for this nightmare will be appreciated!

I believe I should add that Valium was first prescribed for extreme vertigo in June,2001. The vertigo had entirely abated by the summer of 2003, however the Doctor kept the refills going, and I went blindly along without knowing the dangers for 13 more years.

A very heavy price is now being paid for my ignorance of this intolerable drugs lasting effects.

Erica
7:08 pm March 28th, 2017

I was taking Xanax for weeks, I was up to about a bar a day. I decided I did not want to take it anymore because I knew I was dependent. I didn’t want to be dependent on drugs so I stopped, cold turkey (I know, the worst possible thing). The thing is, I don’t have anymore and I’ve been off it for days. Since I didn’t taper off, I’m going through the worst withdrawal I’ve ever gone through! Please help me, what can I do now?

Donald
1:20 am March 29th, 2017

Continued from March 13, 2017
I want to sincerely thank Dr. Jennifer Leigh, Psy.D. and all others who have made this website available. Additionally, a great big thank you to all who maintain this site and also to the many contributors who have posted their invaluable and helpful posts. With close to a 50 year daily intake of 14 15 mg tabs of Tranxene per week, I managed to taper off beginning the first part of August, 2016, to 6 15 mg tabs of Tranxene per week by March 1, 2017. Thanks to a lot of help from all these posts and much reading, the withdrawal symptoms were fairly mild. I did not experience any acute anxieties. Had several bad days around the middle of March, 2017 and after talking to my Primary Doctor, decided to go to 1 15 mg tab per day which is a reduction of 50 per cent. Several reasons for this are mainly my advanced age (77) and facing possible surgery (Gallbladder) some time in the near future. I believe it is in my best interest to discontinue withdrawal until after surgery or just stay on 1 15 mg tab of Tranxene per day indefinitely due to the stress involved in withdrawal even at it’s best. At 1 15 mg tab of Tranxene per day, I am doing OK, with very little side effects of withdrawal. I would appreciate any comments, advice or any other suggestions you may have. This site is by far the best I have encountered on my withdrawal journey and value highly any help you may provide. Thank You, in advance.

olie
3:30 am March 31st, 2017

Hello i take 0.5mg xanax, I have these crazy symptoms in the morning-muscle ache, headache, dizzy somewhat . foggy. My Doctor told me that i cant get a seizure if i dont take it, anyway ive been taking it 8 months, and i wanna be weened from it, the doc prescribed me prozac , i forbid to take that, because i wanna be med free. So i tried to take 0.25mg, today I felt like crap, my legs were like jello,and their is nothing the doc will give me. i have 10 pills left and they wont help me. Please tell me what i can do? please help me .ty

Mike
3:59 am April 1st, 2017

Hello I am a 45 yr old male i’ve been off Klonopin now for six months. I had been described it for about 5 to 6 months had an average of about 1 mg a day, fluctuating to 2 mg a day at times. I have a history of anxiety and panic attacks. I would use benzos only on occasion because I never want to get addicted to them and I get very bad rebound anxiety from them, but I had a condition called Wolf Parkinson’s white ..about a year ago I was getting more and more episodes of SVT which were precipitated by anxiety. So I agreed to the doctors suggestion of going on klonopin until I had a catheter ablation to cure the WPW. I went on the Klonopin in early May of last year, and had the ablation in early July. It was successful. I stayed on the Clonopin for a month after words as a precaution then slowly tapered off. At this time I also stopped taking beta blockers because I didn’t need to be on them anymore. Getting off the klonopin was the hardest thing I’ve ever had to do. It took me months but I finally did it in the first week in October of last year I took my last Klonopin. Horrible symptoms at first but then as the months went on they got better I would have periods where I would be symptom-free but then go back to anxiety, but the windows of getting better got more frequent and longer. Until I thought I was home free. But they started up again recently with waking up in the middle the night with a racing heart etc…my heart is fine the tachycardia I get is sinus not SVT. So it is not a heart problem. But my T3 is low my T4 is normal and my TSH is normal. I’ve been on level thyroxine for over a decade. The low free T3. Seems to correlate with this extended withdrawal has anyone else had this experience and do I just need to wait this out I am trying to lower my stress. All my other numbers are good. But I can’t stand not being able to work because I’m trying not to wrap up my system because it seems I have a cortisol dysregulation given my symptoms now.. does this pass without any kind of intervention? I just need to wait this out any help would be great thank you

Geok
4:50 am April 1st, 2017

I have been on benzo for 10 years 5mg per day and some awful day I took 10mg. Benzo eased my anixety and help me function my daily activities, I am sick of benzo and finally decided to put a full stop. I taper to 2.5mg for 5 days the withdrawal is horrible, I would cry in the middle of a sleepless nite worrying how can I make it to work the next day? Suicide thought arise and indescribable anixety and panick feeling as if a cold lemon was dripping its juice on my heart. It isn’t easy. I wondered how am I going to continue if only around a few days I was feeling so miserable…..

Sean United Kingdom
2:19 pm April 2nd, 2017

DANGERS of physicians not being professional regarding benzodiazepines, not recognising or helping with side effects and benzodiazepine protracted withdrawal symptoms.

My experience: 40mg DIAZEPAM daily for 4-5 years, stopped COLD TURKEY without tapering.

The doctors help was to take my driving licence away there for lost my job, which increased my anxiety and depression and does not believe that there are server side effects for months and months with benzodiazepines. Doctors NEED to be aware that this is a very very hard drug to withdrawal from, there are going to be alot of people in the same boat as now-a-days you can order these prescription drugs over the internet.

SYMPTOMS:
Server anxiety
Server depression
Out breaks of sweating profusely
Loss of motor control, muscle twitching, shaking.
Daily fear and feeling everything is lost and hopeless
Central Nervous System is shattered, jump at every little sound around.

Can’t go to work or face the world, feel a shell of your former self.

DOCTORS HAVE ONLY MADE THIS PROCESS ALOT WORSE WITH NO HELP AT ALL . . . . BEWARE !!!!

anna
3:05 am April 4th, 2017

Hi,
I’m 3 months off Klonopin ( took .5 to 1mg of k daily for 8 years) did a slow wean over 10 months from a compound pharmacy and it still was horrible ! Currently my energy level is still low and sleep only 4-6 hours at night. Some days or better than others. Fighting depression and sadness. How much longer will this last ? I try to eat well cut out sugar and carbs. I know time is on my side but this really sucks !

anna
8:10 pm April 4th, 2017

More info. to above post. I’ve lost approximately 10 pounds during my weaning from benzo’s. Aged 10-15 years. My clothes hang and have lots of loose skin. Have had 2 stress tests OK results. Lab work OK. EKG OK. Most of the time I feel as if I’m dying. How long will this last ??? Please respond.

Tara
11:02 pm April 4th, 2017

Hi I was on clonazepam for 3 years I have been off of them for about 9 months. I have debilitating anhedonia. It will not go away. I’m on antidepressants nothing helps. Just wondering if this is permanent.

Annette
7:51 pm April 5th, 2017

I have been on kolonapam and Ativan off and on for periods of time for two years
while dealing with severe pancreatitis pain …. with nortriptoline …. I had to get off nortriptoline sooner than before because of the heart side affects, high blood pressure, etc. then I thot I wd try getting off the kolonapam since it was a small amount each day and then some days without …. well I did before with no problems but now I cannot…. I have read that not just any dr or psychiatrist cannot help because they do not know much about benzo withdrawal!!! What kind of dr can help me 😟

Robin
11:44 pm April 5th, 2017

I’ve been on the same dose for 30 years, I’m cold turkey and I’m lost 10 pounds and had no sleep, this is not worth it.

Carla
6:56 pm April 6th, 2017

Hi been withdrawing from poly benzodiazepines for a year now. Initially for ten months it went smoothly but this year suffering from brain seizures and chronic insomnia, literally cannot sleep for days on end. I feel like I’m going to just drop dead one of these days

Dennis
1:27 am April 8th, 2017

Thank you so much for the 5 Facts Info. You have just described my withdrawal problem exactly!.
I have NO psychological problems just the good old MOTOR symptoms as defined by Prof Ashton. After 3.5 years trying to be drug free, my symptoms are absolutely raging. I now know that by going back on the drug twice during this time, I actually made everything far far worse. My 2nd biggest problem is that no-one understands my problem, not my doctor nor my wife and family. Hence I get virtually no support whatsoever. Your 5 Facts has just given me all the support that I need to continue this battle for as long as it takes. I will win.

Kurt
2:15 am April 8th, 2017

I need assistance in getting off Zanax, what route should I take? Help!

Darla
5:26 pm April 8th, 2017

I have been off and withdrawing for about six weeks I have found that driving in heavy traffic or going onto the highway brings very high anxiety deep breathing a hot Rush feeling comes over me I feel like things are spinning and I have to totally pull over. Will this go away way so that I can enjoy driving again I am only 60 and sometimes I have to go out of town I have always been able to drive before. Thank you for your response

Ralph
1:56 am April 9th, 2017

Please direct me to someone experienced in getting off from Ativan and Efexor xr I dont drink or smoke or do drugs .This is the first time in my life I accepted after trying to fight my anxiety some depression.
This started last year late September after some very very serious financial trouble happened .I thought I was able to fight off my emotions but they only got worse.I got all my blood work checked and my Cortisol was way over 80-620 was 731 nmol/L I guess I stressed myself way to much .The test was done December 3/2016 I had to almost plead to get the test as the Doctor said we dont usually do these test for anxiety So you can understand what and why I need proper help I reluctantly accepted the help from another Dr Read and wish I would have red-up about this terrible drugs.Please help me to detox get off of this stuff I am at this point 1mg of Ativan and 75mg of efexor xr Started January 2017( Was up to 212mg efexor xr and 3mg of Ativan) As you see I have been trying to get off this stuff and started to have shakes some crying even hives some hair loss. I never have had hair loss told my Doctor she said its not fom the drugs?? So if you could help me God in heaven please do contact me I looks like most all these folks on the web sites are years ago I need to talk with someone Thanks
Regards,
Ralph

Sascha
11:52 pm April 9th, 2017

i weaned off valium, after thirty some years of 20-30 mg at night, for pain and anxiety and other disorders. can’t take opoids, thank goodness….but intractable pain along with insomnia…well, it seemed like a good idea at the time.
stopped totally, after a 2 month wean on 2/28/17. on 3/2/17, i experienced a pounding in my chest with a racing heart beat, paranoia, anxiety i have never felt before, could not take a deep breath or complete a yawn. all of the symptoms of an anxiety attack or panic attack. except it lasted until april 2 or 3……i finally started taking 2.5 x 3 times a day to slow down my heart…..no support, no doctor.
i don’t know what to do now.

sandy
3:44 am April 10th, 2017

Hi I started taking Ativan over 12 years ago for axiety and I think now it is from Ptsd too. I have decided to go off of it completely. I started at 2mgs then went down to 1 1/2 stayed that way a long time. Then stayed at just 1 mg a day. After I decided to go off completely. After a month I am down to 1/4 every other day and drink Chamomile tea. I didn’t know that I am not suppose to drink the tea. But it does help me calm down. I sleep pretty good with out meds. I feel I am getting better. I am going to go down to every 3 days according to my doctor that is finally helping me. I also take a allergy pill that makes me kind of sleepy this is a good thing. The name is Loratadine 10mg. I can’t take other allergy meds because it makes me shakey. I have a sensitive system. Am i doing this right? I don’t drink a lot of tea but when I get shaky I don’t want to take anymore Ativan.

Varda
7:02 am April 10th, 2017

I was on 1 mg for.over a year. I titrated off it after going down to one eighth. My symptoms get better at night. At one point it was so.bad I thought I would die and took 1 mg and felt better for a short time.
I am able to sleep at around 3AM. I wake up at 5AM and have some warm milk and I find reading helps me to relax.. I am.able to sleep a.bit more but at about ten AM it hits me like a ton of bricks. I experience agonizing anxiety, tension, numbness on the side of my face, jitters chills, fatigue. I am 70 years old.
This goes on throughout the day but always calms down at night. These symptoms have not changed for 3 months. I also take 10mg of Amlodipine Besylate onc a day.
I am.afraid.i will never get over this. Do you have some helpful advice?

sandy
7:07 pm April 10th, 2017

Hi I have been drinking Chamomile tea to help with my withdrawals coming off of Ativan. i read on 1 site Chamomile tea is ok. I read here it is not. I have also been taking a Allergy pill Loratadine to help some of my withdrawal syntems. I get shakes and Axiety which has gotten a lot better. The tea does give me a tummy ache sometimes. I am down to 1/4 of a gram Ativan every other day. Hopefully I am suppose to try going for 3 days !/4 gram according to doctor who is monatoring me. I feel good somedays and Not so good others back and forth. But I want off of this drug. It’s been over a month now. Somebody help me please.

Eddich
12:28 am April 11th, 2017

Valium withdrawal and flu at the same time, not sure it is flu?
Feeling horrible and shoulders and neck very sore.

Jim
2:06 pm April 11th, 2017

Cymbalta made my sodium drop to dangerous levels. The kidney doctor pulled me from the drug immediately. It was that or die. So here I am after 18 years, taking nothing. This is not fun.

Sherrie
7:26 pm April 12th, 2017

I have been trying to get off xzana since Nov.and have very
Little success I only take a I milagram usually one a day a half at a. time but I have to continue to worry about have heart palpitations and my. Blood pressure spiking up.Can someone give me the best way to detox off this harbable drug.

Lee
10:57 am April 13th, 2017

Hi Jennifer
Sorry to email again but really frightened about the pains in my head which have been there since stated Ashton withdrawal been had brain scan and seen neurologist all good but scared it won’t go thank you lee

Katherine
4:54 pm April 13th, 2017

I’ve basically been going down for the last year and some change about every three months going down a fourth of a .5 pill. I’m a fourth less than .5 now. And this one has been particularly hard. This time my skin hurts, as if I had a high fever or a sunburn. All the time. Any tips to help with that? It’s normal isn’t it?

Delilah
5:05 pm April 13th, 2017

Lee. Sorry to give you the bad news but when I was on Clonopin which is the worst I think of all of these I cold turkey detox which was the stupidest thing and the major two symptoms were severe migraines for a week nonstop and heart palpitations I thought I was going to die so it’s not unusual

yama
9:08 pm April 13th, 2017

To Anna, Anna, congratulations you are off them, Now find something else to think about and do with your life. Join a church go to a gym get a dog, You are off of them! You were successful. Pat yourself on the back. Join narcotics anonymous if you think you have to but it sounds to me like you are off of them. Now move on. Awesome for you! Don’t make trouble where there is none. You did it girl!!

John
4:53 am April 14th, 2017

I have been under a Dr care and have got hock on xanax .25 mg tabs. Have ben trying to detox off of this crap for over three months now. Have gone from three tabs a day to four 1/4 tab a day. Do not seem to be able to make the next step. Can not cut the tablets any smaller with any accuracy. I do not know how to make the next step. Everytime I try something I get anxiety and stop what ever I’m trying.

Terra
1:53 pm April 14th, 2017

Im currently on benzos and i have been for about 3/4 years and I already fear withdrawl before I have even stopped taking them I have heard nothing but terrible things and I don’t think I could deal with the hot cold sweats what do i do now…

Chad
5:32 pm April 14th, 2017

I have been on suboxone for almost 2 years and it is prescribed by my doctor. When I went to him in the beginning for this treatment I was honest and also told him about my benzo addiction, he wanted me off the benzos asap and had me ween off in about two months. I could not handle the symptoms and secretly started to take. Now its been over 16 months and I have finally come to a realization I cant keep juggling all this and am in my second full day of withdrawal and work a 60 hour job I have had for almost 13 years. It has been the only stable thing in my life and I am not off until Monday. I am finding people can see I am sweating, twitching etc. and I cant seem to form proper sentences as I have not slept and just recently moved out of my house.. again and live with a sister who works the same job- different location. I can NOT put this on her again. I have no other family around and nobody at my job knows about this- only that I am going through a “rough patch”. If I went to an ER will they tell my suboxone Dr? I am afraid they will make me go to rehab, try to detain me, or both plus call my doctor then I would lose my job and I would. Please let me know if there is anybody that can help and keep confidential.

Thank You,
Chad

Anthony
10:37 am April 15th, 2017

I just turned 20 and i got out of jail not only feeling anxiety but im depressed abd im also on probation now. I used to take xanax and smoke weed. My withdrawals are ok cuz ik i can handle it a lil but is goin cold turkey bad? I need to know cuz i can really function pike myself and i think i need help. I been getting better a lil but i still think i need the help IM LOST

eleanor
7:39 am April 17th, 2017

Dr prescribed .5mg ativan to take twice per day for one month due to a family situation which caused me so much anxiety. Things are better and I want to stop bc the ativan is starting to mk me not feel good. I was only on it one month. What kind of withdrawals am i looking it and how long. also hoe do i dose it. i was taking 1 mg per day; i would cut each 5mg in half and take 1/2 at time. I am hoping i won;t have to go thru hell and back bc it was only a month but i have no idea. I work full time so i can’t call out. PLEASE PLEASE any help,suggestions, experience is deeply appropriated. thanks I don’t know what to do but I want off of them stat! thanks everyone!

Laurie
9:26 am April 17th, 2017

Have you come across anything about the use of LDN while going off benzos?

Leslie
3:47 pm April 17th, 2017

Hi and thank you!

I’m tapering from Ativan after a very difficult 2 months of thinking this was saving me from intense situational anxiety (death in family, intense job pressure), to realizing it may partly be the cause. I’ve read about using diazepam during the taper – do you recommend this?

I’ve been at .75mg of Ativan for 4 days now, down from 1mg. I’m more stable but it’s not easy. Lots of symptoms including tightness in neck and tinnitus. Should I add in diazepam to ease off of Ativan and then taper off diazepam?

Thank you so much!! Leslie

Snikwad180
8:01 pm April 17th, 2017

I have been off Clonazepam two weeks now. I am 69 years old and have been on benzodiazepines for twenty years, along with many antidepressants. I have come off everything, one at a time. Tapering each medication individually. Clonazepam is the last one, I took a long time on each reduction in order to avoid side effects. The worst is not being able to sleep. Any ideas on how to cope during the day until I can

3:01 pm April 19th, 2017

Hi Snikwad180. There are many natural methods that can help you with insomnia such as: a warm glass of milk, a warm bath, lavender oil and magnesium minerals. Avoid caffeinated beverages, especially before bedtime. Make your room dark and turn of the tv. If you just can’t sleep, don’t lie in bed worrying about it. That will only make sleep harder. Let us know if any of this helps you.

Sarah
10:20 pm April 17th, 2017

My family member (not me) has been trying to come off klonopin for 3 weeks now. He is taking .125 mg and is having ongoing panic attacks when the dose wears off, interrupted sleep, numbness after going for a short walk. He’s trying to taper and extend the time period between doses, so he’s taking a 1/2 dose twice a day. Today, after extending the time period by 4 hours, he screamed to me that he thought he would pass out and said he had pushed it too far. He had the feeling of his body receeding from him and then started shaking. Then he took the normal dose. Just taking the dose made him calm down. I am the caregiver, I need advice–doctors have been little help–thay’s one trip to the emergency room, one to urgent care 5 primary doctors and one psychiatrist. The only psychotherapist taking new patients in his health system is an hour away by car. HELP!

Cat
2:58 pm April 18th, 2017

I have been off diazepam since 1-20-17 after tapering. I was perscibed the drug in a pain cocktail and now I am again having this pain, different and not constant. It’s just localized instead of radiating. Plus I have many other symptoms from buzzing in the lt ear, various vision issues, over sensitive smelling, tingling in my limbs and all over, indigestion, and lots of other things. I don’t seem to be as bad after nearly 4 months of this. But, when will this settle down? I’d be willing to accept any kind of information? I even ended up in the ER because I woke up having tingling and numbness on one side and pounding heart. My ekg, CT, and all labs were completely normal. I am otherwise healthy.

Jody
12:27 am April 20th, 2017

I have been on lorazapan for 6 month. Started taking 1/2 ,then 1, then 2 even something three a day at the end of six months. I have been off cold turkey for 9 days. He’ll on earth is right. Don’t even know who I am, but I’m still working full-time as a courier, which is not an easy job, but I’m managing. Just thankful I found the page. Gives a bit of hope Thank you

Lisa
3:30 am April 20th, 2017

I finished diazepam withdrawal over a year ago, I think it’s possibly been a good 16 months. Until this week I was still suffering from some withdrawal symptoms, mostly difficulty falling asleep and quite a bit of depression and anxiety. I went through the withdrawal process alone, no medical help but I pretty much checked in with the withdrawal website daily. I’m writing to let you know that I discovered L-theanine. It has worked in a week, to bring me back to totally normal. Nothing else I’ve tried has done that at all. I’m on pristiq an antidepressant but I’ve been on antidepressants for years so I’m not sure if that matters. I hope L-theanine will work for others suffering through this godawful withdrawal.

Melissa
3:14 pm April 20th, 2017

I have been taking xanax for 17 years and currently being tapered down is there any relief to help me through the withdrawals I am 39 years old and don’t wish to discontinue my medication for it helps me a great deal but my doctors facility is choosing to taper off all patients any advice would be great thank you so much

3:40 pm April 20th, 2017

Hi Melissa. Make sure that you are getting enough liquids and replenishing the electrolytes in your body. You can use over-the-counter-medications from your local pharmacy to treat flu-like symptoms and address body discomfort. Teas such as chamomile or rosemary having a calming effect on the nervous system. Seek help from a nutritionist or your doctor for more recommendations on changes to diet or supplements.

Your doctor can help you address possible psychological symptoms that can manifest during Xanax withdrawal (paranoia, anxiety, and depression) by prescribing medications to treat them; or a psychiatrist (an MD who specializes in mental health) can help you regulate medications and find something else that would be better suited to your needs.

John
10:46 pm April 20th, 2017

This is an update to my post of April 14, 2017. I could not cut a 1/4 tab into an 1/8 tab so I gave up. In stead I stopped taking the Xanax altogether. I stopped on April 15 and I have now been off the stuff for a week. During the week I had several relapses which have lasted for several hours to 15 to 20 minutes. I have no intention of ever going back on Xanax in the future. During my time off trying to get off the stuff I have learned quite a bit. I would like to share this with anyone that reads this in the hope they will find the information useful. First of all I have learned about Mindfulness techniques and meditation. This has been a great help in many ways and is a proven health aid. I strongly advise everyone that is going through this to put the effort in and learn all they can about Mindfulness and to practice the meditation. There are several good apps for meditation that will help with this, I use an app called Aware. As far as finding anything that will help with the pain of coming off a benzo, I did not find anything. My Dr. also did not know of anything that would help. It is as they say here, a slow reduction in the amount used and time. I have found that marijuana will up at night, but the key is to only take a very small amount. Say one small hit. Do not go and get stoned and think that will work, you will not like the results if you do. Best of luck and keep working at it, you can do this just take your time and do not rush it.

4:09 pm April 21st, 2017

Thank you for the update, John. I wish you a successful recovery path as you continue on. Sharing your input and resources with other here is truly helpful. All the best, Ivana.

Leanne
2:27 am April 24th, 2017

I am really struggling to the point that I feel
like I am going to die. I tapered off Ativan and Remeron simultaneously. I got down to 0.165 of Ativan. A pharmacist friend said I need to go back to my 1 mg does taking 0.25 every 6 hours to stabilize and then go on a slow taper because I tapered too fast. I am leaving on a Long plane flight tomorrow as I have to defend my dissertation. I am in hell. Anxious about flying. Do you agree with the pharmacists advice?

Shawn
6:29 am April 24th, 2017

Hi everyone! Today is week 3 for me without xanax. The last 4 months have been the most insane I ever experienced. I was fired right before Christmas and at that time I was withdrawing from an anti-depressant, Sertraline (Zoloft). I had been taking that for about 3 years. I then decided due to financial circumstances I need to get off all these medications my doctor prescribed me that I really don’t feel I ever needed and quit Gabapentin (Neurontin) a week later. The withdrawals from both of these drugs were pretty brutal with head shocks and mood swings which lasted about two months. Soon after I lost my job back in December, my family all turned their backs in me and said some pretty awful things to me. This caused suicidal thoughts which I managed to overcome with the help of two former co-workers and my boyfriend. After that experience, I realized I am much stronger than I ever imagined so I quit smoking cigarettes. I had been a regular smoker for 20 years. The withdrawals ended around day 31 and now it’s manageable cravings on day 52. I had began tapering off Xanex two months prior and figured this was going to be easy so I saved that for last. I couldn’t have been more wrong! The first three days no Xanex was a breeze then day four hits and I feel the worst headache and nausea with uncontrollable shaking. The headache lasted about five days and the nausea and shaking still persist at day 21. The Xanex withdrawal is worse than nicotine with pain, nausea, anxiety and shaking which I was not prepared for with what I had heard. I am going to push through and make it because I have to. I am at a point where money has dwindled, I have no health care and I am going to lose my house and a lot of my belongings so treatment by physician, psychiatrist or treatment center is off the table due to the associated costs. I blame myself first and foremost for allowing my doctor to convince me to take these medications and not learning more about them. I am an addict and all these medications I have quit were prescribed for a reason and that was to make big pharma richer. I am angry and vow to never let this happen to anyone else by educating anyone who confides in me. I am tough and I will beat Xanex, find a good paying job and never let another doctor dictate to me what is in my best interest! Hang in there everyone as millions of people have beat this living hell and we will too!!

Jojo
6:33 am April 24th, 2017

FYI — Buspar is helping me feel somewhat sane again as I go off Ativan.
I wait until the emotions start feeling out of control and take one — I have made it for 12-15 hours, which is really quite amazing. I felt like the Ativan had ceased to help anyway. The withdrawal of crying and then suddenly laughing and feeling dread again is not a lot different than what I felt on a full dose. Anyway, I know it is a journey that no one told me about. I WAS on Klonopin first and which stopped horrible panic attacks which left me in shambles. I asked the PA if this rug was addictive or would be harmful or hard to goof. All answers were NO. You all are so right that the medical world has very little idea about what it feels like to find oneself a slave the the meds they have given. I am told Buspar is not addictive. I sure hope that is true. Bless everyone who has to go through this. I hope my Gabas will heal up eventually. Sometimes I get scared I have lost myself. My feeling sense of the world which has often been Magical has been numbed out by stress and withdrawal. It will return for I know my Body/Soul is still here, is still the Me whose full return I eagerly await.

Shawn
7:59 am April 24th, 2017

@Lisa L-theanine is habit forming from what I have read. There is no replacement for a benzodiazepine except maybe the combination of occasional allergy medication for insomnia, meditation, exercise and talk therapy. There was at one time a medication that would repair damage to gaba receptors from benzodiazepine abuse called picamilon but the FDA banned it due to shady companies spiking their supplements and our big pharma bought and paid for congress. It is available overseas however most mail orders can be scams in that you don’t get what you pay for with the ingredients or you simply don’t get what you pay for. Be careful, stay strong and research, research and research some more before putting anything into your body!

Anthony
3:11 pm April 24th, 2017

I started being prescribed .5mg 3 times a day 2 years ago. Having been a heroine user (not IV, rather I sniffed it), in the past, I jade used Xanax before as a means to deal with withdrawal symptoms. Needless to say .5 three times daily had zero effect. Two years later after very slowly increasing my dose (it almost seems like he’s afraid he’ll get in trouble if he gives me a more theraputic dose straightaway), he had me on 1mg 3 times daily. i asked him at least 3 times in 6 months to try klonipin, because the Xanax doesn’t seem to work unless I take double or more of the 1mgs. His response was to up my dose to 4mgs a day (1 bar in the morning, and on at night, increasing my total to only 1 additional MG per day. This is not working and I have been so patient. I have tried 1 and 2 MG klonipin on the street, and have read that often times, when Xanax no long is no longer theraputic, that many doctors will move to klonipin as a way to regain the desired reduction in anxiety. I even told him that I had my first debilitating (about 1.5 hr)panic attack two months ago for the first time since he began the refining two years ago. Can anybody tell me or speculate as to why he is unwilling to take my feedback seriously and at face value? He’s never treated me as a drug seeker, and he is aware of my past heroine use, and u do know that doctors are now required to register with the state or the federal government each time they prescribe a benzoyl, but jeez, im actually asking for a lower dose of a different drug, you’d think he would appreciate the fact that I’m being honest in my self assessment. What’s the deal here?

Jean
7:51 pm April 24th, 2017

Hello,
I am 24 days off of clonnazepam and struggling with exhaustion and insomnia. I am at the point of wondering if I will ever sleep again. I need input. I cannot go back on the drug yet I cannot live this way. When will I see a sign that my brain in healing.

I consulted with Jennifer Leigh several weeks ago which was helpful, but that was before I actually jumped off the clonazepam. Jumping off was far worse than I ever imagined. I feel my life will never be the same.

Any input will be welcomed and appreciated.
Jean

jayne
9:09 pm April 25th, 2017

off lorazapam for 3 weeks after on & off for 2 years 1mg for sleep. Was not informed of the addictive problem. Will Melatonin & Magnesium help ease symptoms. Sleep is difficult & feeling edgy….

anna
9:55 pm April 25th, 2017

I’m 100 days off clonazepam and I feel like crap….major crap…

Shelie
12:09 pm April 29th, 2017

I’m having trouble dosing down even on small doses any suggestions have food sensitivities multiple chemical sensativitie you name it. I have it scary paranoia I want off this stuff. Obsessive buying….

anna
3:18 pm April 29th, 2017

Jayne,
Sorry I know how you feel. Magnesium and Melatonin did’t work for me. Blessings to your recovery.

Teri
7:37 pm April 29th, 2017

I have been going through withdrawal from clonazapam for 2 months. I sleep less than 4 hours a night, some nights no sleep, I’m dizzy, sweaty, hot, cold, clammy & heart racing. I’m scared, I can’t go to work, drive, and went to the ER because I am scared to death. I need help but they want to give my more pills. ER gave me Ativan & it calmed me for a day but now I’m right back where I started. Please help! PLEASE!

Laura
2:04 am April 30th, 2017

I have a kiddo who has been on a benzo for 2 years almost 2 1/ 2 and coming off is so hard. It doesn’t and never has helped his seizures. I believe it increases and now he has p450 issues and I believe he becomes toxic every 2-3 weeks and seizes horribly. I’ve been going down by .20 every 4-8 weeks and it’s crazy. Hoping to be done soon! He’s down from 7.5mg to 4mg

Katie
9:57 pm April 30th, 2017

Been taking Xanax for 9 years and doctor wants to all of a sudden quit them cold turkey… I went into a state of psychosis from the withdrawal last night… I’ve never been more scared for my mental sanity in my entire life… Talking to myself and seeing things… went to the hospital, they shot me with attivan until I calmed down and then sent me on my way… now what? So scared… So helpless… any recommended doctors that know about benzos…? That could maybe help me ween off instead of cold turkey?

Jason
8:51 am May 1st, 2017

I started out with sweaty palms I worked I worked an evening shift and waiting to go to. Work gave me terrible anxiety that was 8 years ago I got a great job n im great at it I hate that feeling with a passion the lil uncomfortable I felt wasn’t any I feel now n I’ve steady upped my dosage im terrified of that feeling.im terrified of the feeling of not having Xanax I hear all these people saying it’s almost impossible to get off n it scares the shit out of me.im great at work but I spend 80 percent of my time in my room n I hate it.ben at. My job 16 years just got evaluation n it was excellent.i just want off this drug.i love my life an I want it back

Akhter
12:51 pm May 1st, 2017

Can u please help me to get over lorazepam addiction. I used to take 18mg per day.. But I got deaddicted only to get addicted again.. I tried many times but I failed.. Now I m taking 6mg per day but I want to get over it please. What I m concerned about is about my morning sickness.. When I get up in the morning I feel totally disturbed & depressed..but once I take 3mgs of lorazepam I get started.. I get kicked up to work.. Don’t know how &y.. Rest I work for the day without any issues & when I come back I m depressed in the evening again & I take 3mgs again.. I hate this life… I want to get rid of it quickly & live better.. Give me some good way to detox please..
I will wait for you
Thanks
Akhter

Teena
2:20 pm May 1st, 2017

Wow so many on benzos, how sad we were not told ofctge dangers before taking them. Im on oxazepam 180mg a day a short acting benzo and Im about to start my taper. One quarter every 2 weeks so half a pill a month which is 15mg. Its going to take a while but I want to stop and Im watching my daughter go through withdrawals from the same drug and she’s having grand mal seizures. So scarey so wish me luck oh and I also take codeine daily does anyone know if that will affect my withdrawal from benzos? I wish I had some support

Sharon
5:57 pm May 2nd, 2017

I have been taking benzod to sleep. I have been takin 0.5mg. What do I do to help me sleep. I am up allnight

April
7:57 am May 3rd, 2017

I need help i am a mither of 4 and want to be better fir mysef and children its has been 3 years i am interested in the rapid detox

Nermine
2:45 pm May 3rd, 2017

I am 64. Been on calmepam 1.5 for almost 4 months for anxiety. I am trying to taper it off by taking half the dose. I am having a hard time. I started 4 days ago. Should I just stay on my regular dose for the rest of my life??

martin
12:38 pm May 5th, 2017

hi could you write me an email about coming off benzos im havin a really bad time getting my head together.thank you

Carolee
7:59 pm May 7th, 2017

Been on low dose benzo 9 or more years. Last 3 years, on clonazapam .05mg. Have taped down and have been off for 3 weeks now. I am 63. About 4 days after stopping, I developed poor balance in standing walking and sitting. In the past, I had standing and walking balance problems due to medications. After stopping some meds, balance problem stopped. Am on several mental health medications. A pharmacist friend thinks it’s the medication. Are balance issues conman with withdrawal? I also have chronic pain which seems to be worse. Most all my medications either make my tinnitus worse, or put me at higher risk of dementia. I recently started taking tramadol for the pain and doctors will likely want me to stop. I qualify for medical cannabis for my fibromyalgia. I’m hoping this will help my pain, allowing me to get of other meds. What percent of people have a problem with this? Extremely concerned about dementia cause my mother had dementia. I eat a lot of salmon. Read this fish is not good at this time. Is cod ok? Thank you!
Please explain to me why and how things like valerian, medical cannabis, salmon and garbanzo beans, vit D, B and magnesium make withdrawal worse! Also, is poor sitting balance a common symptom of withdrawal?

Gloria
5:30 pm May 8th, 2017

I’m in the midst of titrating off klonopin..it is day 16 without it.. I was put on this drug by my Dr in 1994.. I have been titrating off since last September and it is a nightmare beyond words..each week gets worse..I’ve had night terrors, I sweat, I can’t sleep for months on end, and if I do sleep, my brain is so muddled I can’t function..my husband of 38 years has not left me. I can’t eat or cook.. I don’t care if I live or die because I just can’t take it anymore..my family has no idea what is going on.. I don’t want to be around people, especially loud people..all sounds and noises are too loud..the sun is too bright.. everything is too much.. I need help but I don’t know where to go.

Paige
4:20 am May 9th, 2017

Hi, I’ve been on Ativan for almost 6 years. I started off .5 mg three times a day. Then my doc upped my dose to 1mg after a month twice a day. I only stayed taking 1mg a day for 5 years. These last 9 months I’ve been taking 1mg around 12 every afternoon and 1mg between 8pm an 9 pm. I’ve tired going longer without taking any. But my body shakes and I don’t feel right in my head. I feel foggy and confused and for some weird reason I literally think I’m gonna have a seizure. I get dizzy and light headed. I’ve tried doing just 1 mg at 12 and a .5 at night. But a .5 at night just doesn’t help me feel right. I wanna come off these so badly. I wanna feel normal again. I wanna be happy and not so angry everyday. I don’t wanna worry when my next panic attack is or where I put my pill bottle or when I’m gonna run out. My doc cut me completely off after four years. I begged him not to. Sense then I’ve found a doctor he put me on .5 mg I tried just doing .5 but I still felt sick. So I eventually ran out went back to him and he told me I needed Alta pointe. So the past two weeks I’ve been in and out the hospital they gave me 6 pills .5 to last me till I can find a doctor. I can’t find one. I wanna get help getting off. I don’t wanna feel sick or have a seizure. That’s my main worry is having a seizure. Everyday all day that’s all I think about. I don’t want to have one of those and I pray I never will. How can I tamper down or what can I take to subside it ? Should I take a lot of vitimins or just check myself into rehab ? Won’t rehab help u tamper off of them ??

Terri
8:04 pm May 9th, 2017

I have bi-polar disorder. I recently went to the hospital for symptoms of a mixed episode. I have been on klonipin for over 15 years. At the hospital I
Was not given the drug. I guess that I withdrawn from it along with nicotine. I hardly noticed that I was in withdrawal. Yes, I was sick but I didn’t know why. I came home after 10 days to a stressful situation and I took a pill. 1 mg. I have had one pill every night. How can I get back off of the
Small dose (really small for me) again with out going cold Turkey? Also I started to vape. What now?

Jennifer
11:09 pm May 9th, 2017

Struggling. 6 weeks off cold turkey. The physical symptoms are horrible – muscle weakness and weight gain. Even taking a shower is too much for me. I get winded and can’t stand up. When will this be over?

John
1:14 am May 11th, 2017

I have been on Hydroxyzine Pamoate for 1 month and it helps with the Anxiety and helps me sleep but I hate this drug especially if it will make me dependent on it . Someone please help me get off this drug please

Sara
6:14 am May 11th, 2017

Hi. I really could use some support. I just turned 50. Have been on 6 mg of Klonopin per day for over 30 years. My doctor tapered me down to 1.5 mg over the past 8months and I was fine. However, I then became impatient and just went cold turkey 3 days ago. I thought at such a low dose compared to what I was on prior, my withdrawal symptoms would be minimal. I was so wrong about that! I am suffering with what seems like almost every symptom I have read. I am in horrible physical pain and experiencing severe mental anguish. I don’t want to consult a physician, in fear that I will just be medicated again. I am so lost! Would be very grateful for any suggestions! ThankYou!

anna
1:27 am May 12th, 2017

Sara, I would reinstate at 1.5mg for 2-3 months then slowly wean yourself off. decrease 5%-10% every 2-3 weeks. If you need a compound pharmacy then your doctor can help you with weaning.
The pharmacy can make a liquid dose you can use. It’s much easier. The best to you.

lori
3:11 am May 12th, 2017

Someone please help me i would so apprecitae it. I have been on 1-2 milligrams of klonopin for the past 2 and a half years back in September of 16 my doctor increased me to 2-4 milligrams at night to sleep. Since about January i have been a walking zombie. Crying constantly, had to quit work, cant play with my own kids. Im fatigued constantly i am depressed i have increased asthma problems. I get confused easily and dizzy spells. I have been to the ER twice in recent months checked for everything. Blood work is not good. White blood count low also all signs of anemia all the sudden. Im cold all the time. Been to a thyroid specilist he cant find anything m today while searching the Internet i discovered i think all this is caused from this horrible medicine and i want off of it. My primary care doctor has been a nightmare thru this. Today she didnt even return my call. I want my life back i am not mysef and havent been for months. How can i get off this awful medicine?

Bob
7:20 pm May 12th, 2017

I’ve been on small doses as needed for about two years. LTely I become fatigued and an emotional basket case easily. Wake up fearful and depressed. But I’m not sure if it’s the xanax or my heart condition. Can .25 maybe two times a week do this to someone?

Deborah
12:23 am May 13th, 2017

I have been taking less Xanax because I don’t need it however I’ve been more sleep me and I don’t understand why is there anybody that can answer this question and help me

William
5:27 am May 14th, 2017

Was on Clonazepam (2 mg daily) for 12 months. Down to 1/4 mg daily now. Took 3 months to get were I am today. Will be off in 2 more days.
Problems: headaches, pressure in my head, bottom of feet aching and burning, blurry vision most of the time but not real bad. How long will this last. I don’t get addicted early. Drink for years stopped overnight. Smoked for 40 years, stopped over night. Stopped sugar, salt, fast food, all sweets overnight.. Reason for stopping all this got tinnitus in left ear also that is the reason I started clonazepam.

Jane
5:51 pm May 15th, 2017

Unbeknownst to me I stopped everything at once and had zero idea what was happening to me. The mental pain, body pain was excruciating. I am so afraid to do this again. I want to get off them but last time lasted 4 months and I caved in and started taking it again. I just didn’t know what was wrong with me. I need to know how to do it this time.

Lp
6:46 pm May 16th, 2017

I have been on Ativan for 2 years for anxiety I use to be on 6mg a day now on 1 and half a day ( was 2mg but I reduced to 1 1/2a week ago)since on ativan it was helping then I started having muscle spasm, more anxiety, crying spells, body aches, neck tension bad, choking sensation, pins and needles throughout whole body (feels like body electrical shocks all, it’s ruining my life don’t know if it’s anxiety or withdrawal syntoms, just sick of it…

melissa
8:43 am May 17th, 2017

Was able to wd from clonazepam 2mgs to1.5 we were trying for1mg at my request. it’s for myoclonic seizures and sleeping but the wd was extremely bad he told me to go back1.5. Because of the risk of seizures.i was already showing signs out relapsing and i have gran mall seizures anyway when they aren’t controlled. Unless im in a hospital setting i will never go off this stuff.the wd alone can kill ya

Barbara
6:48 pm May 17th, 2017

I have been on Klonopin for about 3 years.. I decided I needed to get off because it started to make me feel bad. My doctor told me to stay on it until she was ready for me to get off. I have felt she could not dictate my life. So I started to wean 3/4 for 3 weeks then two weeks taking 1/2 then 4 days taken a 1/4 then off I have been in a living hell since headaches like you never knew them panics shaking nervous fast heartbeat feeling of unconnected scared stomach messed up also thinking too much. Insomnia and could not eat that was two months ago. I am still having withdrawals. I decided to go on lorazepam just to get some sleep for a couple of weeks I just don’t know where to turn been with a lot of anxiety depression I need help in a big way. Depression anxiety medicine give me bad thoughts and bad side effects don’t know where to turn or if I will ever get my mind and body back cry and awful lot I did not know I was on then benzos. All because I told my daughter I could not sleep at night that is not fair I Should Have Been Told what those drugs are capable of doing can anyone give me advice home how to get through this thank you

Laurie
9:14 pm May 17th, 2017

I am tapering off .5 mg clonazapam and not feeling well at all. I am down to .125mg. I feel extreme fatigue, anxiety depression and muscle stiffness. I know I have a long road ahead, but would like to getback to my old energetic enthused self. I feel I lost all motivation and emotion being on this death drug. I know people feel withdrawal for up to a year, don’t know if Ihave the figjt in me but need of this drug if I am ever gonna feel better again. Any words of encouragement would be great.

Michael
1:08 am May 18th, 2017

Hi everyone. I have been on clonazapam for not really very long……about 25 years. So, like, half my life. I figure it shouldn’t be much of a problem. (right) I always took as prescribed and, as would be expected with neurological down regulation, was up to 8mg a day. Scary. So, after 4 months I am at 3 mg, and I am proud of my efforts thus far. I am really having trouble at work because my sense of humor and general affect have become very blunted. Does anyone have any thoughts about there being a point at which I should plan on taking time off? Was anyone able to continue working?

Also, I can’t really get a clear answer on why we are all coming off this drug. Eight milligrams was ridiculous. it was. But at 4.5 I still felt good once I got used to it. Why can’t I just stay on it? No doctor seems to want to prescribe it anymore. Its been clumped in with narcotics, which it is not. Have you ever heard of someone robbing a drug store or killing someone for benzodiazepines. I haven’t. I have heard of people killing themselves with them, and usually a few others mixed in. Might these people have, very unfortunately, taken their own lives anyway? I don’t understand why any downside societally or personally is that great that I should be forced to endure this pain. A pain that, by all accounts, will only get worse.

Thanks everyone. Stay in the battle. Never. Never……give up!

Oh…..and if you are going to say I am coming off them because they damage my GABA receptors, that is ridiculous. This is a theory and one that is very hard to show in studies. If it is damaging my GABA receptors then, as far as I’m concerned, that is between me and my doctor. As long as I am doing no societal harm then leave me alone. Make alcohol illegal. I can’t see my doctor anymore because he does not except medicaid and if an MD doesn’t take medicaid they lose prescriptive rights (in Connecticut anyway). Every psychiatrist I can find (and there are few) that take medicaid will not prescribe benzos. It really seems ridiculous. But I guess I’m along for the ride.

William
3:30 am May 18th, 2017

I was on clonazepam (1 mg twice daily) for 13 months. I cut out 1/4mg every 2 weeks and I finally toook my last 1/4mg on May 10, 2017.
I am having hot flashes at night, insomnia, headaches and restless leg syndrome all over my body at night. I also have some nausea and flu like symptoms. I am not having any anxiety.
I also am coming of Gabapentin that I am taking for nerve pain in my lower back. I had a surgery that went bad in my sciatica nerve, L5 and S1.
Do you think the withdrawals will get worse before they get better. I am 71 years old and not in real good health but I am determined to whip this. Any help I can get would be appreciated.

CRZ
4:09 am May 19th, 2017

I’m sorry, but this article is ridiculous. Two years ago my life was overcame with extreme panic and anxiety. I couldn’t leave my bed, go to class, I couldn’t even eat. I lost over 20 lbs, which put me at 100 lbs (I’m 5’7”). I couldn’t leave my bed. I stayed inside and cried for almost a month until I agreed to take meds. They SAVED my life. I tried every natural substance and natural way to heal my anxiety. Meditation, therapy, vitamins, exercise, you name it I tried it. After about 10 trips to the doctor and having to look into my sons eyes every day, I realized I rather die than not try EVERY thing to fix my anxiety. I started an SSRI and klonopin. It’s been two years, I’m halfway through a very competitive and intense nursing program, I work part time, and I’m raising my beautiful son. I came across this site because I’ve been in a good spot mentally and am ready to taper off my benzo. I’ve been taking 1/4 of my 0.5 mg for about a week and a half now. Guess what? My original symptoms are back. No, I am not going to let this stop me. But for you to say once our withdrawal symptoms are gone we will no longer experience anxiety – BS. Some of us, this is how our brains are made. My one whole side of my family deals with anxiety. There is NOTHING wrong with needing to balance our brains out properly. Does a diabetic stop taking their insulin? No because their pancreas CANNOT produce insulin. It is the same for us with depression/anxiety, and it should be treated that way. My hugs and sympathy for anyone going through any kind of anxiety. You are not alone, and we do have a chance, and it WILL get better. Never feel ashamed for needing to take a medication for something that allows you to live a normal life. XO

Jayme
3:40 pm May 19th, 2017

I have only been taking a small amount of Ativan for about 3-4 weeks. 0.25-0.5 per day. I was given this for esophageal spasm and dyspepsia secondary to a bad reaction to trileptal which I am off now. They have started me on low dose Lithium. I am still trying to get a level. With the small bit of Ativan I can sleep but I cut it down to .25 for 2-3 days and stopped it 2 days ago. Last night I barely slept. In fits and starts and have pressure in my forehead and feel like I want to crawl out of my skin today. I am exhausted. Not sure what to do at this point. My doctors don’t think you can get addicted to a small amount like this for short period of time. I don’t know. Is this the benzo some mania or both? Thanks. Jayme

lena
1:17 am May 21st, 2017

they have been tapering me down changing my dose every 2 weeks. this is horrible! I have gotten myself down to .025mg, it will gone in 1 week . I am scared that when it goes to nothing at the end of the week it will be really bad. They wanted me to try Gabapentin but I am scared to take anything now because after reading this using chamomile was bad as well as canabinods as well. I’m meeting my doctor Wednesday to discuss going down to everyotherday for 2 weeks and stop. what should I do, they just do not get it, I was on 1mg for 6 years, I started getting Benzo dementia is what she called it. I’m wondering if ill get that back when I’m completely off this. I wish I would have know 6 years ago…

Amber
1:52 am May 22nd, 2017

I have been taking unperscribed xanax for about 8 months now. Through that time span I have taken anywhere from 1mg-8mg. I am now down to 1mg a night right before I go to bed. My anxiety is terrible during the day. I plan on tapering down. I go to my family practice doctor tomorrow. What should I tell them? I am mentally done with the drug, but my body is not done without withdrawing. HELP!

Jamie
2:02 am May 23rd, 2017

Hello you mention foods and vitamins not to take but are there any that I can take to help ease my depression anxiety ? I had a horrific withdrawl at 5 months pregnant – started taking benzos to treat alchol withdrawl (valium) than went on xanax for anixety than my doctor changed me to clonazepam and an anti depressant than boom I find out im pregnamt and the nightmere was soon to come. But I healed ! The only thing Im seriously struggling with now is depression and anxiety (mainly before bed and upon waking up) which makes me terribly exaughsted all the time and I want to feel energetic for my little man who is 7 months old now. I cant drink coffee or anything alike because it sends me into a panniced state for days, so if there is a vitamin or suppliment I can take that actually works and isnt a drug that would be amazing! Thank you :)!

Ebony
10:51 am May 23rd, 2017

Hi i told my doctor i was hyper ventaling and i was afraid to go to school and around ppl so he gave me klonopin i been on it since 9th grade i been out of school for 10 yrs and im still on the pill i wanna get off of it he told me to try taking a pill once a day or every other day a couple of months ago i ran put of pills and man i cudnt sleep eat i kept going to the bathroom and i was jittery i felt funny the only thing i ate was bread and water until i got the pills while on these pills if i get to excited my heart races and my mouth gets dry its hard to calm my self down i developed anger issues i really dnt think i shouldve been given these pills at all it does nothing but slows me down a lil but i still be depressed or mean i panic a lil and blacks out when i hyperventilate i hate this feelings i wanna get off these pills

Michael
9:50 pm May 23rd, 2017

IT IS NOT ALL BAD. (POST 2)

As part of my recovery process I have decided to place routine posts on this blog sight. I do not believe it would be wise for me to give advice to anyone, or sparingly at best. This will simply be an idea of what one person has done. Please do not view anything I write as a suggestion on how you should proceed in reducing your need for benzodiazepines. You are not a “study” and I am not a “study.” It is my opinion that there are no “facts” regarding the use of benzodiazepines. No study included me and I will state as FACT that no study has said, “two hundred out of the two hundred people in this trial experienced (fill in the blank).” This is my story, but we are all a gift to this world and are all individual with individual experiences and biological make ups. My journey will end in success, which may not mean coming off benzodiazepines completely. But, be assured, I will have success because I deserve, and have it in my life today.

05/23/17

As of this date, and starting in January, I have gone from 8mg a day to 2.5 mg a day. I feel very proud of my efforts thus far and will be going down to 2.25 mg tomorrow. I will stay at this level for a week at which time I will reduce another .25 mg. I am undertaking a taper that I designed based on intuition and my level of comfort. I have over-reported my dosage to my APRN so I can reduce to no clonazepam in the near future at a pace that I decide. Most people do not like being told what is best for them and especially not under the gun of their own mental health, and I am one of those people. I was also taking provigil @ 400 mg a day but tapered myself off this medication a month ago. Duloxetine and lamotrigine continue to be part of my medical regimen which I do not expect to change during this taper period.

So far I have experienced the full range of emotions one would expect. I have, mostly, felt extremely anxious and depressed. I have a big issue with social anxiety which has gotten worse to the point of not wanting to go into crowded places, this would include the shopping center. So buying food and hanging out with friends has become very difficult. ON THE POSITIVE SIDE; I have also had periods of great happiness. When I feel good I feel reeeaaallllly good. Almost manic. In these windows of time I make jokes (that are not particularly funny to anyone but me), post self made comedy videos on you tube and write poetry. It has not been all bad and my life will continue to get batter than it is. Put your seat belts on, this ride is going to be bumpy! (-:

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
10:06 am May 25th, 2017

Thank you for sharing, Michael! You are doing great… Stay strong!

Dave
6:50 pm May 24th, 2017

Hi, I’m on day 9 of stopping klonopin, after tapering
about 1/16 mg every 4 weeks. I was okay until i woke up last night in the middle of the night with extreme anxiety, and I couldn’t sleep, and I still feel it in am. Is this gonna stay like this, if so, I can’t take it, and can’t sleep. I dont want to start taking it again after 9 days, but might have to if this exteme anxiety doesn’t go away soon.Why would it get like that now, in the 9th day, if you know. Is there any med you can recommend for overwhelming anxiety that can help me right away. My dr. gave me wellbutrin, but I read it can cause initial anxiety, and I can’t take that. Thx.

marie
6:07 am May 25th, 2017

i have been on clonazapam for 14 years right after i lost my son. i am 73 years old and have now started to wean off of them.i was taking 0.5 milligrams day and night 1 am 1 pm i started back last november cutting 1/8th of my pill every 3 months. its now may 2017 and i take half of 0.5 in the am and 3/4th in the evening. im trying to cut 1/8th every couple of months. i do experience headaches from time to time but have other health issues as well. am i doing the right thing by cutting this way.

Michael the Human
12:22 am May 26th, 2017

Blog Post #3

Hey, did I ever tell you guys about the time I went to the mental health care in-patient facility? I think I haven’t. Though I would like to, I will not recount the entire episode. It would probably be boring to anyone but me. They did help me learn a few things that may be of use to others. I checked in to this, ummm, hospital, to access ECT to treat chronic depression and anxiety. I thought it was worth a shot as nothing else seemed to be working very well. As ECT can’t be done to someone who is on benzodiazepines or any other anti-seizure medication, they tapered me from 6mg to none in five days. To say this was uncomfortable would be putting it mildly. Add in that I was also taking lamictal, and that needed to be gone from my system and taped to nothing also, was really, really uncomfortable. Please, please, anyone who is thinking of stopping cold turkey, please, don’t. I entered this so called hospital in pain and left a shell of my former self. On one weekend a social worker, who was singular in that he did not talk or treat anyone like a kindergartener, spoke to us. He said working through mental illness and explaining it to others was sometimes described as, “trying to explain the color red to a blind person.” It is not possible. I thought this true and think it effects how people with mental illness get treated by others, get medical and emotional treatment for it and the way it’s funded to help those in need.

I feel viciously anxious today and did not feel very well yesterday. That last hop down has not been kind to me. Onward my friends!! Thank you for listening.

Michael the Human -- RESPONSE TO POSTS I HAVE READ
2:21 am May 26th, 2017

I’m not a medical professional or associated with this blog sight or its associates in any way. I’m a middle age man that has seen with my own eyes what many are describing. I hope my life experience may be of some use. We are all deserving of happiness. The search may be longer than we want it to be, but there are ways for all of use to find it. We won’t take the same path but we will, all of us, feel well.

William — I wonder if staying on the gabapentin for a period of time might be a good idea. My philosophy on medications is this: never add or remove two medications at the same time. If one does this it makes it very hard to winnow out which drug is doing what. The symptoms you are describing are all issues that gababentin is used to treat and can present when use is stopped. This may have nothing to do with it, but I do think it would be good to run it by your prescribing doctor.

CRZ — I would disagree with you, except that I TOTALLY agree (-: I want to encourage everyone to get off these medications if they possibly can, but I believe for some they are uniquely useful. I’m going to make a bull headed effort to get off, but I will not be pushed over the edge by a medical community and consensus that could very well be totally different five years from now. I would say to some, “ever heard the song from the Rolling Stones called, ‘mothers little helper’?”, yes, well that was about benzodiazepine. I believe that song was released as a single in 1967, so this stuff has been around and used for the better part of 40 years. Suddenly they are a pox on society? I’m yet to be convinced.

JAYME – I’m sorry your uncomfortable and hope you will post an update to let us know how you are doing. Coming off one medications while going on another can make things a bit dicy. Perhaps you should ask your prescribing physician if the symptoms are from the lithium (which is possible) or coming off the Ativan. As you were on such a low dose of Ativan for a short period of time I think there is some possibility that your issues are from the lithium. Something to think about??

Michael the Human -- RESPONSE TO POSTS I HAVE READ
2:24 am May 26th, 2017

LENA — I’m so sorry. You have posted a response similar to many others. You are not alone and you will get through this. You one hundred percent will. Perhaps you have spoken to your prescribing physician and he or she has put your mind at ease regarding Gababentin or another medication, diet or supplement that may help. I can tell you as a personal story. I was on a medication called Effexor for many years. it started to effect my liver function and I had to come off it. The MD suggested I take Cymbolta as a replacement. As it was tremendously hard to get off the Effexor I was resistant to taking another medication. Three months later and after having lost my car, my house and my job I relented and started taking the Cymbolta, which I take to this day. It was a mistake on my part not to show some flexibility. I am not suggesting that you take any medication or any particular medication. I just see some similarity in the way you and I think about things, and that there may be a path being offered to you that will work. You will find the answer, in the meantime please do whatever you can to keep a smile on your face!! You deserve it and you will find it.

AMBER — Congratulations on your efforts so far. What you have accomplished is something to be proud of. It might be a good idea to seek help from a professional that specializes in psychiatric medications. (A psychiatrist or APRN that specializes in psych meds) Family doctors have always been helpful to me, but they are not always up to speed on this very specialized area. If you break a bone you see an orthopedist, if you need psychiatric help you deserve that specialized help too. Take care.

Michael the Human -- RESPONSE TO POSTS I HAVE READ
2:25 am May 26th, 2017

JAMIE — I think you are asking the right question. Frankly I need to look more into how I could eat correctly and take the right supplements to do well without these medications. Thank you for reminding me!!!! I wonder if a nutritionist or wholistic physician could help you? I hope you find relief in the next weeks and months. I think you will.

EBONY– It might be a good idea to see a doctor or health professional the specializes in psych meds. Hyperventilation is something you could very well reduce or eliminate by learning some mindfulness techniques. Some people would call it meditation. Whatever word we put to it, this kind of practice has helped more people than any medication ever will. I’m not saying there is not a place for medications, just that there are other ways to cope as well. I meditate for 30 minutes every day and it has changed me as a person. If I stop my friends know it without me telling them. The way I act just shifts. Put “mindfulness training” in Google and see what pops up for things happening in your area. Mindfulness can help people reduce racing thoughts and help control angry flare ups. Did for me. Have a blessed day and please keep us all updated on how you are doing.

Love to all,
Michael

David
6:18 am May 26th, 2017

Been on benzo’s for 9 years, keep increasing the dossage in order to sleep. Taking valium , antivan, rivotrell, zanex in increaseing dossages. What can i do?
Thank you david kantrowitz bkk thailand

Michael the Human -- DAILY UPDATE - RESPONSE TO POSTS
5:25 pm May 26th, 2017

I’m not a medical professional or associated with this blog site or its associates in any way. I’m a middle age man that has seen with my own eyes what many are describing. I hope my life experience may be of some use. We are all deserving of happiness. The search may be longer than we want it to be, but there are ways for all of use to find it. We won’t take the same path but we will, all of us, feel well.

05/26/17

Twenty eight years ago today my father lost his battle with cancer. I was in my third year of collage studying psychology. That these two events coincided in my life has informed some of my views on psychology and psychiatric treatment. Throughout his life he suffered from anxiety and this effected not only him, but the entire family. He took psychotropic medication twice in his life. In his thirties he took a low dose of adivan when my sister was born and as he was entering the end stages of cancer he, again, took a small amount until his death. It was interesting because he really did not want to die and never came to accept that he was going to. In the days before his death he never said goodbye or expected not to wake up the next morning. Yet somehow, despite his frustration with his failing body, he developed a certain underlying ease. I have always wondered, but will never know, if taking a small amount of medication might have eased his anxiety and, in turn, may have improved the condition of our families home life. I will never know. He missed one day of work that I can remember because of the flu. He skied, biked, sailed and folk danced on Friday nights; he never stopped moving. He was absolute in resolution not to take medication unless absolutely necessary, even for purely medical conditions. He did, by my recollection, just about everything a person could do to fight mental illness, but he felt this pain from his early life to the day he left us. At the time of his death I was focusing on psychoneuroimmunology, this is the study of how a persons view of life and daily thoughts can affect their physical and mental health. I was beginning to feel that through a holistic, more eastern philosophy, the effect of most any illness could be reduced if not eliminated. His life and death left me with one firm belief: that “holistic” means the entirety of what is available and that medication may be part of this holistic approach for some people. It appears to me that the world of psychiatric treatment has broken into basically two camps: those who believe that traditional “talk therapy” and psychiatric treatment are the best approach and the professionals that believe a non-medical approach including, but not limited to, talk therapy are better. There are, of course those who take the middle ground and believe that these two views do not conflict but that both should be in our tool bag to assist those in need. I am a firm believer in the middle way, the people that feel that holistic means “the whole of” and that medication has its place.

Michael the Human --- RESPONSE TO POSTS
8:47 pm May 26th, 2017

David,
What you are describing sounds very much like something called, “down regulation”. As you know our body seeks a homeostatic state, a balance. If we take medications that increase the supply of a given neurotransmitter our body may start producing less of it or change the amount of receptors on the neuron. It seems you are on three diazepine and or benzodiazepines. (I don’t know what rivetrill is or how it acts in the body) I think it is possible that your body is in a physiological state of down regulation and taking higher doses may be needed to get the same effect from these medications as when you started taking them.

Michael the Human --- RESPONSE TO POSTS, continued
8:49 pm May 26th, 2017

I will not make comment on whether you should or should not take medication, but will say, that taking four different medications makes it difficult to assuredly say what medication is working for you and which is not. I think the first step is to find a medical professional that specializes in psychotropic drugs to help you decide if reducing or removing most of these medications from your protocol would be wise. Then you might try to work with this professional to help you make the very personal decision of continuing to take medication or not. I have found that it can take time to find the right person to work with. As with any field, there are people who are more exceptional at their work than others. I have spent many months building a support system I trust and the first person you meet with may not be the best for you.

My apologies for posting in two parts. If a reply is too long the web site blocks it as “spam”.

Summer
5:42 am May 27th, 2017

I have beeno on 3 MG if Ativan for the past 2 and a half months. I don’t even know where to begin on how to taper. I have been extremely I’ll with digestive issues and I’m not sure if the Ativan is exacerbating things. I was taking 1 mg in the afternoon and 2 MG at night to sleep. How long will withdrawal last and how can I do this. I would never have started had I’d known how difficult to come off would be. Any help is greatly appreciated :/

Kirsten
11:08 pm May 28th, 2017

Hello, I was on 50mg Valium a year ago and started tapering immediately under a doctors care. We were using a Compounding Pharmacy, and they made it in liquid form. I started tapering by 0.75 once a week. I was left to myself to keep doing that. All was well till I got to 1.50mg. The following week I went off 0.75 as usual, but that’s when the trouble started, so I called my doctor who told me to get back to 1.50 mg. That dose didn’t work any more, so now I am on1.80mg. It is not horrible but it is not great. A dizzying headache and I just want to sit still all the time. I have been reading these posts and decided to try GABA and it lessens the symptoms. This is my 5th day and I understand that I better stay on this dose till I feel good, is that right? So if and when that happens I plan to taper 0.3mg (0.1×3). Is thiis a good plan? I am also taking 85mg. Amitryptalin that I plan to taper later. How long do you think I should wait after the benzo withdrawal before I start tapering the Amitryptalin?. I’ would really love to hear from you. Thank you so very much. It is wonderful that we have these sights and my heart goes out to every sufferer, I know what they are going through,I have been there(before I started the 50mg Valium) Slow tapering is the key.

Jessie
6:48 am May 29th, 2017

Thanks for the info. I am suffering from very bad withdrawal from Ativan having cut off completely now after many years of addiction. The itchiness and sensitive skin had become unbearable and stops me from sleeping. Any advice what can help please?
Thanks and regards from Jessie

Michael the Human -- Daily Update -- Memorial Day
7:47 pm May 29th, 2017

I’m not a medical professional or associated with this blog site or its associates in any way. I’m a middle age man that has seen with my own eyes what many are describing. I hope my life experience may be of some use. We are all deserving of happiness. The search may be longer than we want it to be, but there are ways for all of use to find it. We won’t take the same path but we will, all of us, feel well.

05/29/17 — Memorial Day

“Do not judge a man until you have walked a mile in his shoes”

I would say:

“Do not judge anyone because you can’t walk in any shoes but your own as you don’t have their feet.” ****or woman

One could easily read another person’s post, an article or listen to advise and say, “there is no way they know what I am going through!” You are right. I do not know what you are going through, because I can’t. I can only, truly, know and feel what I know and feel. That said, perhaps because I have passed through some of the gauntlets you have I can at least empathize in some small way.

As I walked into the pharmacy the tech that works there said, “hey, its our newest employee!” This did not help me feel good. I felt some rage start to build inside me, and in what I’ve tried to create in my mind as a habit, I started to walk away. (Quickly) You would not like me when i’m angry and I don’t like me when I’m angry. Unfortunately the force of my rage sucked me back in. Turning around I said, “Donna, please do not say that anymore,” “I don’t like it and its not funny.” A person could say that this was actually a reasonable response to a foolish statement. The problem is, when I get angry I look, have the body language of and appear to be about to dive at the person and plant a fist in their jaw. So, I went back to the pharmacy the next day and apologized saying, “pain makes you do strange things.” This may be true but it does not excuse my actions. In hind sight I appreciate her comment. I harnessed this anger to my benefit. I made the decision that I did not want to go to the pharmacy to pick up one of six different prescriptions anymore. I made the decision that I was tired of worrying about losing a script or throwing some medication out, that the doctor would, rightfully, be hesitant or unable to write another prescription for. I do not want to answer to someone, or have another person be in control of that which I hold dear, my mental health. No more.

I do not know how you feel. Still, I am absolutely positive that we will all recover fully. We will find that true happiness sits on the other side of depending on putting a pill in our mouths that is made by a pharmaceutical company. If you do not feel a glimmer of this hope then please, call the help line above, 211, 911 or go to a hospital. Please.

Your search my begin where you thought it ended.

Love to all,
Michael

Michael the Human -- Daily Update
7:58 pm May 30th, 2017

05/30/17

“Strange days indeed…..”

Every sensory and motor function in my body is giving me wrong information and I can hardly remember my own name. Have to say though, I’m not in a bad mood, actually a little manic. As I’m aware that I have too much energy to concentrate there will be no driving until I settle down. If I had to work today this kind of energy would be a real problem. I just keep telling myself that I don’t have to go anywhere, so it doesn’t really matter, and that everything will balance out in 15 minutes. Hope so.

–Michael

Eleanore
11:12 am May 31st, 2017

Hi, I am hooked on Z pills. Zolpidem. I binge. I’ve taken 60x 10mg in the last 2 days. I feel really sick and shakey. What can I do to alleviate the symptoms. They’ll be gone in a week or so but I feel really bad this time. I am taking 2 x 10mg pax a day to help but I’d love to come off that too. I’m doomed

Michael the Human
4:13 am June 1st, 2017

06/31/2017

This will be my final post until I have completed my efforts to be free from benzodiazepines. I do not think I was clear in my memorial day post regarding something very important. I will not be coming off any mediations with the exception of clonezapam and provigal. Both are controlled substances that were probably zeroing each other out and are hard to find a prescriber for. There is no good reason I can think of to remove the two antidepressants I am on from my daily medication regimen.

I have been able to come down to about ten percent of the clonazepam that I was on when I started the taper. I have had some serious downs during this time but I’m finding that last .75mg have been especially difficult. I am experiencing many of the side affects one would expect during the last weeks of this effort. My mood is generally very good given the circumstances and I’m thankful for that.

See on June 16th.

Best.
Michael

Marsha
10:42 pm June 1st, 2017

I went to a mental health facility they had me on all kinds of drugs. Aderall geodon adivan klonopin and a hole line of antidepressant not at the same time though. I went there for five years. I am off of everything now and have been for 4-5 months and I believe I’m suffering from paws. I didn’t know what that was until I saw it here. Over the weekend I had some bad anxiety and was prescribed xanax only enough for five days and I have been taking it. What is going to happen to me now? I am terrified

Colleen
8:08 am June 2nd, 2017

I can’t do email because of my brain injury I only have messaging messenger Facebook I can try my email but I’m not sure if it will work I’m just now tapering off quickly has been used for men’s iety panic I have temporal lobe contusions and impact of 50 miles per hour my head several times I guess drunk driver taking me off the road plus many bodily injuries I’m having night terrors can’t wake up can’t move I can hear things out of 31 mg a month he took 15 away last month why anxiety and everything is worse my heart is pounding my chest hurts yeah I’m losing my mind and I get scared easy what do I do I will go back and try to do my email I really want to do this I don’t feel that I have an addiction to them I’m not real sure of the withdrawal symptoms except for what I read I just know that everything else seems worse God bless you and thank you and I hope my email works I really need this I just woke up from something I couldn’t wake up from it was awful do people have night terrors when coming off or being tapered down I was getting 45 1 mg a month he took 15 away last month it is worse now than in the beginning

Eddy
6:57 pm June 3rd, 2017

I am currently coming off 3 mg of kholonipin a day I only have enough pills so that I had to cut down to 1 1 1/2 mg a day for days then 1 mg for 3 days and then 1/2 mg for 5 days I’m on day 5 of tappering and I’m having withdrawals hot flashes,can’t sleep,anxiety,dizzy,hard to focus should I fish the tappering at the rate I am or just stop now ?I can’t get anymore from the doctor so what I’m doing or just stop is my only options I’ve been on these pills for 5 yrs

Hope Alive
11:30 pm June 3rd, 2017

I had been on 3mg of Clonazepam for over 10 years. I tapered down by one quarter mg. about 3 months ago and was fine. Most recently, I tapered down by another quarter mg. – 1 month or so ago – so that I am now taking 2 and a half mg/day. I take a quarter mg. in the morning, and 2 1 mg. pills at bedtime. Over the past week or two my anxiety has been pretty bad. It’s not constant, but it has become progressively worse. I am overreacting to situations; becoming paranoid about situations – even feeling a sense of terror; more irritable, with disrupted sleep (waking up a few hours earlier, though I’m able to resume sleep after an hour or so. Also, I have some difficulty going to sleep. I feel really tired but then get agitated. I am not sure if some of this is due to situational stress going on at the same time. At about the same time that I reduced the second time, my 87 year-old father was experiencing some delusions and confusion on a couple of occasions and I was very worried about him. Please help me! I am desperate! I want to get off of this drug!

Justin
2:04 am June 6th, 2017

I’m messaging in regards to my fiancé, Jenny. Wednesday, she came home from a dual diagnosis center in which she was in for 11 days to get off of Valium (4-5 years on drug with 10-30mg dosages). It is now Monday night (5 days) and she is horrible and has been since Thursday morning. She was fine when she left the facility, but now she’s dysfunctional. I take it her detox was done inappropriately? Is that correct?

Maura
1:40 pm June 7th, 2017

Hi there,
I have been on low dosage of zimovane for the last 4 years and I came off the tablets at the end of November, 2016. But I still feel terrible. My head is all over the place and feels like its floating and I have internal shaking alot. I feel tired the whole time and I’m getting very depressed. I thought after 6 months I would feel a little better but I feel that I am getting worse. I’m very worried that I never will be ok again. is this a normal reaction??? Thanks for your time. Maura

Linn
8:46 pm June 7th, 2017

I took ativan in 2009 for dizziness. I took a low dose (.25mg/day) about 3 to 4 times a week. After several months I no longer needed it. I did decrease the dose over several weeks. In 2016 I experienced severe vestibular symptoms and started taking Ativan again. A year later I am taking it every day, rather than “as needed” and often take up to .5mg a day. I am miserable – weak in the legs, dizzy, nauseous. I suspect Ativan is the problem. Just a month ago I would take it only 3 to 4 times a week and would be fine. I don’t know how to stop.

Amy
5:49 pm June 8th, 2017

Is there any information about going on Lamictal to help with “Gaba re-set” during withdrawal? Thank you.

bernard
9:21 pm June 8th, 2017

i have been on 1mg clonazepam foor over 30 years and have been trying to stop its use since 28 march. i have not been able sleep or eat, have losr 26 lbs i very bad shortness of breath disyness and falling i am 82 yrs old mywhole body is shaking . any help would be appreciated thank you!!!!!!!!

Deborah
10:23 pm June 8th, 2017

I went cold turkey and after 4 months of hell have come out of it what can I expect of my health after? I was on a very high dosage and am lucky to be alive

Andrea
8:19 pm June 9th, 2017

My doctor gave me a script for xanax to taper, only 2 weeks to taper doesn’t seem like enough, I’m having trouble sticking to the dose, I’m currently taking .5 a day and I feel foggy almost all day, it’s a little better after I take a dose of the xanax, how can I get rid of that foggy feeling? I am not doing well with it, my life is dysfunctional now and I can’t get anything done, help, what do I do?

Kendra
11:04 pm June 9th, 2017

A psychiatric RN out me in Nurontin to deal with anxiety as I was weaning off Klonipin. Things were smooth for about 2 weeks, now I experience burning skin everytime I sit or lie down. I took. 5 mg klonipin everyday for 4 1/2 mo. Is this feeling a withdrawal symptom and is the Nerontin causing more problems?

Jennifer
3:27 am June 10th, 2017

I had to be detoxed cold turkey from benzos to prevent suicide which I was on the verge of. Now I’m lost dealing with so many things. Anyone out there i can talk to?

Doc
4:48 pm June 12th, 2017

Hi all- I’ve taken one kind of benzo most of my adult life…over 40 years. Am now 58 and have only just recently come to the realisation that the constant aches and pains and myriad of physical symptoms experienced all those years were probably all due to either being on a benzo or from withdrawing from one. On one hand I feel a bit stupid for not working out the connection years ago ~ but to be fair..I have also been on a powerful MAOi antidepressant since my teens – and usually attributed most problems to that. I also did my share of binge drinking and abusing benzos when younger. Only recently I made a decision to very slowly taper off the MAOi – and had given up booze over 15 years ago. The only constant in the equation has been the on & off benzo prescription use. In one way I’m lucky to only be suffering mainly physical symptoms. Mostly I was using the less potent diazepam and nitrazepam and temazem etc etc. Occasionally I was prescribed alprazolam at 2mg/day for a couple of years each time – but managed to wean without too much drama. ( Hence I never attributed any of my aches & pains etc to the benzos)

The last 4 years or so – I was prescribed 4mg clonazepam/day – a very high dose by any standards and for a fairly long time. Around May 2016 – I began taking them very infrequently and eventually stopped. That’s when I DID notice some pretty intense physical problems that finally pointed a big finger at them being the culprit all those years!
Being off them cold turkey for about 7 months – symptoms neither got worse but they didn’t really subside either. It came to a head around Novemebr 2016 during a 2 week trip to Thailand. I was extremely irritable – had constant stiff neck and severe headache – gastric pain – myoclonic jerks in my legs when trying to get to sleep – tinnitus returned with a vengeance – in short I was a physical wreck – and like a bear with a sore head. On return to Aust.. I decided to reinstate the clonazepam and then used the Ashton tapering schedule. Talked to my psychiatrist and he agreed to switch me onto diazepam. I began the taper at 25mg/day and had cut down 50% per month until I reached 5mg/day – then sometimes took up to 6 weeks before cutting 50%. I eventually reached 0.25mg/day diazepam – During the taper there were times that a cluster of physical symptoms would get too intense..mainly the neck & right-sided headed headache – so I took a bolus dose of 5 or 10mg and that would immediately cease the probs.. I had to to that maybe 4 times over 7 months.

I’m now only 2 days off of all benzo in my system. The best I hope for is that the headach/neck pain comes along at longer intervals and that I can use less & less benzo to make it go away. I also used a Non-steroidal painkiller (Indomethacin 100mg) to deal with the pain – but the pain always returned son after that wore off. Only taking say 5 or 10mg diazepam would stop the pain returning.

I hope my story gives some help to others who have been using benzos at high doses for long periods of time. It’s possible I may have tapered too quickly ?? I don’t really know… I seem to have tolerated the cuts aside from those times the cluster of symptoms returned. Also I didn’t need huge doses for a long time to make the WD symptoms vanish. I recognise that I have mainly physical complaints and severe headache/neckpain being the worst of them. However- the irritability – is something I’ve experienced for most of my life and always thought it was just the way I was OR was possibly due to the MAOi. Many people find the anxiety and other psychological/emotional symptoms to be crippling. I can only wish you the best on your journey to recovery.

Jeremy
10:02 am June 14th, 2017

Hi there I am so relieved to know people are going through the same thing. I just stopped cold turkey off of klonopin. I was taking 4 mg a day for 7 years. It is brutal. Does anyone have advice on the nausea since smoking medical marijuana makes the symptoms worse? Please let me know I’m on day 5!

Doc
9:52 pm June 14th, 2017

@Jeremy. About the only effective thing I’m aware of is a a drug called Metoclopramide. However – its main mechanism for that action is to speed up the rate that food passes through the digestive tract. If your nausea is a result of screwed up nerve impulses slowing down the muscle-side of digestion (a very real possibility) – then it may be worth a try. A brand name here in Oz is Maxalon and can be bought OTC at a pharmacist.
In respect to going cold turkey off of 4mg/day Clonazepam following 7 years administration – it will be brutal and possibly life threatening in the form of seizures. You may be best advised to taper off the Clonazepam. Also if you switch to Diazepam – it has a much longer half-life ~ this helps for a much safer and smoother withdrawal. It’s generally considered inadvisable to stop any benzo cold turkey following such a long period of taking it.
Look up the Ashton Manual online – by Professor Heather Ashton for some suggested tapering schedules. She was possibly the world expert on benzo withdrawal.

Lisa
8:46 am June 15th, 2017

My son is trying to quit smoking cigarettes and pot and so I have gotten the CBD to help him with his anxiety and addiction. It really helps calm him down and he is slowly weaning off the pot which makes him feel paranoid. BioCBD water soluble product really helps, without the paranoia. – Lisa

Jeff
6:51 pm June 15th, 2017

I was on Clonazepam, Methadone and Hydrocodone for 15 years. In March 2017 I was taken off of all 3 and placed on Suboxone. Today – June 15, 2017 I am in hell and have been since March. I am one of the few that have a negative reaction to suboxone and I feel extremely intoxicated at doses of 1mg or higher and even low doses is messing with me. I just now realized that people should not be prescribed both Methadone and Clonazepam at the same time (very disappointed with my doc of 15 years who left in April 2017). Now I am left with ALL the Benzo symptoms and Methadone and it is pure torture and forced to take a drug that gives me almost ALL of the side effects labeled and then some. I have an appointment with the replacement doctor (pain clinic) on Monday and my brain is not functioning remotely close to normal – hopefully my fiance can help me recall what is occurring… anyway, any help or advise will be greatly appreciated. I am being tortured here! I have NO Energy and am so jittery and shaky all the time – depressed – suffering from major anxiety – cognitive dysfunction – total lack of sexual desire or Ability to achieve an erection – slow respiration – Extreme Foot Burning and now arms and hands – this is literally just a few of my symptoms — INSOMNIA may be the worst. I just want my life back – I was stable and never asked for more – never abused drugs which is why I think I got along so well. P.S. I was prescribed this for pain after surgery in 1998. Yes, Now I am in Extreme Pain and my abilities to exercise have decreased to Nil. Please Help before I go Brain Dead or Kill myself!

Mari
1:44 am June 17th, 2017

Just got off of Ativan 15 days ago .. 1 week in patient program.. Going thru typical detox symptoms .. anxiety esp.. Going to try to get into a out patient program for anxiety , etc for post detox. Go to NA meetings, etc .. A lot of good friend support..
I had been clean for 33 years and ended up with panick and anxiety last year.. was on Ativan for 5-6 months around 4mg.. Something I never expected to happen.. I DO NOT EVER want to be on any drugs esp BENZO the rest of my life. Praying I get past the detox symptoms one day at a time and know it will get better..

Varda
3:51 am June 21st, 2017

I am 70 yes old. I take Amplodaine for blood pressure. I was taking 1 mg of Clonasapam for about 3 years on and off for sleep. I tapered off over a period of 3 months and was down to fragments but I but started feeling the withdrawal symptoms . Then I stopped on December 27th 2017. My anxiety shot through the roof, the left side of my face now become intermittently numb, I experience agoraphobia
I get the shivers. I don’t take any of the things that you recommend me not to. I can sleep at night and then wake up a 5Am and and some warm milk which makes me sleep a little more. Is it OK TO DRINK WARM MILK OR TO TAKE TRPTOPHANE .I sleep until about 10Am and then the anxiety hits me like a bomb.I took 2 half’s of a my on March 2nd and then another March 7 .now it’s been 6 months and my fine motor skills are impaired and I feel fatigued. If I lie down and rest I feel better but any little thing can trigger a lot of anxiety. My head feels foggy and I feel depersonalized . I feel like this will never end. Can you please give me some help. Some people say these symtpoms can last for year.

Clarice
3:22 am June 23rd, 2017

I am currently weaning myself off clonazepam .5 two times a day which I have been taking for three months. I have not had an alcoholic beverage since taking this drug. If I am successful is weaning off completely, how soon can I drink alcohol? I am not an alcohol abuser but enjoy a glass of wine several times a week/

Linda
9:50 pm June 23rd, 2017

I am in my 2nd week of withdrawal from lorazepam and I am experiencing many bad symptoms. Headache, nausea, tiredness, loss of appetite & constipation. Plus my anxiety symptoms have returned also. I am also continuing to take bumper which I have been on for more then 20 years. My Dr told me to go from my 3 doses a day to 2 doses the 1st week then 1 dose the 2nd week then stop altogether the 3rd week but I spoke with some people who said this is to quick of a withdrawal process so I am thinking about doing a 1/2 of one dose next week & then stop the following week. My Dr did not tell me of the horrible withdrawal symptoms that I would experience, I actually went online when things started happening to find out what the he’ll was happening. I can tell you honestly I am extremely upset with my Dr for not explaining what may happen during.withdrawal. Can you tell me how long these withdrawals will go on or when I should start feeling better?

Jarvis
4:23 am June 24th, 2017

Iam trying to detox myself off Xana can u help me please

Michael the Human
5:17 am June 24th, 2017

Taper done. I’m off as of today.

I am going to remember that I am not everyone else. I am going to remember that I am an individual and do not necessarily have to go through the misery that I am reading about. Wish me luck.

-Michael

Roy
8:00 am June 24th, 2017

Ive been on ativan for 17 years,how do I get off it safely?

Jessie
6:12 am June 26th, 2017

I was takin lorazepam for a while then my doctor wouldn’t give me any more I am also taking sertraline but I went to er for anxiety attack and he gave me one dose of lorazepam I want to know is there any thing else to help if I ain’t taking lorazepam when will I feel normal again

Jeff
5:17 pm June 26th, 2017

Hi, I was on three one mg pills a day. My therapist tapered me down by removing half a pill for one month. Then in one week she took me off my last one mg pill. I am experiencing terrible anziety, nausea, headaches and increased pain and Spasticity in my hips and butt cheeks. I feel so bad, did my therapist taper me off too fast? I feel so sick, what can I do? Thank you!

Adam
12:33 am June 27th, 2017

Struggling with milk titration of klonopin now at .26mg. Insane anxiety and inner tremor

Jamie
11:19 pm June 28th, 2017

Yes struggling with all of above. Long term user started with psychiatrist​ Valium jeez didn’t even go for me to learn about a condition my brother has, immediately prescribed Valium ended up taking 60mg day switched dr.s to Clonazepam ugh now taking 3mg to 2mg to abruptly 1mg. 0 mg for day 3 jeez it’s so hard and have learned Drs are clueless? Trying to stay hydrated. Is there an end to this? I’m 54 and very worried…. again:(
Jamie

Nicole
11:15 am June 29th, 2017

Hi. I was prescribed klonopin.5 2x a day after being rushed to the hospital for a panic attack, thought I was having a heart attack! They gave me IV fluid of klonopin at the hospital. I had the panic attack bc I was about to have surgery in a week that caused extra stress. I took the RX for about 3 weeks, on and off, then tapered to .75 mg for 3-4 days then half (.5) for 4 days, followed by .25 mg for a few days. As I tapered, and even more so now being 3 days off it, I feel tingling in my finger tips, anxious, insomnia, stomach is off, neck ache and ringing in my ears (could be bc I’m not sleeping and haven’t slept well since surgery). That said, since I wasn’t on it very long, how long will these WD symptoms last? I’m on day 3 from my last dose.

K
8:44 am July 1st, 2017

I started tapering off Clonazepam in January of this year, 2017, hoping to be off in 2 months. I had terrible nights of nightmares and neuropathy in my feet and dizziness and anxiety as I tapered. That 2 month plan was slowed to to 4 months and a 5th before I was down to 0mg. But I couldn’t hang by the 3rd day off and went back on 1/4 of my dose. I have been on that 1/4 dose now for 2 months. I have always been thin but now I have this benzo belly bloat and seeming weight gain in my thighs, arms and middle. I will attempt to get off this final dose after the family vacations in July and August. I recently read that taking vitamin D and B and chsmomile makes withdrawal worse. Is that true? Because I take all of those! Also how long til this belly bloat goes away? Im not sure how to get off the final 1/4 dose. Needing encouragement.

Lp
6:36 am July 2nd, 2017

I’m struggling big time don’t know if they anxiety symptoms or withdrawal

.z
7:45 pm July 2nd, 2017

Have been fighting benzo withdrawal for months. Alone. And it’s getting hard to track. Have been on half my typical dose .5mg twice daily from 1mg twice daily. I never would have gotten on if I had truly understood the side effects that slowly ate away at my life. It’s been 40 days solid at this lower dose. It has been hell and have been afraid I’d do permanent damage. My goal is to get off entirely. Will taper the remaining dose. Don’t know when to start. I am happier and higher functioning now that I am on a lower dose. I don’t know whether to continue at this point or give myself a breather. I want my life back. What these drugs have cost me is so much more than my original complaints. It felt unbearable then but I wish that stuck it out. I believe I cost myself strife in my recovery.

Adam
1:06 am July 3rd, 2017

I agree with most but chelated magnesium has been great for hetting a great nights sleep. Can ypu further explain why you put magnesium and also garbanzo beans?

Berit
1:08 pm July 3rd, 2017

I have used benzo for 2 years. I am off now, for a few weeks. I have the most horrible pain In my knees and bones Of my leg. Terrible. Will it stop?

Lorraine
7:54 pm July 3rd, 2017

Just starting to taper off klonopin after12 years of 1 & 2 mg.
Not seeing a true detox doctor but have read many articles and I know to do it SLOWLY. Took many months to go from 2 down to 1 mg. Doctor suggested to go to 1/2 mg while starting with 1/2 mg Trazadone. Not liking taking both at same time, but 10 days in, all is basically ok but little sleep and feeling dizzy and light headed. Not looking forward to final day of k-pin.
I would like to taper off last 1/2mg of K-pin slower than doctor suggests. Will bring up at next appointment.

Shelly
10:28 pm July 3rd, 2017

I just went to the healthy alternative store and the lady told me to take GABA and i wanted to try NAC as well. I am tapering off clonazepam and gabapentin now that it has been moved to a controlled substance my dr wont prescribe it to me anymore. So im coming off all narcotics and it is hell. It will feel like i cannot breath until i take a dose. I can handle almost anything except for my bronchial tubes constricting to the point i can barely breath. Please, any recommendation for this problem will be greatly appreciated. Thanks

Helen
6:39 am July 4th, 2017

I was taking Serax (Oxazopam) for over 40 yrs, about a year ago my dr at that time refused to refill my rx and I was just jerked off this medicine. I am still having problems making decisions and knowing what is right or wrong? Would appreciate any thoughts on what this drug has done to me, and how I can get better.

Jennifer
11:13 pm July 4th, 2017

Been on xanax of 6 straight months. Switch over to kolonopin and got metallic taste in mouth and dry mouth. They want to start effexor and then taper off kolonpin. Only taking 0.5 twice per day. Only problem is a have chronic dry eyes that was caused by celexa. So afraid I’m going to loose my taste buds. Metallic taste is gone now but tounge is extremely dry and they blame my anxiety.

Betty
1:14 am July 5th, 2017

In January of 2016, I got kidney stones and a month later, a very bad case of diverticulitis. I was put on a very strong medication and started getting headaches and couldn’t sleep and then anxiety set in and I started having panic attacks which then led to depression. My doctor tried Lorazepam, Xanax, Benedryl, and then Remron to which I had a dystonic drug reaction. It was awful and I ended up in ER. He then told me he couldn’t help me anymore and told me to find a psychiatrist. He tried all the newer anti-depressants, but nothing helped. He then started increasing the Lorazepam and had me taking 31/2 mg at bedtime and 1 mg 3 times a day. It didn’t help me sleep and made me so drugged that I couldn’t function. I just laid on the couch and cried all day long. I ended u in partial hospitalization where that doctor put me on Lexapro too. I also was protein deficient which caused swelling in my ankles and pain over my entire body. I’ve been in a state of fight or flight and have been sleep deprived for 15 months. I’ve been weaning off the Lorazepam and have myself completely off duri9ng the day and I’m down to 1 3/4 + 1/8th at bedtime. I average about 3 hours of sleep. I also have a leaky gut and I’m not able to absorb what I’m eating, so I’ve lost muscle and I’m nothing but skin and bones. Sleep deprivation accelerates the aging process and cause all kinds of diseases. I don’t want more drugs and I don’t now what to do. I’ve been working with a homeopathic doctor since last Oct. The first remedy gave me 3 days of feeling great and then it stopped. I’ve now been on my 10th remedy for over 2 weeks and nothing. Protein is the building block of your body and I keep losing weight and I hurt all over and shake all the time and my heart pounds a lot. I’m down to 105 pounds and I’m 5’5. Does anyone have any help for me? I’m taking supplements to try and help my leaky gut. I was told until that gets healed, I’m just going to waste away. I take B-Vitamins and magnesium, among other things. I’d appreciate your suggestions.

Kelly
9:07 am July 5th, 2017

I was hospitalized for 5 days when my heart rate dropped to a 23! I was taking a lot of benzos and my clonadine at night. The hospital still gave me my dose and my dr put me on a 8 day taper. I know it was all too quick but I think the worst is over. I still feel crappy and a lot of it is psychological but how long does it actually take to get your mental state of mind back?

David
9:06 pm July 5th, 2017

Recently my Dr had dropped me off xanax 2mg. I’ve been taking that prescription for twice a day and some off the streets. All I want is to be free from this nightmare. It’s really causing problems in my life and I can’t do it much longer. I don’t know what to do because everytime I go to a doctor for help they think I’m drug seeking

Nona
8:10 am July 6th, 2017

I have been on 1 mg of Xanax 3 times a day for 20 years.my son took all my pills as he is an addict and now I am on day 3 of no Xanax can’t get a refill for 3 more days my skin is burning..I can’t sleep .I can’t eat.why do doctor’s even use this drug .I was put on it by my Neuro doc for seisuize disorder

Maureen
7:22 pm July 6th, 2017

I was given IV Ativan in the hospital 6 weeks ago and given 1mg Ativan oral at home for as needed .
I never took a whole dose I split them into .5 &.25 dosages on occasion,the only consistent time I took it was 3 nights in a row for sleep,then slivers of it about a week ago and now it seems I’m having withdrawals???
(Had I known!)…I also have vistaril for anxiety, should I be talking that to help with this?
I need some solid advice on what to do.
I have very low tolerance to drugs of any kind and as a rule don’t use them because of the side effects but I somehow got caught in a trap that I want free of!
Last night I took melatonin with Valerian and vistaril just to get sleep and I think all I did was make symptoms worse!
What do I do?

Candi
7:40 am July 7th, 2017

Ive been fighting benzo withdrawal for months… Ive been on Klonopin 4xs a day for almost 3 years for my tremors and anxiety… I have Complex Partial Epilepsy along w several anxiety disorders and a history of strokes… Recently i have had to stop my Klonopin cold turkey due to the clinic i go to keeps changing my psychiatrist. Everytime i get used to someone they change who im seeing and its getting very old… I havent been able to leave my apt in months because of my medication… Starting and stopping again… I have been experiencing the cold feet and not being able to sleep at night and severe fatigue… Basically everything. Lol. Ive heard if you can make it through the 1st 24 hours without seizures you are good to go… Is this true? And since im already going through withdrawal cold turkey do you think i should just ride it out and be done with them? Any help would be greatly appreciated 🙂 thanks

chris
1:41 pm July 10th, 2017

I am 3 weeks free if clonazepam, which my doc in the States has had me on for 8 to 10 yrs, the docs in UK tapered me diwn from 3 to 1, then i stopped and about lost my mind..so put on tapering prigram of diazepam by doc , also off ssri and sleeping pills..my biggest prioblem is insomnia and rubber knees, which i am wearing braces on as i feel i will fall over..i am trying to function but it is SO hard, any suggestions?

Peter
9:24 am July 13th, 2017

So, it is best to watch the above foods and not take GABA or any other supplements? I have been on .5mg of xanax for sleep for over a year. I stopped a week ago, but got back on a half dose because I was angry and frightened. Advice?

Maribel
4:34 pm July 14th, 2017

I been of xanax since February 2017 I only take half of klonopin as needed I’m going crazy I feel like I’m going to die and my Chest always hurts

Teresa
5:18 am July 16th, 2017

I have been on Klonopine 2mg 3 times a day since 2009. I have had 2 Heart Attacks & 1 mild stroke first being in 2009. I am attempting to wean off. My Doctor has me on 1mg 1-2 times a day for one month. 1 a day next month. I am having severe withdrawal symptoms. Really scared. My Doctor mentioned detox… Need advice on if that is a good idea with my health conditions?? I am very afraid, feel like I am going to die if I don’t do something.

Lucy
4:25 am July 17th, 2017

My name is Lucy and I’m doing this through speaker because I can’t text!
I’ve been off of Xanax for approximately 5 weeks I was on for mix a day for 4 years one day my prescription wasn’t filled and my body just went into withdrawals really bad also after that I did went back to the hospital and they gave me Librium and I took it as prescribed at it also was tapered
I am now in 5 weeks the withdrawals came back like a slap in the face I can’t go outside I can’t walk I can’t do anything and I live alone I don’t know if I should go back on Librium and have them we me off because this is not living this is not life I need help and I don’t know what to do none of my friends or family understand what withdrawals are so I’m isolating please help me

Chris
5:45 am July 18th, 2017

Help need advise

Joe
3:10 am July 21st, 2017

Approaching 6 weeks into withdrawal from Ativan. Doctor provided no instruction on how to take it or taper from it . I have struggled with anxiety my entire life and began to have panic attacks in December where I’d have blurred vision confusion and unsteady balance . Withdrawal has been a nightmare . Depersonalized, confused , dizzy , extreme social anxiety , fear to do really anything as well as depression .. just started yoga and tea . Any suggestions ? Miserable

jose
1:22 pm July 21st, 2017

hi
I am taking diazepan for 2 months 10 days. Low doses started with 2 my 10 tablets. Then I was discontinuiniig. Taking 1 mg and now 0.5 for last 4 weeks but not every day. How should I proceed to withdraw? 0.25 for another 2 weeks or so. Then what be off? Can I skip one day or take it every day? Please give me some advice. Many thanks. Jose

Sean
10:51 am July 24th, 2017

I’m in a bad spot right now. I’ve done lots of research but I’m not sure the Drs in MA grasp the magnitude of this problem. Herbalists, accupuncture I’m sure could be beneficial at some point but idk what to do this moment.

William
5:48 am July 25th, 2017

Just wanted to drop a few tips for anyone withdrawing. Protein shakes really helped my muscles not be as tense. Yoga also helped. Getting enough sleep seems impossible a while, which is really difficult because most of us can’t function as well without enough sleep. If you can, sitting in a dark quiet room and just thinking for a few minutes will help too, through sensory deprivation. A hot bath helps. Explaining to someone how you feel, for them to understand, helps, but not so they can fix you. Try to make sure that you remind yourself that this is not the new you but only something you are going through and that you won’t feel this way forever. Give up completely on quick fixes. Give yourself a break, meaning don’t evaluate yourself or put yourself down, especially while you withdrawing from them. It is truly a powerful experience and a couple years after you have stayed quit, you’ll look back and be so happy that you did. You’ll be able to control your life again and not just numb yourself from the things you don’t want to feel. I realized pretty soon after I stopped taking them how many things I had ignored, that were still waiting for me, and how long it would take to take action for each one. I am still working on them but I have accomplished so much since I stopped.

Kylee
9:57 am July 25th, 2017

Hi I’ve been on Valium 2.5 mg for approx 5 months. Originally it was only occasionally now I take every day can you give me the best advice to getting off this drug and will I suffer many side affects ?
Thanks

Phil
5:13 pm July 25th, 2017

First off is what i’m about to talk about confidential.

Thom
12:23 am July 26th, 2017

Good information I have been liquid tapering for 5 months from klonopin.5 twice day or 1 mg day for 8 months I have 5 more weeks of tapering it has been pure hell the last 4 weeks fatigue body aches joints hurt headaches. I take omega 3 is that good I was told to take b vitamins and magnesium also . Thx

Robert
4:42 am July 26th, 2017

S hello I’m Robert I’ve been off of benzos for the last 33 months I was put in a detox center and they took me off within 5 days not knowing the consequences of this I went ahead and did this 33 months later I am still suffering deep Pain still in my calves and feet and feel like that there is buzzing running through my body and I still jerk real hard and twitch and feel compressed I do have some good days but rare I now know from going to sites that I suffer from paws it upsets me that these doctors have no clue and I don’t know how long I’m going to be going through this but it has been pure hell

Catherine
12:16 pm July 26th, 2017

I have been off clonazapam since May 1 st 2017. I quit cold turkey. I’m 50 years old. I’m pretty proud of myself! I WILL NEVER GO BACK ON THEM! I NEVER WANT TO GO THROUGH what I’ve been through again. I think I suffered from every withdrawal symptom that exists and probably more. I have been on clonazapam for about 20 years and it has been 3 months since I quit cold turkey. Although the withdrawal symptoms are getting better extreme fatigue, terrible blotting, foggy brain depression and anxiety etc. All is getting better, BUT, I am having an awful time staying asleep. My question is. Will I ever sleep more than 2 to 3 hours a night? I believe the lack of sleep is starting to make me depressed. I need help 🙁

Connie
3:59 am July 27th, 2017

I’ve been on Xanax for 30 years – 1mg tablets 3 a day. I usually take 2 – 3 at bedtime to sleep. I’m experimenting with CBD oil to get off of Xanax but it’s not helping to take away the anxiety like I would like. Maybe it will help, but very unsure.

Michael the Human
2:00 am July 28th, 2017

Michael on July 9, 2017 at 11:23 am

I have been off since the the 23rd. It took 7 months to complete the titration. The first ten days since the 23rd were hellish. Since then I have felt consistency fantastic. My doctor reminded me that the recovery is non-linear and I’ll still have bad times. No, sorry. I’m not going to work on the assumption that things will get worse, they won’t. I will not allow people to try and convince me that I should not be doing well.

A few things I know for certain after winning this battle:
—Nothing, I don’t know anything with certainty

Some ideas:
If you possibly can, find a way to stop working for the last few months until you are off and you know you are stable. If you can’t take time off, then find a doctor that will allow you to take minuscule step downs in dosage, over an insanely long period of time.

This is a great blog sight. The help I have gotten from it is invaluable. I felt less lonely when I read of other peoples struggles.

THIS BLOG SIGHT IS NOT A HELP LINE. The people that provide the information contained simply can’t respond to everyones post.

If you read the articles and posts all your questions will probably be answered. We are having common experiences. If you do not find the answer, make an appointment with Doctor Leigh or a professional you trust. *”The answer is out there”
*thank you X-files

FIND MEDICAL PROFESSIONALS THAT HELP YOU GUIDE THE PROCESS!!! Do not be steamrolled into withdrawing from a medication if you feel your life will disintegrate without it. When you decide to come off, and you probably should, the pace should be set by the most knowledgable person in the room, you. You know you.

You were not in the studies, and I was not in a study. Every day you feel horrible remember that the next day will be better, until proven otherwise. Every day you are closer to the finish line, even if you are not sure where the finish line is.

I FEEL FANTASTIC!!! I would not trade the 28 years I was on benzos for anything. I’m not joking or being passive aggressive. Most people live in a fantasy state. They do not allow themselves to feel anything fully. Benzodiazepines certainly did this to me in an artificial way that I did not notice until I came off. While I was reducing my dosage I felt terror, physical pain, loneliness, and learned about a host of problems as they happened in my body. NOW I TRULY KNOW WHAT IT IS LIKE TO LIVE IN A WAY ONLY A SMALL FRACTION OF THE PEOPLE ON THIS EARTH DO.

I’m thankful to the doctors that put me on this medication and the ones who took me off.
Find a way to lose your anger, and figure out why you were put on a medication that suppresses your feelings in the first place. We need to take responsibility for our issues. This does not mean taking the blame at all, no, this means understanding that blame won’t help you. Its your responsibility now so take pride in plotting your course. You may not have put yourself where you are, but you will find a way out. When you are done you will still own the result and will be proud that you did what few other people have.

You will feel great when you are done. I think, hear, feel, see and touch with more intensity than I ever have in my life. As you can imagine this can be a little annoying but it also has huge plusses. As my eighty three year old mother said, “well it sounds strange but you must be having great sex.” True.

Finally, remember, you are sexy as hell and you are loved. If you think this is not true you are wrong. It does not matter your age, figure, body type, disability, it doesn’t matter. If you are having trouble understanding that you are sexy as all hell and loved, than realize that you can love yourself and find your own sexiness. Look at your eyes. Beautiful. Doesn’t matter what you think about the rest of you. You have beautiful eyes. Once you realize this everyone else will feel the same about you. Until you do this, nobody will feel this way about you.

Thank you for joining me on this journey.
–Michael the Human

Karen
12:40 am July 29th, 2017

I cant get help i had a weight loss operation if i dont take vits i suffer ther is no one to help hospitals are the worse place drs are ignorant i feel sick i have mala sorption so i have no idea what is?absorbed vits deficiencies cross over with tbis no one can help im suffering i have electric shocks tbru body help how does anyone live tbru this

Christine
8:56 pm July 29th, 2017

Hi, very interesting article, thank you. I am 6 wks off of Klonipin, mornings suck, evenings are better..my main symptoms are rubber knees, wibbly head, anxiety, insomnia and just generally feeling “fizzy”..hardest thing i h ave ever done..i feel too shaky to drive,and i had come to the UK, so driving seems scary anyway..i am separated from all my fruends, belongings, a good job and my cat..just me and my 86 yr old dad..mum diedlast week. I Am very sc ared wh at thevrest of my lie will b, i turned 59 today, ha e one d aughter who doe snt spe ak to me in 5 yrs, and as i am missing mybsons wedding in tge US in Sept, he is not to happy either, and no w my ex is going to nstop paying alimony , due to not finding a job in 2 yrs, sigh..ha ving a hard time w antibgbto ve here..anybideas?

Greg
6:54 pm July 31st, 2017

down to .25 mg qd. when I went from .5mg to .25 mg it was tough. the withdrawls were much more intense

Brian
3:07 am August 1st, 2017

16 years later, I’m free an angry I missed the years. I lost everything to this disorder. I stumbled on it fearing I would become tolerant. I then found the truth. 5 behavioral units, addiction, self harm, Autoimmune Disease. Facial tremors.
I was a Police Officer, who believed they helped handle things, instead I was only fighting the withdrawal they gave me. Most of the years were spent in medical crisis. I couldn’t tie my shoes without anxiety. I was very chronic and a clear mind now. A fishing trip are listening to bugs is life. The simple things you can stop an listen. You can see people without fear. The addiction outside the Bendzos was a cake walk. America full of drug companies hasn’t addressed the issue, I’m sure many never know.

cherilyn
4:52 pm August 1st, 2017

Hello!
Some people may wonder why I’ve been taking 30mg. benzodiazepines Dalmane for 43 years. My husband who is a physician got them.
I never knew the consequences of taking this horrific drug.

Right now I’m tapering down by 2 mg. for 2 weeks. I have no idea what I’m in for but I know it’s gonna be bad.

Any suggestions would be appreciated.

Thanks,
Cheri

Julian
8:58 am August 2nd, 2017

Good day, my husband Julian is addicted on subutex. He needs help please.

Lydia @ Addiction Blog
11:18 am August 7th, 2017

Hi Julian. Call the helpline displayed on the website to get in touch with a trusted treatment consultant.

amanda
8:39 pm August 3rd, 2017

I’ve been off clonazepam for nearly a month now, rapid detox was begun while in the psych ward. I am under the care of a doctor. However, I am in the thick of withdrawals right now, and it’s hell. I’m experiencing what seems to be the worst of symptoms and there’s no help for me. I have been taking ALL the vitamins this article says NOT to take, so that will stop today! Also, I haven’t changed my diet and it sounds like that is a pretty important factor in the healing process. I can’t believe how little I really know about a drug that was prescribed to me at 3mgs a day for 4 years, and then taken away in a week. I am in hell right now!

joann
9:28 pm August 5th, 2017

I originally went on klonopin because and reaction to an antibiotic caused me to have severe migraines. at first they thought it might be a problem with my ears so I had tubes put in my ears and that made things even worse and gave me extreme anxiety. This all happened approximately four years ago and I am currently going to Jefferson University in Pennsylvania and seeing a neurologist. No medicines are really helping me all the side effects makes things worse. I am currently weaning off of klonopin. I am taking it very very slow because a year and a half ago I went to quickly and I had to go back on it. It seems that I am constantly going through withdrawals since I have been weaning right now since September. I know about the Ashton manual but that even seems too quick for me right now. I was on a bed so I know about the Ashton manual but that even seems too quick for me right now. I was on a benzo withdrawl support site but that is temporary unavailable right now . my last ween was June 19. I am currently taking .25 in the morning and .125 in the afternoon and night time. . my body tingles all over a lot and I get this weird feeling in my throat and in my head. I have had many tests done and everything comes out OK. I just need some support and someone that I am able to be in contact with that I can talk things over and knowing that they will understand. . thank you in advance for any advice you may have, joann

Dorenda
6:23 am August 6th, 2017

Taking 2.5 mg.. started Ativan 18 months ago…have GAD.bi polar..anxiety…now have to get off benzo…what to do..have to see a phych.dr…do they really know to taper slow

Link
5:31 am August 8th, 2017

Hi, Any experience or thoughts on the use of R Lipoic Acid supplements to heal the pseudo-peripheral neuropathy symptoms of benzos withdrawal (burning skin, tingling, prickling skin, gastro symptoms such as motility, spasms, etc.).

Marta
11:49 am August 11th, 2017

I accidentally overdosed on Xanax alcohol last week during and 18 hour trip. I ended up naked and passed out on the pavement of my community. I was in an alcoholic coma for 15 hours.

I am dealing with the panick, headaches,dizziness,sore muscles, rapid heart rate, blurry vision, hallucinations and fear. This is a nightmare. My trip that 4 connections is a blur. I feel ashamed and embarrassed. The emergency room where I ended up was hostile.

I do not have anymore xanax. This is Tylenol and cold turkey.

Please help me. I’ve tried in the past but the side effects were too debilitating.

I can’t sleep.

Lorin
12:01 pm August 11th, 2017

Hi there,

I was wondering if someone could help me out with my benzo tapering?

Kath
4:25 pm August 12th, 2017

Hi there, l have been off diazepam for nearly 18months and was making good progress however a month ago l had a crisis in the family and ever since l have had anxiety and depression ever since and it feel’s even worse then it did at the beginning l am really frightened will l pull out of this and if so will l go right back to the beginning when l first come off.love Kath.

Tab
7:13 pm August 12th, 2017

I am 56 years old. Five years ago I was prescribed Ativan 1 mg bid for anxiety and heart pounding and racing. I had NEVER experienced anything like this previously and had never taken any type of anxiety meds. In that time I have had every heart test known (pretty much) and every doctor says it isn’t my heart. In this past five years at one point my cardiologist prescribed clonazepam 0.5 mg Bid which I did and stopped the Ativan. For a while things were great–long story short eventually took 6 months and weaned off of the clonazepam last dose was Jan 2017 but had picked up Ativan again now have weaned down to 0.125 of Ativan and I am NOT going back on it. I will be off by the end of this month. The problem: I have daily chest pain, chronic heart pounding which prevents sleep most nights, teeth hurt, tinkle in my throat, shortness of breath, extreme fatigue-I am miserable a good deal of the time. But ocassionally it all goes away and I have a few good days. Could all this be from Benzo withdrawal. I do not have panic attacks. This is different. I am a nurse so I know what I am talking about. I seem to have developed food allergies, I have lost 30 pounds because I am afraid to eat but I can’t pinpoint exactly which foods cause the most problems . Although I am miserable most times and many times I think I am going to die, if I can know the cause I can cope better. I somehow manage to keep working. No one I talk to medically understands this. I am sure they think I am crazy which if someone were telling me what I tell the doctors I once would have thought the same thing. No more. Every single doctor wants me to go back up on Ativan or take an antidepressant and I know in my heart that is not the answer. I appreciate any insight. I have spent so much money trying to get well.

Momo7
2:42 am August 14th, 2017

I’m 69 married male with GAD n MDD going through sevre emotional pains. I been to many AD but nothing helped. I did CBT and ECT too but I’m Treatment resistant. I stoped all ADvexcept Clonazipam which help me sleep and some time help control panic. My life however miserable. My Dose is between 1mg to 1.25mg at night to sleep and 0.25mg if needed during day time as needed. I tried several time to reduce or temper the night dose slowly by reducing 0.125mg weekly even forthrightly but it disturb my sleep and I can sleep for more the 2 or 3hrs max. Which make my life miserable. Besides I have on going social problem of my addicted married son who now suicidal and broke both his feets n gone the heel and toe replacement surgeries. You can in understand my position and mental condition. Do you think this is right time to stop using Clonazipan nbstary detox. I’m on it since last two years. Please help, advice and guide if possible. I am really going through miserable life. Please help me.

DMONIQUE
3:52 pm August 16th, 2017

I HAVE BEEN ON ATIVAN FOR YEARS ABD TRIED GOING FROM 0.25 TWICE A DAY TO ZERO. I WAS FINE FOR 2 WEEKS THEN HAD A MAJOR PANIC ATTACK THAT KEPT HAPPENING ON AND OFF FOR 3 DAYS STRAIGHT. IN THE 3 DAYS I NEVER SLEPT LIKE MY BRAIN WAS ON HIGH ALERT. THE NEXT 2 WEEKS I CONTINUED TO HAVE MAJOR INSOMNIA AND FEAR WOULD COME OVER ME FOR NO REASON SO I STARTED TAKING ATIVAN AGAIN. I STILL CANT SLEEP AND MY ANXIETY IS GETTING WORSE. I WAS PERSCRIPED TRAZODONE AT NIGHT WITH AMBIEN AND PROPRANOLOL DURING THE DAY. IM STILL NOT GETTING ANY RELIEF SHOULD I BE ON AN ANTIDEPRESSANT DURING A WITHDRAWL

April
3:43 pm August 17th, 2017

Have been on 3.75-7.5 mgs of Zoplicone for 11 years as well as effexor xr. Have come off 2 times of both but couple of months I end up taking Zoplicone again to sleep! How can I sleep and stay off this poison? They put me on 7.5 of remeron now. Doesnt help sleep at all and I suffer from extreme anxiety. How to survive?

Trish
10:37 am August 20th, 2017

I have been taking xanax for 6 years 2 mg a day and my psychiatrist doesnt know(long story) and He wants to do labs on me for hypothyroidism and other common things to check for like cholesteral and overall health. Im
Afraid he will find xanax in my system. This is in two weeks, should I taper off this week and stop for a week in case he takes my urine and it shows up? Help

Amber
2:40 am August 23rd, 2017

I have been on clonazapam for ten years, I take 1mg tabs three times a day, I have anxiety disorder, I’ve been running out early as i am having a very personal stressful ordeal right now. I have one pill left and can’t get it refilled until the 28th of this month, I have already been taking as little as possible knowing I was going to run out early. What can I do to make 1 mg tablet last six days?

Tiago
12:52 pm August 23rd, 2017

I m currently suffering from alprazolam withdrawal. Last time i took it was on 17th August before sleeping, today is 23th.
Six weeks ago I was with lots of anxiety which affected hardly my sleep: every time i was in transition to start sleeping my heart started racing, having hot flashes on my head, even sweating, making it not possible to fall asleep, or waking up after 2 hours with my heart on 140-150bpm. I went to the doctor, she prescribed me alprazolam before sleeping only… worse thing in my life, if i knew the consequences I would never took it. I took it during 2 weeks 1,5mg, than started tapering each week, 1mg, 0,5mg, 0,25mg and finally stopped it. I started feeling the withdraw symptoms when started tapering off, however since i totally stopped it, i started living in hell. I got more anxiety, i got what i think to be a rebound with what i had before alprazolam, lots of dreams always, cant keep sleeping for more than 1h straight. I m sleeping an average of 3-5 hours a day during like 10 hours in bed. I m very tired and with fatigue, and anxious about not being able to sleep. I tried valerian yesterday, but not sure if did any good, probably not.
How much longer will i have to be living this nightmare? Please any tips of how long more do u think it might take, also tips will be welcome. I was a healthy person, with friends, a gf and family who loves me, a job that i like. I dont understand how i reached this point.

Don
3:21 pm August 23rd, 2017

I’ve been working on getting off Ativan for 2 yrs been on 10 yrs. down to less than 1 mg a day. A few days of almost none but paid the price. When should I try and stop completely.? I can’t stand it!! Please help

Vanessa
3:27 am August 28th, 2017

Hi, I am going through benzo withdrawal. I have extreme anxiety, dizzy , nauseous, foggy, lathargic and is getting worse. I stopped taking cloneazapam 2 weeks ago completely. I was on Ativan for 3 months and cloneazapam for 1 month to taper off

Thanks

Lynn
7:40 pm September 2nd, 2017

Saturday, September 2nd. 2017. I have been on alprazolam for ten years. I recently decided to wean myself off of it with my doctor’s’ help. I have not had any alprazolam now for three weeks. The tingling of my hands and feet are driving me crazy along with the chronic insomnia. I feel an out of body characteristics at times. Am I go crazy. I’m very scary that I won’t be normal ever again.? I suffered from sever anxiety and am sixty years old.

Kevin
8:51 pm September 3rd, 2017

I’ve been taking benzos for about 20years. And to make things worse I got addicted to fentanyl..not pharmacy grade but reaserch grade anologs such as w-18and carafentayl . That is up to 6000 times stronger than herion to get a sense of just how strong my addiction is. One gram of w18 makes 100 grams of high qaulity number 4heroin.. otherwise known as China white. .I was doing a gram of this pure everyday. I V. My tolerance is now untouchable.. methadone.. Suboxone won’t touch it. Doctor s are not educated or up to date on these new horrible drugs. A d have no clue ..so I try to self medicate by taking benzos to combat the withdrawal s. That last months ..not days. Imajaine having a terrible flu..24 hrs a day 7days a week that never ends. X100. I’m actually thinking suicide is my only way for peace as the cost for rehab nowdays is in the tens of thousands. The cheapest I found was 25 grand for 39days. Well needless to say I can barely afford a rope to hang myself let alone rehab.

Alex
11:05 pm September 4th, 2017

I didn’t even realize that this was going on. I am in the throws of clonazapam withdrawals from 4 mg daily to zero….cold turkey. It seems our gov’t and medical society has greatly failed us. I just buried my sister from withdrawing from this and pain meds at the same time….also cold turkey. This war on drugs is tragic with no way to catch us who are so sick from it. My ins won’t cover this. I have a brain injury from an accident in 09 and now I’m losing it completely. 8 yrs of this drug with methadone and I dont think I can do it at 59 yrs old. I have no one in my life, and have just been isolating in bed for over a month now. Frozen.

Sam
3:43 am September 7th, 2017

I had a spine injury in 2006. After 7 yrs of high doses of oxy and xanax I detoxed for about8 mo. Anxiety and pain and insomnia then fobromyalgia dianosed. New dr put back on norco and 8mg of ativan. Panic attacks and torn ligament in ankle new dr 5 mo ago has tapered me down from 8 to 2mgs in 4 mo. Now told 1mg with 50mg amitryptaline to sleep. Horrible back, joint and muscle pain. Reading all articles to seek answers. Ssri’ s caused panic, night terrors and depression rather than help. Began amitryptaline last night and able to fall asleep with only 1 mg. Advise if answers please. Scared and losing hope and found benzo withdrawl articles. Hoping to get off without pain and panic doing me in. Thanks

Dawn
9:24 pm September 7th, 2017

I lost my oldest son 17 years ago, followed by the death of my 22 yr old son, one of o twin and my Mom who I cared for for over 17 yrs passed 7/15. Also I lost my Dad and only brother. Two of my sons ate handicapped and I ended up suffering terribly to the point I can’t describe. Being diagnosed with PTSD I can’t even remember over a year of my life. I was on 6 mg xanax daily, which I took since 1995. Then after I stopped cymbals with wicked side effects I was put on 90 mg again afferal daily. The combination and all western medicine has been stopped for over a month. I felt better a few weeks ago. I stopped and felt so happy, even in a good mood, rnergized. After over a month I feel like I’m in withdrawal. Sleeplessness, then sleeping too much, low energy depression etc. the only thing I’ve gained right now is clarity. I did this on my own. I need advise. Thank you.

Shelley
12:09 am September 8th, 2017

Have been taking 1mg benzodiazepines for last 3 yrs.,1,5 mg for last 6 months.started taking them after my son was murdered.had to switch dr.s suddenly recently.new one says she won’t prescibe them and have to quit cold turkey.started w 1 in morn for panic attacks and 1 at night to sleep.0.5 mgs.recently have been taking 1in afternoon also.i want to wean off of them,not quite cold turkey.old dr.told me I can have seizures,such in stop taking suddenly.new one says won’t happen w dosage.cant find a different dr.to help where I live.or at least asecond opion.im really scared I’ll have bad w/d symptoms,seizures,such,if I quit cold turkey.everything I’ve read and even on the prescription paper,says not to go cold turkey,but to wean off slowly.at this point,I don’t have that option.dont know what to do and am really scared.

DMONIQUE
4:05 am September 9th, 2017

Can gabapentin help

Sharon
2:14 am September 13th, 2017

I was pulled off klonopiin after 26 years on 1.5 mg and put on a 10 day detox. I started having severe full body myoclonic seizures. They would last for hours and days. I went through 5 psych hospitals and 5 ER visits in 6 months. I managed 3 months clean but the myoclonic episodes (see You Tube, Liandre13) were so horrific and endless, I was hallucinating from lack of sleep. I lost over 30 lbs. I also became compulsively suicidal and ended up having to be resusitated. I insisted they reinstate me as I became broken as a torture victim might. I am on .25 mg 4 times a day. I still have myoclonus but its down 80-90% from where it was. I cannot sleep. The Klonopin reinstatement did not bring the relief I was hoping for and did not stop the myoclonus. I was put on up to 1200mg Gabapentin to try and stop yhe myoclonus and 100mg seroquel to force sleep, I stopped taking that for fear thought it was contributing to the myoclonus movement disorder. They also tried a host ofother anti seizure meds that all failed in a matter of days to weeks. I fear permanent damage. I am scared. I got the Gabapentin down to just 380mgs. Below that and somebodys carting me off to the er with me thrashing about. I do seem to be getting better in tiny increments, but I have not even stabilized enough to start a slow taper yet. I do plan to get off of this if it takes the rest of my life. What life I have now. I am alone and I’m confused and I’m scared. I tried what’s a little low-dose vitamins because I was deficient in vitamin D and I seem to get worse I didn’t sleep last night and I accidentally got hurt falling I am so weak and tired all my energy goes into supporting my body’s health help me somebody somebody write me please I have had virtually no encouragement and a lot of pitying looks I don’t need pity I need strength please help me. Anything links I don’t even know I should be writing all this here I haven’t slept last night I can’t believe it’s been more than 6 months all together I can’t write anymore.

anxioususer
12:05 pm September 13th, 2017

Husband just entered 4th month of valium withdrawal. Every time my husband tries to sleep, his body jolts him awake, choking, coughing, huge adrenaline surges. He’s at the point where he has to stand up or he will fall asleep, but if he lets himself fall asleep, he chokes, feels like there is strangling pressure on his neck, that his throat is closing. Instead of eventually letting him sleep like others say happens to them, the panic gets worse with each round of this. This is going to be a zero sleep night for him on the heels of about 4 nights that were probably 2 hours or less. Trying to avoid supplements. Any ideas on how to stop the symptom so he can sleep?

Joel
3:17 am September 14th, 2017

Hello,

I just read your article and it is very informative. I have been using xanax for the past three weeks every other day and finally noticed that i cannot sleep at night. The dose is .5 per night. Now that i know that i am becoming chemically dependent how long will it be until i withdraw from the benzo completely? Again only 11 doses in almost a four week period. Thank you. PS…i cannot afford a rehab center. I looked into it. Please help
At least please give me a site in which i can join the community for i am now in the ranks of benzo fighters. I need to get off of them for the sake of my health.

Peggy
6:13 am September 14th, 2017

My best friend of 35 years has been on Lorazepam for 13 years. She is going through hell trying to get off this stuff. Doctors have known this med is bad news but still put people on it. In my opinion I would sue the Dr that started me on this stuff. The Pharmaceutical companies are making a killing at your expense as well as the Dr’s that get a kickback from the Pharmaceutical company.
I feel for everyone you going through detox, and you all are in my prayers.

Latassia
4:11 pm September 14th, 2017

I’m struggling vey bad with ativan reduction, I was on 6mg of Ativan three times a day every 8 hours last year I’m at 1 and 1/2 now, three halfs a day, since April, last month I went back up to 2 mg which was a bad idea and just this Monday Sept 11I went back down to the 1 1/2, and it’s been very hard this time with the symtoms, I can’t talk to anyone at home because they don’t understand

Jeannie
3:36 am September 15th, 2017

I am tapering off of Kolonpin been on it daily for 7 months prior to that l took it as needed then stopped. My doctor said l was experiencing benzo withdrawl and put me back on it telling mecl can take it forever. Well l was taking .5mg in the morning and .25mg at night. I decided to start a taper because l felt itcwas not working anymore and l don’t want to up my dosage. I just want off of it! My first try at taper was bad as l cut to high. So l went back to original dose for a week and then started taper again. Right now l take .25mg and a half of a quarter. I am experiencing bad headaches. I already learned a lot just from reading your info. I have been drinking hit tea every morning with honey and taking vitamins d b and mag.! So l guess l will stop the honey vitamins and see if that helps. Any advice is appreciated.

Ben
3:44 am September 16th, 2017

Hi
on 1 mg Lorzapm for once a day for year now . i start the win off the medication 3 days ago . doctor order to cut 1/4 pill every 2 to 4 weeks . my question is can CBD oil help to cop with withdrew symptom ? my symptoms are nausea , vomiting , desperation, and anxiety getting worst. I forgot to mention i am drinking green tea and honey every morning. Plus a cup of black tea every evening with honey .
Please help.
all the best,
Ben

Greg
5:48 pm September 18th, 2017

down to .25 mg. the lower I go the worse I feel.

John
1:32 am September 19th, 2017

Thank you for your article…I am a 60 year old Combat Marine. I have been on 5mg of Librium 4 times daily since 1994.I have a naturopathy practitioner who think haha supplements in combination might be the answer. After reading your article I was wondering if you think it is possible to withdrawal from Librium safely without a Doctors supervision? I very much want to be chemical free…is my dosage considered low? And can you recommend a tapering schedule with or without using gaba? I would appreciate any help you could lend. I was diagnosed with PTSD and High Level of G.A.D. in 1994. I await your reply thanks, john

Kim
11:04 am September 21st, 2017

I was given Klonopin during a bad marriage, doctors saying I was depressed and had “obsessive thinking.” Over nine years I progressed to taking 6 mg a day, a huge dose. I could barely get out of bed.

When my marriage finally ended it was a horrible traumatic time and I looked for comfort in relationships. I got pregnant while still on the drugs (Klonopin and an SSRI.) My doctor said I had to withdraw cold turkey.

It was absolute torture, with insomnia, racing heart and thoughts, and all kinds of problems. I developed food intolerance to soy and had to extremely limit my diet. I had a feeling of living in a fog, and didn’t drive for two years because I felt so detached.

Let me say that life does go on. The baby I gave up the drugs for will be 17 in December. I lived through hell and have continuing struggles with insomnia and intolerance to soy, but neither to the degree that I had early in my withdrawal.

I have no depression or anxiety. I had most of my thyroid removed while I was pregnant because docs thought the symptoms were due to hyperthyroidism.

I went through everything on my own for about 8 years. I finally found a naturopath who suggested various supplements that have helped, but mostly I’ve had to learn things on my own through reading and/or experimenting.

I don’t know if I’ll ever be 100% but I was on a high dose for a long time, and my recovery was complicated by the thyroid removal.

I am very happy to be free of the drugs, and won’t take anything stronger than ibuprofen now. Good luck to all in recovery. A saying that helped me during the acute phase was, “May your best moment today be your worst moment tomorrow.”

Scilla
12:19 pm September 23rd, 2017

Hi, I have been on diazapam for a lot of years. My Dr dropped me and so have had to come off of the meds. I was on citalopram as well, coming off of that wasn’t too bad. I sort of knew what to expect since I have come of various antidepressants before.
This diazapam withdrawl has been awful.
I was on a pretty low dose, 1mg at night and .50mg mornings. Managed with some difficulty to get down to .25mg a day. Had heightened anxiety, muscle spasms, restless leg syndrome, but the burning skin and mouth was the worst. I then got AWFUL Gerd. I suffered with that years ago and had ulcers etc. Finally, at that time got onto Prilosec, when it first came out and all was healed. NOW……I am in so much pain. Stomach is on fire, throat feels constricted, lump in throat, cough to try to clear it, and the worst, yukky metallic taste and burn in my mouth. My GP put me on Omoprizol 20mg twice daily. It helps take the edge off but nowhere near enough for long enough either. I am typing this at 4am after being up all night with this awful problem. I came off of my .25mg just over a week ago. I have used Google and found others who have suffered with Gerd during withdrawl. I am wondering how long this particular side effect will last. I can cope for the most part with most symptoms but this has me beat. I have also lost 25lbs since coming off of the meds. I was over weight from meds so think that is why I have the weight loss BUT I am still losing a pound a day which makes me rather nervous. I can afford to lose another 25lbs so I guess it is ok unless I lose that and then continue losing? So as way of a question, has anyone else had Gerd during withdrawl? I love this site, so much helpful information and to hear other people going through what I am actually helps my anxiety about it all…..the time frame I am seeing about recovery is daunting though. Thanks everyone. Scilla

Jane
7:56 pm September 26th, 2017

My new Doctor will not continue my diazpam. I’m terrified. Withdrawal for me is beyond psychosis. Help

Ronna
4:51 am October 2nd, 2017

I’ve been on benzos for 10 years. I’m taking 15 mlg valium now. Am scared of withdrawal. Please HELP!!!!! Went from 17.5 mlg to 15 with help from lithium orotate. I feel sick every day. I also have chronic treatment resistant major Deppression. My shrink says it sounds like I have Brain Damage from long term use of benzos.

Becky
5:44 am October 2nd, 2017

I am tapering Clonazepam and am finding that I am reacting to other medications I take, mainly Viibryd and sometimes to the Clonazepam itself, as well as food and toothpastes, etc. Will this pass as my system calms as the tapers proceed? It is frightening to be afraid to put anything in your mouth, especially medications you cannot just discontinue. Thank you!

Adam
3:46 am October 3rd, 2017

I tapered down from 1mg to .15mg klonopin within a 4 month liquid titration. My father then got very ill suddenly and I relapsed repeatedly when I spent a month going back and forth to the hospital until he passed away. I am now placed back on 1mg but not stable at all! What do I do? How will I ever be able to taper to zero again?! Every time I take a dose now I feel ok for about an hour and then have severe agitation. My depression has become so severe I cannot take care of myself. I have lost all hope! Please tell me all is not lost. Please talk to me.

malik
9:44 am October 4th, 2017

I have depression and chronic insomnia. I am at mirtazapin 15mg and klonazapam 1 mg I want quit klonazapam pl help

Barbara
4:15 pm October 8th, 2017

I have been on benzos, (clonazepam and buspirone) for a number of years plus other medications , i decideded to get off the benzos and start using medical weed to replace them, I am experiencing wicked withdrawl , I cut my scripted drugs in half doses and started on small medical weed intake but the feelings I’m having are terrible. sweats,anxiety,anger, and a mix of others..I don’t know what to do ,should I go back to my original amounts of clonazepam and buspirone and stop weed ,?? is there anything that will stop the way I’m feeling now? I have just started doing this 3 days ago but I don’t know if I can do this,

louise
8:54 pm October 8th, 2017

was very informative thanks

Awa
11:03 pm October 11th, 2017

Is it safe to take gaba and cbd oil while tapering off Xanax and soma

Tammy
6:49 am October 12th, 2017

it has been about 9 months since I last used a benzo. I was taking large doses everyday for almost 2 years.hell as you know and I do feel like titanium as you have said.

However I want to know if I use 2mg of Xanax at this time for recreation, will I have the “kindling” effect or will I be okay???? I will only do this once and if I doit again, I will wait another 6months to a year. This is only for recreation and just once, please let me know thank you and I love your blog.

Paige
9:43 pm October 17th, 2017

Hi, I am STILL coming off benzo’s and have been trying for 5 and a half years – after 30 years. I am a recovering addict and I have been clean and sober for 5 and a half years – except – for the benzo! I am just down to the lowest dosage .05 mg after a week of anxiety, crying and intense suicidal ideation. (I have had significant trauma, grief, and loss in the past year and a half). Now feeling somewhat stable and just stopped taking the vitamins suggested. I used to take GABA, I cannot find it now. What supplements and things can I take to help heal and perhaps reduce anxiety? I have not had anxiety for almost three years because I am on Inderol – also called Propanol which is a blood pressure medication that has completely taken away my symptoms until this withdrawal started. This is difficult but I am determined I would just like to know what supplements and things such as foods or exercise that might help?

robert
4:04 am October 18th, 2017

im on 3mg of ativan for 23 years , would like to come off , but wouldnt dare come off without medications , i tried and i cant, but problem is i fear taking medication fo side effects , im thinking about just staying on this rest of life .

Keyan
5:12 am October 18th, 2017

I have a friend dealing with this and we are not really too sure on what type of help is out there for her please help it’s been over 3 years and she is getting very frustrated and upset every day and talks daily about wanting to leave the Earth if you get what I mean.

Michele
5:12 pm October 25th, 2017

Hello,
I was given Ativan 2 months ago for anxiety/depression I got after taking bio/ progesterone. I only took hormones for three days so obviously my body is very sensitive. I was on .5 but some days I took two or three, some days I halfed the .5, it was intermitten as to how I was feeling, but noticed the second month that what I thought was the hormone withdraw so to speak was actually the Ativan. I began to have anxiety all day and nervousness and didn’t sleep for 4 days then I called a detox center and went. They put me on Librium taper for 5 days and I just got home on Sat. Sat evening was bad, Sunday ok, Monday felt pretty good, then today feel awful full blown withdraws and didn’t sleep one minute last night. It will be 7 days off totally from Libruim tomorrow and 11 days off of the Ativan. My doctor because Im not sleeping and having horrible withdraw symtoms wants me to go back on Librium and do a slow taper but Im very reluctant as Ive been off now for a week. Because I was only taking them for two months no one believes my symptoms and thinks I have an underlying issue, the detox center too, because the duration and the dose was so small that they basically think I being ridiculous, as Im sure you believe and understand. What should I do as I’m not sleeping and that is the hardest thing for me, I think I could do this, it would be rough, but I could manage if I was sleeping but the no sleep is obviously turning me into mush.

Mari
6:29 pm October 25th, 2017

I have been off benzo’s especially Ativan for 6 months.. had taken for about 9 months.. I still think my body is detoxing ..( a ER doctor said it is way out of my system.. I disagree)..Can that happen.. the body continuing to detox..? I think its called PAWS…I have symptoms, etc…. I have heard people mention this..What can I do in the meantime? I am getting better but still dealing with anxiety and sleep issues…
Love your input..
Mari

Becky
5:20 am October 26th, 2017

Hi. Had been tapering at home and, due to the depression, my family brought me to a facility near Milwaukee where, instead of slowly tapering further, an antidepressant was added. I had been tapering through a doctor who recently tapered almost 1mg inpatient! Since then my life and health have plummeted. I am filled with anxiety, panic and fear, I have a burning stomach and head, fevers, have been in ER numerous times with dehydration and electrolyte imbalances, have crushing fatigue, zero tolerance for stress, pale, shaky, weak, and am literally wasting away, losing weight, muscle and fat. Please could you tell me if these are symptoms that can follow a taper such as was done, has anyone else experienced any, and how long they will last? I have no support and feel so alone as my family and friends are unable to comprehend. PLEASE could you share thoughts? Thank you so much! I am so very fearful that I will never be able to enjoy these later years of my life including new grandchildren.
Blessings, Becky

Sylvia
6:46 pm October 26th, 2017

Extreme Muscle spasms and pain all night and most of day.
Unbearable affecting gastro system too
Hard to walk or do much of anything
Extremely tired and Shaky
Please reply
Thank you

Robin
8:45 pm October 26th, 2017

I too have been on benzos for 27 years. To anyone at the age of 54, I’m 57, trying to get off benzos, trust me, it’s not worth it. Most benzos control the speed of your heart as well as your blood pressure. They are more about the body than the brain. I’ve cut way back but I do not intend to be going to the ER every other day with tachycardia and high blood pressure. I was told at the last ER that I had arrhythmia, valve issues as well as high BP. At 98 pounds, I lost more weight when I came off, metabolism extremely over run. Do not get off your benzo If you’ve been on it for more than 10 years, it can and indeed nearly killed me. All the EKG’s in the world and cat scans are not going to settle that nervous system, take your meds. This blog is outdated.

Dmitri
2:33 am October 30th, 2017

Going through so much pain and confusion… Every thing is outta whack!! Finally, after one bout of sleepness nights, I dosed back up to 2mg of clonazepam, after fighting the initial 4mg dose for 45 days. Now I have been off for about 20 days. It is hard, but I cannot go back on the benzodiazepines!!! I never knew it would be this hard to come off of them!! I was on and off of them since my early 20’s, now turning 50, I was on solid doses for the last 6 years. Thanks for listening. Any help would be great! Another thing is, a lot of people that mean well, told me things like Kava, vitamin b and d, chamomile, valerian and magnesium would help. Until I seen this website today, I have been doing the wrong things.

Eleanore
11:20 am October 30th, 2017

Hi I take 20mg of diazepam every day for many years now and in South Africa without medical aid there are no safe government institutions to help me. I am exhausted all the time and my pharmacist supplies me with 20mg a day as he knows I am unable to cone off them. My gp does not understand what I am going through . Even the south African drug place don’t know how to deal with benzos. I just need help. Do I cut down to 10kg a day. Will I have seizures? I’m so tired. I’m a 41yr old RN. Thank you

Akhter
4:21 pm October 30th, 2017

I have tried to get off lorazepam but failed 4 times..I was taking 18 Mg’s per day when I first tried to withdraw..I almost did it with doctors help but relapsed after 12 days..it was cold turkey way..second n third time I gave up after 1 week..now I m taking 7 to 8 Mg’s per day in divided doses..I want to get over it ..it has been now 14 years of self pity..my problem is when I get up in the morning I don’t know I feel hollow ..down ..depressed..if I somehow take care of that..I can manage myself whole day in work..pl suggest something to get over this ..this time..need your help.
Thanks

sharon
7:26 pm October 30th, 2017

I am 65 years old and have been on .5mg clonazepam since 1988 when I started having panic attacks and depression.. I remain on an anti depressant and the clonazapam. I have read all the horror stories about how terrible benzos are for us. I am sure the research is true. I have tried twice to taper off the clonazapam. Both times I was miserable – so for ME AND ONLY ME, I am going to stay on .5mg until I die. Of course this might be a different story if I was very young or I took a large dosage but for me, I am choosing to stay on the medication.

Brenda
7:28 am October 31st, 2017

I hope someone can help me I am so afraid I am 62and unfornutaly for me I used someone else’s presumption for 15yrs I went cold turkey in April it is now the end of October Ivam getting hot falshes along with horriable heart palpitations and feel sick how do I know this is not damingjng my heart after all this time

Ruben
8:51 am October 31st, 2017

I have Chronic Tinnitus and Hyper-acusis. Dr. had me on 4 mg of Klonopin. It was killing me. It was causing more anxiety. My heart rate was 170 bpm constantly, I was going to die. Another Dr. gave me Atenotol and Nudextra. The Atennotol is the smallest dose available. Im down to 1 mg of Klonopin. Soon I will go to 3/4. Im very proud. The cut wasnt that bad. I know Im on nudextra, it is a newer drug. They call it a mood modifier. I dont know the addiction level. But it doesnt give me the anxiety the Klonopin did. God Bless. I will have a adipose stem cell therapy next month to help with all my auto immune problems. I’m excited.

My wife...
1:16 pm October 31st, 2017

My wife has been off diazepam 5 years and 9 month, after a rapid withdrawal in a rehab centre, she is still bedridden , will it be dangerous to reinstate this far out. Thank you.

Linda
12:37 am November 1st, 2017

I weaned off lorazepam in July & my withdrawals have been horrible. Anxiety is back big time. Stomach problems, constipation, fear in general, memory problems. My primary Dr wanted to put me on Zoloft but I am not depressed just anxiety symptoms are bad even with the buspar I have taken for years. I want to try therapy but can’t find someone to take my insurance. I sm scared to try any new medication after what I experienced with lorazepam. Any suggestions??

F'loki
3:08 am November 1st, 2017

Last time I posted here was March explaining what was helping and what wasn’t.

From March to late May 2017 was pretty horrendous: I got put on mirtazapine (one of the newest SRNI medication) because the insomnia I was having was making me suicidally depresssed: The Mirtazepine only made it worse so I was pulled off it.
By early June my chronic debilitating insomnia still hadn’t subsided and I was again getting so depressed and anxious that I was very close to actually getting pyshcosis and being sectioned into a psychiatric hospital.
I made an appointment with a doctor me and my family have known for over 30 years and I am so blessed because she really listened to me: I explained I had had 12 weeks of CBT and counselling, I explained I was tapering with diazepam correctly and not too rapidly, I explained I had tried more exercise, a better diet, meditation, jounralling, good sleep hygeiene, so essentially absolutely everything!
She really understood and went through some options with medications that may help with the withdrawals, which for me was almost entirely insomnia based which was feeding a vicious cycle of extreme anxiety and then extreme depression (getting only 3 hours sleep a night for months really at this stage was making it very tempting to attempt suicide….).
Well, so she suggested we try the old tricyclic anti-depressants for my insomnia and severe depression as the SRNI’s I had tried previous just made my insomnia worse and gave really terrifying suicidal thoughts. So we tried Amitriptyline. It was designed in the 50’s and is rarely prescribed now for depression let alone anxiety as the newer SSRI’s have fewer side effects for some people.

I was so desperate at this point that I was more than willing to give Amitriptyline a try. The final option would have been anti-psychotics and the doctors were rightfully hesittant to use them because they are seriously hardcore drugs.

Well I am delighted to say that Amitriptyline saved my life (no exaggereation). It is in fact mentioned as being “very useful in some cases of BZD withdrawals” in the Ashton Manual and I can see why.
It is very sedating so the effect on my insomnia was rapid and absolutely remarkable. Within 2 weeks I was sleeing like a baby! I remember the first night that I got 8 hours sleep for the first time in months and I just burst into tears I was so happy, relieved and grateful to have my life back again. The effect it had on my daytime mood was also wonderful, and so I was actually able to successfully complete my diazepam taper 2 months ahead of schedule on August 16th, 2017.
I was worried somewhat about PAWS as I had been fighting BZD addiction for over a year at that point, but I don’t know if it is the Amitriptyline or just correctly slowly tapering but I didn’t get any PAWS symptoms whatsoever.

I would say talking therapy is essential: It helped me work out the root cause of my problems was actually insomnia-based depression-anxiety that I had been self-medicating for since my late teens not knowing that actually that is what my issue was for 20+ years! So once understanding that the doctors had more information on medications to try. Amitriptyline in my case.

Okay, so yes I am still on it today at the maximum dose of 150mg. Does this bother me? Not in the slightest. I used to be vehemently against using more pills to counter BZD’s, but in my case it was either meds or me commiting suicide. I think you are lucky if you can get off BZDs without any meds, and I say absolutely go for it if you can. But I would highly recommend that you explore tricyclic antidepressants if depression and insomnia are major problems in withdrawal – and your life in general – like they are for me. There is no shame in going the medication route at all, some of us just do need it. And my happiness and life satisfaction is 95% better on it, and my family and my wife especially are just so happy and relieved I am okay now that I am not going to stop taking Amitriptyline…Maybe at some point I will, but right now it is not worth it because I am in such a good place….I wake up every day and the first thing I do is have a cup of coffee and look out the window at the ocean and mountains for a few minutes and consider just how am grateful I am to have survived that nightmare I went through for so long.

I hope this can help others in some way. I honestly thought I wouldn’t make it on so many occasions, and I admit I still get chills down my spine when I remember the hell I went through. But I don’t dwell on it. And really, I am not a particularly strong person, so if I can do it i’m pretty sure anyone can!

Love to you all.

F’loki

Jeff
10:53 pm November 1st, 2017

109 days off c/t taking pain meds…will I completely recover? Pain med is hydrocodone. Thank you.

joann
6:34 pm November 2nd, 2017

I made a mistake over a month ago with my Klonopin . my a.m. and p.m. dose I cut .5’s in half and then I cut the corners off. Well for some reason I never cut the corners off for about a week. When I realized it, because I journal everything and was wondering why the pills look so big, I just cut the corners off of both doses. well now it has been well over a month and I still have severe burning in my chest and throat. I know that with drawls make my skin feel like it’s on fire but they never lasted so long. I do want to do another taper but I don’t want to do one until the symptoms go away. I have been tapering since September 2016 and it is now November 2017. I do my best to follow the Ashton manual but I am cutting the pills myself so I realize that I am not getting the exact dosage every time. Sometimes it scares me because I wonder if my symptoms I am feeling are with drawls and not anything else wrong . do you think that the feeling I feel in my chest is still a symptom of withdrawal. I wake up in the middle of the night and my arms and chest just feel like they are on fire . thank you for your time, Joann

F'loki
7:40 pm November 2nd, 2017

Hi Jeff,

Opiods/Opiates are in my opinion are infinitely easier than BZDs to withdraw from. I only say that because I have withdrawn cold turkey from heroin, oxycodone, fentanyl, hydrocodone, and codeine multiple times in the past. I got hooked initially because of very bad irresposible doctors prescribing me opiates for chronic debilitating pain, but then I made some incredibly bad choices when they cut my presecription off without even bothering to taper me. I started climbing the opiate ladder off the black-market and it inevitably headed to heroin as it is cheaper than oxycodone…

But anyway, I kicked opiates finally after multiple-relapses last year and I can honestly say I was feeling fine after about 3 weeks. The worst physical and mental withdrawals are from around day 2-5, then it gets much better. But then it’s just PAWS symptoms which were for me worsening of already existing severe depression and some hightened anxiety. But really after a few weeks they dissapated more and more.

You will absolutely 100% recover from hydrocodone. It’s a mid-strength opiate and so the withdrawals can be pretty harsh but I think after over 3 months you should start feeling gradually better.
I’d say give it a couple more weeks. If you are still getting PAWS, definitely see a doctor. It could well be that you have some underlying mental health problems that the hydrocodone has bought out, it’s not uncommon at all for this to happen. As you probably know opiates solve all of life’s problems, except when you have to come off them! Then any problems you have internally or externally are magnified 100 times when you experience withdrawals.

You will recover though, for sure: The thing about opiates is that they are not neurotoxic and therefore don’t permanently change your brain chemistry like benzos, alcohol or methamphetamines can do (which are all neurotoxic and kill brain cells permanently). They also do not damage any organs. They would actually be the perfect drug if it wasn’t for their addictive potnetial and potential for overdosing. But on the flipside you will make a 100% full recovery. Any effects mentally now are either from a mental health problem it has bought to the surface or are simply your brain chemistry restoring balance and are still temporarily out of synergy. Either way it’s temporary and you will be fine…Just don’t turn to BZD’s or take any more opiates!

Hope you feel better soon.

F’loki

Alex
9:09 pm November 2nd, 2017

My sister just passed from benzo withdrawal. In all fairness she was also addicted to pain meds, but it was the benzo withdrawal that her body couldn’t take. My advice is that if you’re trying to or about to withdraw – prepare yourselves. Boost up your bodies proteins, get fat. Stock your home with a ton of food and water, no caffeine, no sugars, just slow processing foods like proteins no fruits etc….I also use progesterone to calm my body I’m not fully withdrawn – stuck at .5mg from 4mg a day. I am trying but it’s almost impossible. I’m 59 and have been on them since a head injury 9 yrs ago. Don’t go cold turkey – no matter what anyone says!!!! Lots of comfort foods. When you think you’re going to die – wash your face. Change something. The feeling will pass. Sleep as much as you can. Don’t even consider working…..it’s not happening. This drug is more serious than heroin – but the world doesn’t get that yet.
But – you will not die. Not if you prepare yourselves by making sure you’re in shape – not sick from other drugs – slow down on any smoking – and give yourselves permission to be sick for a month – after two weeks, things will seem more doable. Remember – cold turkey is too dangerous. the hardest part is the last .5 – .25 mg. but – it can be done. start skipping days – then skip more days….you can do this. Progesterone is a natural calmer for the body . If you need dental work – do that first…..like I said, prepare to feel every nerve in your body come to life in a nuclear way. Make meals and keep them ready to go – you won’t be doing any cooking or cleaning…..I coudln’t even shower. But – it can be done and don’t forget that. Give yourself a break – it took a long time to damage our cells to this point, but its not irreversible.
Do a lot of breathing techniques and pray…..move a muscle – change a thought. The minutes will pass.

Helen
3:24 am November 3rd, 2017

Hello out there, I took Serax for over 40 years, from 20 mg 3 times a day for many years and I finally got down to 10mg twice a day. Last year in Oct the GP I was seeing refused to fill my prescription so I had no choice but to get off the stuff, I had no ideal what to expect and actually I did not have withdrawal that bad, but I find it almost impossible to make decisions and still do after over a year, my question is — can I expect this for the rest of my life!! Will I ever be able to decide what is wright or wrong for me.
Thanks for any help you can offer, I am taking Paxil right now and have been for about 15 years, does it help or harm?
Helen

F'loki
7:00 am November 4th, 2017

A lot of people are asking here if they are taking medications alongside trying to come off from benzos, and if this could be affecting the withdrawal process negatively or positively…

In just my experience with withdrawals (and from what I have researched online the past 2 years) the non-sedating anti-depressants of the SSRI class seem to aggrevate withdrawal symptoms because they are more of a nervous system ‘stimulant’. Why? Because your GABA-A receptors are starting to kickstart again when you withdrawal from benzos.
Unfortunately, your nervous system overcompensates to try to restore homeostasis (i.e balance) and that is what causes all the nasty symptoms with benzos: But on the flipside this is indicating your body and nervous system is fighting hard to recover and it is healing.

I will just re-iterate: For all those on SSRI type anti-depressants, you may well benefit greatly by switching to the much older class of anti-depressants called Tricyclic Anti-depressants, which work in a different way and are actually very sedating.
Because of this, they tend to calm the nervous system while you withdraw from benzos, whilst also dealing with depression and rebound anxiety symptoms plus many of the physical symptoms of benzo withdrawal.
Personally I am on Amitriptyline which is one of the oldest anti-depressants around, designed in the 1950’s, and is one of the Tricyclic Anti-Depressants I mentioned above.
I would say it helped by 90% for my withdrawal with Diazepam and I was actually able to comfortably taper faster than the ahston manual suggests.

It might be a good idea for the people on anti-depressants here to ask their doctor about tricyclics and Amitriptyline in particuar. Even professor Ashton mentions it in her guide as being a very good medicine for benzo withdrawals.

Only catch is that Amitriptyline has a lot of side effects, but personally I couldn’t care less because it is a tiny price to pay for something that has improved my quality of life by 90%!
You also need to withdraw if you want to come off of it, but it’s nothing like benzo withdrawal and in most cases it can be done in 4 weeks and doesn’t even manifest at all in most people. Even when it does it can be managed by tapering but in a more rapid way than with benzos. You cannot die from withdrawals either like you can with benzo withdrawals (i.e grand mal seziures).

Finally, for those saying they have tried numerous times to taper now, I notice a lot of you are trying to withdraw with shorter-acting benzos: You need to switch to either diazepam, or clonazepam to proper and successfully taper, because these have long half-lifes making constant and steady levels of benzos in your blood and slowly reducing will not ‘shock’ your nervous system. This means far fewer withdrawal symptoms and so less likely to relapse or give up!

Hope this helps people.

F’loki

Linda
2:16 pm November 6th, 2017

ZANAX ADDICTION IS LIVING IN HELL REHAB US BEING IN HELL AND TRYING TO BE SOBER IS WALKING DAILY THROUGH HELL!!!! 17 YR ADDITION BEEN SO CALLED SOBER 2 YRS I AM61 YRS OLD FEMALE MY BODY AND MIND WILL NEVER BE HEALED FROM THIS HELLASHISH DRUG….MY MARRIAGE MY RELATIONSHIPS WITH MY CHILDREN AND GRANDCHILDREN WILL MEVER BE MENDED!! MY DAUGHTER DIED 9 YRS AGO FRO BREAST CANCE AN I DO NOT REMEMBER HER FUNERAL!!!

M
6:32 pm November 6th, 2017

Hi! Would love your advice. I have been traveling the world for 3 months (was originally supposed to be a year-long thing) and within that time have gone from NO drugs/ healthy person to taking 3 different benzo-like drugs. Basically, within the first month, I have had 2 panic attacks, major insomnia, panic, and fear. After 1 month of insomnia /anxiety, I broke done and went to the hospital. Here is the timeline of medications:
Aug 30th-Oct 10th: Valium 5mg nightly –then stopped when switched to this:
Oct 10th-Oct 28th: Xanax .25 nightly

***No Longer on these above (very proud of this but suffering now!)

Oct 22-Now: 10mg of Ambien nightly

The period of going off the benzos has been very hard and I’m now afraid of going off the Ambien and being as sleep deprived as I have been over these past 3 months…particularly the last 3 weeks. I am so stressed that I am still barely sleeping with the Ambien.

QUESTION: How should I proceed on getting off of the Ambien? My body feels like it is going crazy but I also wonder what is the old anxiety and what is benzo withdrawals. Do you think that I should switch over to something else to help sleep to get off of the Ambien? Like Trazodone or something? Committed to getting back to a no drug life and any advice would be so appreciated!

tony
9:27 pm November 6th, 2017

i have been on benzos for over 20 years and face the daunting challenge of withdraw. So much conflicting info don’t know where to start. Forums can be very conflicting. Anyway I’m reaching out and would be grateful for assistance. Please keep it simple if you care to reply. I’m 64 year old male -had a ‘n.b/down’ when i was 32 and since then anxiety levels have been very high. Done all the cognitive stuff….. fatigue/ obssesive behaviour /depression /tinnitus… all very familiar.
In anticipation
kindly yours
Tony

Kari
12:13 pm November 10th, 2017

Weening off of 2 mg a day fir 9 years is driving me crazy
In 21/2 months I’ve come down to 1/2 mg a day and I can’t handle the shakes I’m on my first day of none
Please tell me it gets better

Julia
1:36 pm November 10th, 2017

I am currently tapering off of benzos. I am not able to sleep as I have what I call “adriniline spikes” that have kept me up for days. I’m currently down to .125 and do not have a lower dose offered in my state. I mistakenly (as I just read here) I smoked marijuana for two weeks, I felt great but then I started having dizziness and gastrointestinal issues. (It is medically and recreationaly legal here) it threw me into to PAWS?. I didn’t have the symptoms before I smoked and am really struggling. (I am no longer smoking) It is also having a huge impact on my digestive system. My only anxiety is that I am so ill that I will pass away while sleeping. I am 5 days into PAWS and do not have a doctor that understands what I am going through.my question is… as I am having withdrawals when at my lowest dose how and when do I stop taking the last little dose? I am eager to put this drug behind me and move on with my life. And and all suggestions would be appreciated. Thank you.

Ronnie
9:53 pm November 10th, 2017

I got of rehab for Xanax addiction on July 10th and I’m still struggling miserably. Still can’t do my daily activities. When does this shit end? My face is gets blood red and the anxiety is almost unbearable at times.

Eric
4:19 pm November 12th, 2017

I loved reading this article. I wish I had found it eight months ago. I was taking three one Mg Klonopins a day for three years prescribed by a doctor with a host of other prescriptions. I was “tapered” off of Klonopin in six days. What was to follow was the worst experience of my life. I am enjoying my life again on a whole new level. There is hope although I wondered at times if I would feel like myself ever again. Sick doesn’t begin to describe the nightmare I endured. I was very lucky to have a cutting edge coach to walk with me through the process. It was great to read the part about life being better than ever after going through something so horrific. I’ve reached that point that I’ve really just begun to live the best life possible. This is really the only article I’ve seen that was exactly true to my experience. When people stop taking Benzos, they have no idea what is coming and that there is an end to the suffering. Thank you.

F'loki
3:42 am November 15th, 2017

People need to read messages before asking….

1. “I am getting conflicting info off the internet…”
Yes, so get hold of the Ashton Manual online. It’s free and it is what doctors are using now to withdraw patients safely.

2. “I can’t sleep and I am depressed”
Again, TRY Amitriptyline. It killed my insomnia almost instantly. Tapering was so much easier in general.

3. Taper slowly using the charts in the Ashton Manual. Tapering too quickly can merely prolong the withdrawals. You can maybe go 1mg a week faster or slower than the recommended weekly dose reduction, it’s all down to your body/mind. But Never ever rush it.

4. “I got offered/went to rehab…”

PLEASE NO DON’T DO THIS. Benzos are not to be treated as drugs like opiates, cocaine, meth etc. You can and should just come off with a taper schedule, a supportive GP and a counseullor.
IGNORE any quick fix “in-patient’ ‘quick-cures’. They will make you a million times worse….Trust me i’ve been there.

Julie
10:47 pm November 15th, 2017

So I am beating myself to death because I want off this drug soo bad, and I can’t beat it. If you could recommend something natural to help take during? What would it be? I read where someone took Gaba, vitamin C and niacin. And you don’t recommend a rehab? I can’t work as a dental hygienist and get off this drug

Holly
7:32 am November 18th, 2017

My mother is taking .5 mg Lorazapam she would like to start using cannabis oil to treat her anxiety along with sleep and arthritis issues. She is 84 yrs. How can she do this safely? Should she taper off the lorazapam to half the pill for a cpl wks and then a wk without any and then cannabis or what do you suggest?

martha
7:29 am November 21st, 2017

I am tapering off xanax.. 0.5 mg.. I was taking 1 and a half of 0.5 for at leat two months at bedtime. now before you goff and say oh that’s not possible to have withdrawls on that baby dose.. lemme tell ya…was having withdrawls midday the next day from the short life that the med was in my system..now I will tell you the first two days of starting this med it was like a lightswitch turned on.. wow! this may be just what i need to add to my antidepressant cocktail to balance myself out.. calm but focused the next day.. pleasant happy.. then something changed.. oh but I stayed on it..chasing that initial feeling.. 2 mos later.. I have been seduced by this drug.. my personality has changed. my partner does not know what to do with me, constant crying spells, agitation..sadness.. I want to be 6 feet under I hurt so badly inside.. everything feels like it is magnified. for the past few days i have cut my dose in half in order to taper off this crap. still having a horrendous experience.. I feel so missunderstood and alone in this, as my partner has no clue the level of pain I am in, and chances are he would not know how to handle it anyway. he shuts down. for the past 4 days i have decreased my dose to half of what I had been on for two months straight { as I previously said } not sure when I should decrease more .. or should I spread the dose through out the day as to not begin getting such harsh withdrawls by mid day. also I read somewhere to steer clear of B vitamins , magnesium, vitD supplements while detoxing because these supplements interact with Gaba receptors.. well Sh*t! I am a huge supplement taker. am I potentially making this worse on myself?

F'loki
4:22 pm November 23rd, 2017

Holly:

Marijuana when smoked/vapourised can be very hit and miss with benzo withdrawal. However, I found edible cannibas to be helpful taken in the evening for insomnia. Cannibas Oil for your mother could well be beneficial: It helps children and adults who have issues with seziures which funnily enough benzos are often prescribed for (especially clonazepam for epilepsy), but the problem with benzos is of course tolerance, addiction and then withdrawals which can bring on serious grand mal seziures for those in withdrawal if they are unlucky or not correctly tapering.

I occasionally use cannibas edibles or oil if my amitriptyline is not heping with stubborn insomnia. I’d say absolutely give it a go: Get your mother to switch to diazepam from lorazepam – 0.5mg is a small dose about the equivalent of 5mg of diazepam, so tapering should only take about a month and with the cannibas oil she could probably get away with an even faster withdrawal, but everyone is different.
Also bear in in mind oral cannibas is a completely different drug than smoked cannibas: I have been in a comatosed state where I slept 18 hours after misjudging the dose once lol It’s very powerful stuff when eaten.

Martha – Yeah benzos can really change your personality and create psychological problems that you didnt have before taking them.
Best thing you can do is go see your doctor and say you want to taper and switch to diazepam. I think the equivalent dose to 0.5 xanax is 5mg diazepam so if you drop 1mg a week you will be done in about 5 weeks, or go slower if you want and do 1mg every 2 weeks and it’ll be over in 10 weeks.

Honestly a lot of people make a huge fuss about PAWs but I personally feel they aren’t an issue if you just taper right, I think perhaps a lot of PAWS is just psycho-somatic because everyone makes a big fuss about it: After all, why would people post online that they didnt get PAWS? Not many I bet. The people that do get it just make a louder noise online. I bet in reality it’s something like 5%.
If your partner doesnt understand print off the Ashton Manual and make him/her read it.

You mention you are on anti-depressants….Are they SSRI’s? If so, most people including myself found it made benzo withdrawal much worse. Maybe you can switch to a tricyclic if you speak to your doctor, as Amitriptyline is extremely effective for all those mood disturbances in the daytime and the horrific insomnia at night.

Hope this helps.

Janice
11:53 pm November 23rd, 2017

Hi, I was on .5 – 1 mg. per day of Ativan for 9 years after a tragedy. I was also on Zopiclone 3.5 – 7 mg. as needed (which turned out to be often) for these same 9 years. I was told they were not addictive and it was fine to stay on them forever : -(. I came to realize about a year ago that I was in tolerance withdrawal for the final three years .. I’d been getting worse and that the drugs were actually causing the side effects. I did not updose ever during three final years, despite worse sleep, shaking, agitation and increased anxiety. I began my own taper following the Ashton manual (with help of friends – doctors were not benzo smart) last spring – it took me from February to the end of August 2017 to slowly taper from .5 ml. lorazapam to nothing, but I did it : -). I cold turkey stopped the sleeping pills in March. It is now almost December and I am still very very fatigued and have some rough days with other symptoms, but the anxiety is almost all gone. I am very grateful and hopeful that my brain is in a healing process now. Taking one day at a time.

Here is my question – I am scheduled to have a routine colonoscopy early February 2018. They use sedation (I don’t want to have it without sedation and they don’t recommend it!) so I called the office. They use an IV mix of fentanyl and versed (midazolam), which I read is of the benzo family, to sedate. I am concerned that introducing any benzo type drug again, even at a small dose in an IV (but who knows how much they use in the IV?) could reactivate some level of addiction that I would have to struggle against again. Is this possible? If so, I’ll totally avoid the colonoscopy. I will not risk anything that could send me backwards after all I have gone through to be free of the meds.

If this is a possibility, I am also wondering if there is a time frame for when it might be safe to have a small bit of a benzo type medication again ONLY if needed for a surgery say, without fear of being put back into a forced withdrawal…. Months or even years after stopping taking the benzo’s perhaps? Any help you can give or articles you can lead me to would be most appreciated. I will not risk ever going through this again.

With my appreciation and thanks,
Janice

Momin
4:01 am November 24th, 2017

My son was diagnosed with anxiety disorder by the primary doc in a 10 min visit 1/31/17, put on a benzo for 4 months and life has not been the same since. Turns out, he was misdiagnosed. It was hell watching him on that drug and more hell watching him come off of it. He was finally able to get a tilt table test after pleading for one for 7 months, and he was diagnosed with POTS syndrome. The doctor said that coming off the benzo made the POTS much worse. He is unable to work. He was a chemical engineer with a degree from a prestigious west coast school. His autonomic nervous system is way out of function. He is particularly sensitive to foods– having many of the various affects mentioned on this website. I feel like suing the doctor that was SO CARELESS. Whether the benzo did cause the POTS is not able to be determined, but it certainly made it worse. Doctors don’t take the time to listen well enough these days. Putting psych meds in the hands of primary physicians without adequate evaluation procedures is something that should be changed in our medical system. Hoping and praying for recovery in Chicago. It’s been 10 months now. Please, any advice? Your information on the effects of the vitamins and supplements is accurate! We went down that road and came to the same realizations. My son is very careful with his diet. Anyone else experience POTS after benzo withdrawal?

Doc
1:50 pm November 25th, 2017

Hi Janice

Your concern regarding the use of Midazolam for a once off procedure is very understandable. From the extensive literature reviews and anecdotes that I’ve read – the consensus seems to be that you can safely tolerate this type of administration of a benzo without any fear of it triggering any sort of adverse event. I believe that Dr Jennifer Leigh – the author of this article – has also stated the same. I was a member of Dr Leigh’s blog group up until a few months ago when she had to wind it up due to other issues. So unfortunately – I’m not sure if she is still able to answer your question directly.

Cheers Doc

Janice
12:06 am November 28th, 2017

Thank you so much for sharing your knowledge with me… Bless you!

robert
3:08 pm November 28th, 2017

Nobidy should be firce to suffer and they do not have , also many if us have jobs snd family snd take care of older people cannot affodd to suffer, this was very bad advice , correct advise would be to use other meds to get off or stay on med .

GARY
7:16 pm November 28th, 2017

In general how long do the heart palpatations last

GARY
7:29 pm November 28th, 2017

how long do the heart palps last after being off Klon, and also mild headach tks

Doc
8:33 am November 29th, 2017

If you know of ANY drug or supplement that REALLY helps-

I for one would LOVE to hear about it!

robert
3:08 pm November 28th, 2017

Nobidy should be firce to suffer and they do not have , also many if us have jobs snd family snd take care of older people cannot affodd to suffer, this was very bad advice , correct advise would be to use other meds to get off or stay on med .

Fred
3:38 am November 30th, 2017

Hi, appreciate the Tips however I have a concern. Items such as Vitamin D, B – are they not critical to survival? When you suggest avoid these, do you mean in a supplemental capacity or altogether? Most medical research seems to indicate that deficiencies on some of these critical Vitamins could lead to additional issues such as Osteoporosis, digestive issues, and a range of other problems. Can you shed some light on this? Should we fully avoid these vitamins or more in a supplemental capacity?

Doc
4:51 pm November 30th, 2017

@Fred – the advice about avoiding vitamin B etc ~ is aimed at supplements only.

Frank
5:09 pm December 1st, 2017

I was ptescibed 2mg clonazepam for 5 years for sleep. I have tapered and had to reinstate. Switched to valium and down to 3mg after an updose. I have been in hell for 3 years trying to get off. Suffering so bad that feel a need to be hospitalized. Severe anxiety,depression,insomnea,fear,dread,panic and a host of others. Please help

John
8:31 pm December 1st, 2017

Your article was very helpful, especially the encouragement at the end. I left a job to pursue starting a new business, when I realized I was addicted to lorazepam. I would not elevate my dose and I began losing sleep and experiencing panic and anxiety again but worse than before. I decided to get off the med and started a tapering after seeing a doctor. It was faster than the Ashton method though. I am now 10 days since cutting it out and the last three have been filled with withdrawal including insomnia, panic, increased blood pressure, etc. Hoping this will begin to weaken shortly and move toward a better state. Currently it is like being plugged into a socket all day with low voltage running through me. Extreme fatigue from max of 3 hours of sleep at night the last 3 or 4 nights. Couple that with not working there is a lot of stress and it is hard to determine what is natural and what is med induced.
To know that when this over that I may feel better than before or at least betterm than now is beautiful hope. At 3 in the morning that is hard to find.

Ann
11:43 pm December 4th, 2017

Do not take prescription drugs, especially not benzos. They will screw you big time because of the nutrients they take from your body.
I don’t know about taking supplements during the withdrawal but you should definitely take as many nutrients as you can at some time with. B-12 helped me the most, it gets your cognitive functions back
Good luck to everyone, I wouldn’t wish this stuff on my worst enemies

F'loki
5:08 pm December 5th, 2017

Easy to answer everyone’s questions to be honest:

– How do I know if tapering is the best way to get off benzos?
If you have only been using benzos for 4-12 weeks, tapering may well be detrimental and just draw out the process. The same applies if you haven’t been taking them daily or sporadically. Try stopping cold turkey to see how you feel.
I did this twice before when taking xanax and lorazepam in combination for 4-6 weeks: I stopped cold turkey both times and although the acute withdrawal was very bad (crying, tremors, heart palps, extreme anxiety, rebound insomnia etc), it only lasted 2 or 3 days. I felt more or less fine within a week.
You might also manage with a quick taper over a week to cushion the landing.
Note that this could be the amitriptyline I am taking, but if that is true then it just goes to show how effective amitriptyline is in benzo withdrawal.

– How do I taper?
Geneally, if the above doesn’t apply to you, or if you are getting bad withdrawals going cold turkey despite only using benzos over a short period, you should definitely use the Ashton Manual.
i.e Always switch to diazepam because it’s long half-life (around 80-120 hours) makes it excellent for tapering. Generally you drop 1mg a week, or even 1mg every 2 weeks if you have been using benzos for years. This will minamise the withdrawal symptoms and will also make PAWS less of an issue.

What drugs or supplements will help me?
Basically, do not bother with the Z-drugs or traditional benzos, as they also work the same way on GABA-A receptors. Generally, also avoid anything that targets GABA-B too, as in the long term they just switch one addiction with another.
You are essentially left with these choices
– Sedating anti-histamines such as diphenhydramine or promethazine which you can get over the counter, will help with insomnia and nausea if taken at night.
– Tricyclic Anti-depressants: You can use tricyclic anti-depressants taken at night for both insomnia and the depression that can come from long periods without sleep. Amitriptyline is very good for this, and if it is just for insomnia you can take it sporadically.
But higher doses will be required for depression and insomnia. I notice it also kills a lot of anxiety too, by slowing down or even stoping completely those negative thought patterns that are so horrible with depression.
You will need to taper if you want to come off from higher doses, but generlly this is much quicker (4 weeks) and no where near as difficult as benzos, because it is not habit forming.
– Low doses of anti-psychotics: Really is a last resort and if you get to this stage you probably need a mental health assessment as it is likely you have a psyhcological disorder of some type.

How do I manage the last stages of tapering?

Drop to 1mg, then drop to 0mg, or drop from 1mg to 0.5mg, but that is probably just keeping you addicted at this point with no real benefts. Also, dropping to 0mg then taking 1mg sporadically for a week can work before dropping to 0mg the following week, though it’s best not to up the dose if you can help it. I think the anxiety people have when they drop to 0mg is because they have read about PAWS online and they are scared about how they will handle life when they don’t have benzos.

Other notes:
Try to avoid posting and reading through forums. It will just make you paranoid and feed the anxiety you already probably have. Just take your dose and forget about it until the next day.

Samantha
2:26 pm December 6th, 2017

Am still suffering weight gain will my weight return to normal

Sistien
10:40 am December 8th, 2017

Does Gaba from the health food store help the anxiety from tapering down on valium.

Tiger
4:41 pm December 9th, 2017

Hello, I am would like to stop.

In fact I have in the past, once was with a little anti seizure medication from a doctor and the second and third time were cold Turkey. I just used willpower however this time around I have taken benzodiazepines for a much longer and dramatically higher dosage. Ultimately after two years I kind of zigzagged up to10 milligrams or more of Xanax a night. Now my prescription is about to run out a little over half way through the month. I guess I’m just not sure what to expect.

I’ve heard if genetic anomalies that are believed to be less vulnerable to benzodiazepines, perhaps it’s my self awareness that has helped me in the past. I feel optimistic, I’ve never experienced withdrawal that wasn’t tolerable and it kind of makes me feel guilty. Perhaps I won’t be so lucky this time?

Cindy
7:55 am December 11th, 2017

I am a 43 year old woman that has been addicted to Xanax for 4 years. I want my life back. I can take up to 4 of the 2 mg bars a day and feel normal. I don’t take them to get high, just to get by. If I taper and take a 1 mg bid I sweat and feel miserable. I don’t have health ins to medically detox. How much per day should I cut down and how often until I am free from this monster?

F'loki
4:23 pm December 11th, 2017

How do I know if tapering is the best way to get off benzos?
If you have only been using benzos for 4-12 weeks, tapering may well be detrimental and just draw out the process. The same applies if you haven’t been taking them daily or sporadically. Try stopping cold turkey to see how you feel.
I did this twice before when taking xanax and lorazepam in combination for 4-6 weeks: I stopped cold turkey both times and although the acute withdrawal was very bad (crying, tremors, heart palps, extreme anxiety, rebound insomnia etc), it only lasted 2 or 3 days. I felt more or less fine within a week.
You might also manage with a quick taper over a week to cushion the landing.
Note that this could be the amitriptyline I am taking, but if that is true then it just goes to show how effective amitriptyline is in benzo withdrawal.

– How do I taper?
Geneally, if the above doesn’t apply to you, or if you are getting bad withdrawals going cold turkey despite only using benzos over a short period, you should definitely use the Ashton Manual.
i.e Always switch to diazepam because it’s long half-life (around 80-120 hours) makes it excellent for tapering. Generally you drop 1mg a week, or even 1mg every 2 weeks if you have been using benzos for years. This will minamise the withdrawal symptoms and will also make PAWS less of an issue.

What drugs or supplements will help me?
Basically, do not bother with the Z-drugs or traditional benzos, as they also work the same way on GABA-A receptors. Generally, also avoid anything that targets GABA-B too, as in the long term they just switch one addiction with another.
You are essentially left with these choices
– Sedating anti-histamines such as diphenhydramine or promethazine which you can get over the counter, will help with insomnia and nausea if taken at night.
– Tricyclic Anti-depressants: You can use tricyclic anti-depressants taken at night for both insomnia and the depression that can come from long periods without sleep. Amitriptyline is very good for this, and if it is just for insomnia you can take it sporadically.
But higher doses will be required for depression and insomnia. I notice it also kills a lot of anxiety too, by slowing down or even stoping completely those negative thought patterns that are so horrible with depression.
You will need to taper if you want to come off from higher doses, but generlly this is much quicker (4 weeks) and no where near as difficult as benzos, because it is not habit forming.
– Low doses of anti-psychotics: Really is a last resort and if you get to this stage you probably need a mental health assessment as it is likely you have a psyhcological disorder of some type.

How do I manage the last stages of tapering?

Drop to 1mg, then drop to 0mg, or drop from 1mg to 0.5mg, but that is probably just keeping you addicted at this point with no real benefts. Also, dropping to 0mg then taking 1mg sporadically for a week can work before dropping to 0mg the following week, though it’s best not to up the dose if you can help it. I think the anxiety people have when they drop to 0mg is because they have read about PAWS online and they are scared about how they will handle life when they don’t have benzos.

Other notes:
Try to avoid posting and reading through forums. It will just make you paranoid and feed the anxiety you already probably have. Just take your dose and forget about it until the next day.

Gary
4:50 pm December 11th, 2017

I a
M finding coming off remeron to be as hard when I came off klonopin been a rough 3 months first went off K and now off remeron I fig months before I feel normal

Deborah
1:28 am December 14th, 2017

So, I am struggling with this. On September 29th I took my last dose of sertraline, October10th my last dose of Lorazapam. I was put on gabapentim to protect against seizures on October 10th and stopped taking it on November 11th. I am in living hell. I am not able to work. I had horrific insomnia and anxiety until a few days ago. I cry everyday. My legs feel like I have electrical shocks going off in them and I am sometimes wobbly. I do not feel like myself. I am very sad and worried and filled with fear most days. I am in therapy

Sandra
6:59 pm December 14th, 2017

I have taken a small amount of Clonazepan for about 30 years not usually more than 1 mil. (two .5 mil) weened myself down and now taking Buspar and zolidem , don’t think I can continue w/Buspar because of severe dry eyes and shortness of breathe. Am I going to be okay doing it this way?

Sandra
10:39 pm December 23rd, 2017

Still trying to go thru benzo w/drawal hell – so horrible had to take one last night after ambien – after two and 1/2 weeks of suffering could not lay in the hospital yet. Why does it get so much worse at night? Don’ t think Im going to make it, I am not young and think this will push me over the edge – hope not Thank You

Deborah
7:26 pm December 25th, 2017

Today I am 75 days off Ativan and I feel incredibly bad today. I had leg tremors all morning along with depression. I still am not sleeping well and then in the late morning while reading I kept falling asleep – but not really it is as if I am about to fall asleep and then awake abruptly and with fear. I wish there was someone I could talk to about this that has been through this. Sometimes I feel like going to the ER, but I don’t know what good that would do because what could they possibly do for me. I feel so alone. When I try to describe this to friends and family they look totally perplexed and don’t understand. Sometimes I feel like I want to die and then I actually feel like I am dying.

Robin
9:57 pm December 25th, 2017

While you think you are a genius on this subject and may have a degree, does not make you smart or informed. You are speaking to a wide audience, people who could take this and convert it to “oh no, it’s bad for me, I’m stopping”! My doctor basically had me cold turkey after I was on temazepam, 15mg and diazepam 5mg 3 times a day. Gave me antipsychotics, I am not psychotic, had no affect other than upsetting my body chemistry. I went to the ER 6 times and finally on the 5th trip, I was seen. I had been dismissed at all others. The abuse I sustained at the ER were enough to close the place down, but I’m ill and don’t believe in lawsuits. Long story short, My BP was 170/117, pulse, 124. I am a 95/60 girl and pulse ret to 70. I had irregular heartbeat, my leaky valve is worse and two EKGs, both questionable. So all you people who’ve been successfully living on your current med regiments, STAY ON IT. The doctors are quacks and they don’t have the initiative and they are afraid to prescribe. I’m still living but it costs a fortune to go to the doctor every two weeks, no to mention other conditions, blood disorders, osteoporosis, it goes on. So lady, you screwed the pooch on this info. 30 years on meds, Executive Assistant to the 6 SecDefs, Pentagon winder E Ring queen for 22 years. What you people need to do is get a real job.

Alison
6:18 pm December 29th, 2017

I am tapering off a small dose of Klonopin .25 mg ( only used consistently for a year)
I am only reducing 10% maybe will go to 5%) but the fear & insomnia are making me desperate. My bottom line is sleep . I observe good sleep hygiene. Any suggestions?

Becky
6:32 pm December 29th, 2017

Has anyone heard of or experienced a rapid taper from Clonazepam or other med causeing electrolyte imbalance? If so, how long did this last?
Becky

Miguel
7:51 pm December 30th, 2017

I ve been expoused to Benzodiazepines on and off for for three months on very low doses.
Bromazepan 1.5 for 15 days. (Had Panic attack a week after stop it. Thats when Hell started)
Lorazepan 0.5 for month and half.(Taking mostly at night while I was trying zoloft that by the way didn’t work for me)
Clonazepan 0.5 for 12 days. (used to kind of taper)
My situation now is that I feel tremendously anxious, depersonalized can’t sleep at all, may be 3/4 hs if. recurrent bad thoughts are coming to my mind.
Now my doctor is saying that this is more of my underline anxiety that withdrawal of such a low doses. My problem is that although I always was a very anxious person, never took a sleeping pill in may life i feel that Im having withdrawal symptoms. They are not the same thru out the day. Feel better first hours in the morning but horrible in the afternoons. To a point now that I feel my job and my family relations are having a big impact.
Please if any body had similar experiences with low dose for a relative short period of time and that this devil drugs have affect them would like to know your experiences.

Cynthia
3:21 am December 31st, 2017

I’m tapering Ativan and having joint problems and horrible anxiety and tinnitus. I have no support at home, my husband doesn’t want to hear about it and I don’t want to scare my kids. I just need to know if my GABA receptors will heal? I’m really worried about that. If they don’t heal then why should I stop taking Ativan? Please help!

Dave
10:07 pm January 3rd, 2018

I’m terrified. In Jan 2017, I finished tapering off librium. I went five months and in May 2017 went back on Ativan at a low dose. I’m currently taking 15mg Valium, down from 20mg. I’m terrified about the kindling. I’m currently slowly tapering and plan on staying
off this time. Feeling miserable.

Cynthia
5:12 am January 4th, 2018

I’m going through tolerance withdrawals everyday and my doctor won’t let me go on a longer acting Benzo. I’m really afraid of what lies ahead. As I’ve been tapering, I developed tinnitus which is causing me so much anxiety. I don’t feel like I can cut down further, I’m so afraid.

Megan
9:23 pm January 4th, 2018

Hello, My name is Megan and My Doctor and I are in the process of bringing me off Klonopin, 3months ago I was on 3mgs a day and now I’m on .50mgs twice a day and I’m an emotional wreck and I’m scared to death can you please get back to me and talk to me. Thank you – Megan Grimm

Thomas
6:01 pm January 6th, 2018

I was on klonopin for 4 months 1mg a day they tapered me off in two weeks and I’m in acute with drawl I need help..

Doc Undies
5:00 pm January 9th, 2018

Cynthia

“…I’m going through tolerance withdrawals everyday and my doctor won’t let me go on a longer acting Benzo. I’m really afraid of what lies ahead. As I’ve been tapering, I developed tinnitus which is causing me so much anxiety. I don’t feel like I can cut down further, I’m so afraid.”

Seriously, if you have such concerns and are feeling stressed perhaps you could take your concerns to a medico who will actually LISTEN you. I cannot think of any good reason as to why a longer acting benzo such as Valium cannot be substituted for Ativan.

Have a read of Professor Heather Ashton’s guide. https://www.benzo.org.uk/manual/bzcha02.htm#13

(2) Switching to a long-acting benzodiazepine. With relatively short-acting benzodiazepines such as alprazolam (Xanax) and lorazepam (Ativan) (Table 1, Chapter I), it is not possible to achieve a smooth decline in blood and tissue concentrations. These drugs are eliminated fairly rapidly with the result that concentrations fluctuate with peaks and troughs between each dose. It is necessary to take the tablets several times a day and many people experience a “mini-withdrawal”, sometimes a craving, between each dose.

For people withdrawing from these potent, short-acting drugs it is advisable to switch to a long-acting, slowly metabolised benzodiazepine such as diazepam. Diazepam (Valium) is one of the most slowly eliminated benzodiazepines. It has a half-life of up to 200 hours, which means that the blood level for each dose falls by only half in about 8.3 days. The only other benzodiazepines with similar half-lives are chlordiazepoxide (Librium), flunitrazepam (Rohypnol) and flurazepam (Dalmane), all of which are converted to a diazepam metabolite in the body. The slow elimination of diazepam allows a smooth, gradual fall in blood level, allowing the body to adjust slowly to a decreasing concentration of the benzodiazepines. The switch-over process needs to be carried out gradually, usually in stepwise fashion, substituting one dose at a time. There are several factors to consider. One is the difference in potency between different benzodiazepines. Many people have suffered because they have been switched suddenly to a different, less potent drug in inadequate dosage because the doctor has not adequately considered this factor. Equivalent potencies of benzodiazepines are shown in Table 1 (Chapter I), but these are only approximate and differ between individuals.

A second factor to bear in mind is that the various benzodiazepines, though broadly similar, have slightly different profiles of action. For example, lorazepam (Ativan) seems to have less hypnotic activity than diazepam (probably because it is shorter acting). Thus if someone on, say, 2mg Ativan three times a day is directly switched to 60mg diazepam (the equivalent dose for anxiety) he is liable to become extremely sleepy, but if he is switched suddenly onto a much smaller dose of diazepam, he will probably get withdrawal symptoms. Making the changeover one dose (or part of dose) at a time avoids this difficulty and also helps to find the equivalent dosage for that individual. It is also helpful to make the first substitution in the night-time dose, and the substitution may not always need to be complete. For example, if the evening dose was 2mg Ativan, this could in some cases be changed to 1 mg Ativan plus 8mg diazepam. A full substitution for the dropped 1 mg of Ativan would have been 10mg diazepam. However, the patient may actually sleep well on this combination and he will have already made a dosage reduction – a first step in withdrawal. (Examples of step-wise substitutions are given in the schedules at the end of this chapter.)

Jeannie
11:34 pm January 9th, 2018

I am tapering from Valium. I am following the Ashton Manual Method. I was crossed over from Klonopin to Valium. I am about to finish my morning taper any day! Then I will take a two week break and start tapering my night dose. Will things get better or worse once I am done with my taper? I was reinstated on Klonopin after going to a center and being tapered off too quickly. The withdrawal about killed me. I went about 6 weeks and then was reinstated for 9 months doctor tried to level me out but it was not working he wanted to up my medication and I said no. Although being reinstated has helped I have been truly suffering from withdrawal for two years now. I was so sick I was in bed for weeks and my worse fear is that happening again once I complete my taper. So again will things get better or worse once I complete my taper?

Doc Undies
2:15 pm January 11th, 2018

Hi Jeannie

I have a similar experience with a very protracted withdrawal from 4mg/day of Klonopin – with Valium substitution & taper over about 9 months. For me it’s been roughly 2 years of hell and only NOW is there a light at the end of this very bleak and dark painful tunnel.

I was ‘fortunate’ to only have mainly physical WD symptoms. If I’d had psychological ones on top I know that I would have caved in very early in the ordeal. You don’t mention what your WD symptoms are. Could you expand on them?

Gary
3:36 pm January 11th, 2018

Thank you great site question was on klonopin for 3 months been off for 2 months now is the fatigue I feel due to WD thank you

Joshua
7:30 pm January 12th, 2018

Really some helpful information. Thanks!!!! Very sad to see that (so-call) Doctors are Cold Turkeying people. Very sad. I am 1/2 way though a 23 year valium taper and there are things that are uncomfortable, But thank God though the Lord Christ Jesus things are going much smoother then I thought! Glad I am doing this. Wish I had done this years ago. Very informative page! Thanks again.

audrey
3:27 pm January 13th, 2018

I have been on adivan 8yrs I am withdrawing now because of long time use I was taking 3.5mg daily morning and bedtime I have tapered to 3 mg my anxiety is crazy even before my taper I am tolerant to the drug now what do I do? Please help

Angie
1:23 am January 14th, 2018

Ive been taking Ativan for three weeks 1mg in am and pm. I want off…but dont know where to turn. I would have never started had I known. I dont know if my doctor can help.

Dave
6:48 pm January 15th, 2018

Josh – saw you’re having some success with your valium taper. What schedule/plan are you following? Dave

Deb
6:49 pm January 15th, 2018

Hi went cold turkey from taking 10 pills of cloneazapam a day for 3 years took 6 hellacious months I survived Thank you god and am happier then I’ve ever been Here’s an example of hell and psychosis I went through I got out of bed, where have I been? where was I? What happened ?So many unanswered questions. I remember flashes but I have to diforenctiate what was real and what wasn’t.I cannot begin to explain this feeling that is overwhelming me.I feel like I’ve been in a torture camp for months.I felt like I was been electrucuded for days and a night been dragged out in the box I lay in and buried alive only to get woken up the next day for more torture.My pillow and blankets are covered in clumps of my hair. I am soooooo hungry and thirsty. Ok I’m in my bedroom. What the hell happened these past months. My son they were taking turns torturing us, I was dragged out of my prison,they would drag him in , I would hear the screams so helpless I could do nothing to help him. I was brought back to my prison, I could hear his screams mom watch out!!!!!!!! He was dragged to the barn for more torturing .There back to guard me I here one up above me, many coming up the stairs.I will try not to sleep they are waiting. I’m in my coffin. As I’m falling asleep , I feel them dragging me in my coffin out to bury me alive to the barn for 1 night?Or days and nights,it’s different all the time.Maybe I will be lucky and have some sunlight.I will if we go back on the ship.I will know when I hear the engine going. I pray I have enough oxygen and live through this.I pray my son lives through this.So helpless so weak focus on the universe and God, The stars and the moon, and one day sunshine if you live.I have to go to the bathroom soooo weak ,they left me a bucket in here and jugs ?Theres urine in them,Must be mine or my sons.All I have to do is make it over there and I can go.So hard to hold myself up while I go to bathroom.Ok go to sleep for awhile if you can .awake it’s sunny in my prison must be a window somewhere in here.The last thing I remember was my roommate saying something to me and me saying I could have escaped I guess I knew it was leading up to being held prisoner Because after that I was.Todays date is Jan 14 2018 I’m feeling normal and happy This all happened about a year and a half ago I was let out of my prison I think about September last year Don’t know when I was put in it.I remember for the first time of being able to leave my prison going downstairs .My roommate said feed the dog and let him out by noon.Then he was gone.I had to hang on to the walls I was so weak I managed to look at myself in mirror in bathroom.And grey hair was about 6 inches long from regrowth So I’m thinking 2 inches a month Probably held captive for at least 6 months.I was skin and bone literally.No muscle nothing.I later found outI weighed about 60 Lbs I’m 5 feet 4 inches and averaged 110 lbs

Joshua
2:27 am January 17th, 2018

@Dave…..Yes, I am doing a liquid water taper. I am half way 53% today. in 70 days. Plenty of bumps but worth it. I start off by filling a mason jar to the 100ml mark then I dissolve my poison (benzo’s). Then I take a syringe and stir it and pull out an amount as I go (this way it is uniform). Then I put it measure it in a cylinder. I am doing a rather faster method then Heather Ashton recommends (10% a month)….I do 5% a week, which is 20% a month. You can measure any amount (listen to your body) as like the article says you don’t want to back track! If you have to rest, then take as long as you need to level out. I have not had to so far. Thank God. Hope this helps. I have been meaning to make a video. And may soon.

Tyler
5:51 am January 17th, 2018

Did you say that when symptoms return, it’s just your brain misfiring fear? What does that mean? That this journey isn’t linear?

Marvin
6:57 pm January 17th, 2018

This is my second time weaning off Ativan. Vitamin D and magnesium taken together have helped me immensely. I respectfully ask you consider altering the wording of the article to reflect there are no absolutes as to what should be avoided since all of us are different.

Siwat
12:59 am January 20th, 2018

I have kidney stones. My Dr. precried me ROWATINEX.There have gelatin and yellow quinoline in its ingredients. Can it make any problems?. I am tapering.
Thanks you
Siwat

Karen
3:55 am January 21st, 2018

Thanks for this article. I’m 112 days off benzo, every day a certain hell. I just read garbanzo beans and salmon, 2 things ice been eating, also vit D and B and magnesium, an ER doc told me high dose of D helps anxiety,,,ive also done cal mag calcium, d ,, geez ,,, thank u, I was doing wrong things and I never saw this in the Ashton manual. Your article has helped me, hope getting off supps including colloidal silver drops I’ve been taking whole time will turn me around,,,xo Warrior girl

Jsmes
3:39 pm January 21st, 2018

I’m 36you been on valium for 7 years an my tourettes anxiety and panic attacks and palpitations got worse I wouldn’t leave home for weeks or months even because of social anxiety related to above and more so my doc put me on kalma 2mg 3 times a day after heaps of other tryal an error even canabus to no avail but the new ones kalma I’m on make such a difference I feel comfy in public first time ever and I even have part time work. It is the best thing that’s ever happened I think I almost feel normal like I never knew what that was I know it’s addictive but 8 months on and I finally feel like I belong and I’m happy it’s been a long hard road getting here but I can’t thank my doc enough I even laugh with him not cry it’s the best.THANK YOU DOC GOD BLESS I M STARTING TO LOVE THE WSY I LOOK AND FEEL AFTER SO MANY YEARS OF FEELING LIKE AN ALIAN TWITCHING AN HIDEING . I LOVE LIFE FINALLY

Betty
5:21 pm January 22nd, 2018

I’m 68 and have been on lorazepam for almost 2 years. I’m also sleep deprived for the same amount of time which has accelerated the aging process and I am now malnourished (100) lbs and nothing but skin and bones. I am dehydrated from the inside out and my hair is falling out and my teeth are shifting and it’s affected my glaucoma that I need to use a magnifying glass to read anything even the computer and I still can’t see well. My body not absorbing what I’m eating because my intestinal is all messed up. In addition, I’ve lost all my muscle and have extreme pain, burning and numbness over my entire body. I have Fibromyalia, and neuropathy and swelling in my calves and I’ve lost the muscle on the bottom of my feel and they burn like crazy. My arthritis has accelerated and my entire body is in pai8n from that. I’m also on Cymbalta and trying to reduce Lexapro as I add the Cymbalta. My nerves are shot and I’m in a constant state of anxiety and depression. I’ve only slept about 3-4 hours for the past 2 years. I can’t think clear at all and I don’t want to die, but it feels like I am. I’ve been trying the CBD oil that past 3 nights and it helps me go to sleep but I wake up from vivid dreams and only sleep about 2-3 hours. I’m really scared and don’t know what to do. I’ve also been seeing a nutritionist who’s been giving me supplements and I'[m not sure what to do. The doctor just wants to give me more drugs. My health is not good. Can you please help me?

Jim
4:19 am January 29th, 2018

Hi just wanted to know if eating yogurt or taking probiotics help or make xanax withdrawal worse.
Jim

katelyn
11:51 pm January 30th, 2018

Hi I have been struggling with benzo withdrawal from Alprazolam for 3 years now my addiction was so bad I was up to 10 mg a day I’ve since tapered off and for a month now been taking .5 mg a day and now I am on day 3 with no benzos yet but Feeling Extreme withdrawal sweaty stomach hurting using the restroom constantly and a fear of panic and when I try to relax I start jerking and twitching I have a prescription for 25 mg of hydroxyzine should I take that to help the withdrawal I’ve battled this for 3 years and I’m ready to be free

Vinny
7:22 am February 2nd, 2018

Hi ive been on benzos for 9 yrs and im down from 2mlg to 1 unless im driving long distance for work while driving my anxiety kicks in badly and i have to take a bit extra i wanna get off them but scared of stopping cold turkey cause of seizures i was told i could take if stopping that way please let me know the easiest way of getting off them as i lost my medical and do not get scripts anymore from a doctor

Ian
10:50 pm February 2nd, 2018

I am going through benzo withdrawal and have lost 10lbs. I also have joint and muscular aches and pain.

KRISTINA
11:21 pm February 6th, 2018

Hi, i need help i have been on xanax for 4 years now and tapered myself down to onky taking it once a day .25mg . How do i get off completely with little withdrawls im a stay at home.mom with.no.help . My dr wrote me a script of hydroxyzine and im down to less than 20 pills left and my dr is unable to write narcotics for any of his patients now.so.i need help fast

Dari
4:26 am February 15th, 2018

This website says to avoid Vitamin D and Magnesium during benzo withdrawal…can’t say I agree. Magnesium Lactate and Vitamin D3 have made an enormous difference. You can’t button-hole everyone. Every person responds differently. This concerns me, Dr. Jennifer :/

Sherry
4:39 am February 17th, 2018

I have been on antivan for 3months for stomach problems and anxiety found out I had gall stones had gallbladder remove I now want off never took anymore then .5 I am now down to .25 twice a day how long do I have to take it makes me feel bad

Nicol
6:50 am February 17th, 2018

I want to get off of Xanax. I have been taking 1.5 mg at night. I went into rehab and took Valium for the 5 day stay but when I got home I went right back on it for fear that the w/d weren’t over. Now I want to quit again . Any advice on how to do it at home because rehab isn’t an option again.

Chris
11:45 pm February 19th, 2018

I was rapidly detoxed off of Xanax, I was put on 40mg of Vibryd 100mg of Doxepin and Hydroxepine 50mg as needed which I have been taking at least once a day in addition to the Doxepin sometimes twice a day. I ended up quitting the Vibryd on my own after being on it for about two months and I am struggling with seeking the right care now that I have withdrawn from Xanax and Vibryd.
Can you recommend any alternatives similar to Doxepin that do not have weight gain as a side effect? Do you have any recommendations I could mention to the Dr as I expect that recommendations geared towards former benzodiazepine users would be helpful.

Kelly
1:28 am February 20th, 2018

Hello- I’ve taken Valium for 3 years now. A steady dose of 7.50 msg. I would love to get off of it.
(Took for sleep anxiety)
PleSe help!
Thank you!
Kelly

Pam
11:11 am February 20th, 2018

Is horrific tinnitus part of the withdrawal? Should I not supplement at all? Is there relief from this screaming in my ears?

Barbara
9:06 pm February 20th, 2018

The last day I took any benzos was oct 30, 2017. I have had all of the symptoms listed. I am really going through my face burning and stinging and flushing suddenly when stressed. When I am out in public it gets worse. My skin in general feels strange. Any topical relief advice? If I drink detox tea will it speed up withdrawal symptoms. Thank u for any advice.

Ian
8:55 pm February 21st, 2018

On Wednsday i dropped the last 3mg of diazapam to zero.Feel a little anxious but not too much else. I dropped from 4mg of xanax per day for 6 years to 40mg of diazapam tapering over 7 months to zero. So glad to be free of these horrible things amen.

Georgia
1:29 am February 27th, 2018

I am struggling hard to get off Clonazepam 0.5 mg for which I have been on and off of for years.
Once I went cold turkey and felt fine but then anxiety came back on me like a tiger and I ended up re-taking the benzo. Now I’m stuck in limbo trying to get off it. I have OCD and GAD. This pill really helps me sleep but in the morning I am shaking all over and have a racing heart and mind and I have to go to work so I take a half tablet. My doctor wants me to take the half tablet until there is no more and hopefully I will be free of it then. Thank you for this wonderful article. It was very enlightening.

Nonau
6:46 pm February 28th, 2018

I have been on 1 mg of Xanax 3 times a day for PTS and panic attacks. My Dr is very slowly trtrateing me off I now take 2 a day then next month 1 a day .I have severe leg cramps .increased panic attacks

Mary
3:04 pm March 2nd, 2018

My sister who is having a difficult time with withdrawals from benzo’s, she cannot eat and feels sick to her stomach all the time, at the same time she is depressed and dosn’t get off the couch to move and help herself. I am at my wits end watching her withdraw and there’s nothing I can do to help her….

Dina
11:51 pm March 2nd, 2018

I have been on 2 mg a day of Xanax for almost one year. I am currently down to 1.5 decreasing my dose by .25 every two weeks. So far my worst complaint is feeling heavy headed or dizzy. Is this common. Should I taper slower. Please help I am ready to be free of this drug.

I catherine
9:40 pm March 3rd, 2018

I tapered off of lorazepam. It took me five or six months. I reinstated it while withdrawing from an mood stabilizer. Now I am finding it impossible to taper again. I was on 1.8 mg for one month. My new doctor said to go cold turkey.. I could not breathe and reinstated at .75 after 5 days. I found a new doctor Who switched me to klonopin 1 milligram and I develop symptoms of panic fear and many other symptoms. To cope I switched back to lorazepam and increased the dosage to 1.5. This new doctor says I’m not withdrawing at all but have anxiety and will not switch me back over to anything. She wants me to stay at 1 mg and heal. She will not acknowledge for with drawers. I don’t have anxiety on average. Switching doctors could take months. Have any suggestions? Gratefully yours Catherine

Lyndon
12:04 am March 4th, 2018

Help I have no support I suffer with anxiety and depression my doctor is cutting me down I can’t leave the house .feel in severe pain i hav no 1 at home to help me through this im no way ready to come off am dyeing not eating and sleeping i hav a dog too he needs takeing for walks.ive been on them 17 year i need serious help I can’t go on much longer he dropped me from 30 mg to 24 in one go am on a bad way.i got to end this

William
8:15 pm March 5th, 2018

My Doc advised me to start taking some lorazapam [I’ve had prescrip. for years but seldom took any] after a sudden onset of panic/anxiety attacks [I think triggered by job stress- I decided to go ahead and retire which immediately made me feel some better]. I took .5 mg two or three times a day for maybe two weeks. After reading and realizing how dangerous these drugs are [had no idea! ] i decided to just stop taking it and tough out the wd symptoms. Today is my 3rd day. It’s been really hard and I almost caved a few times but I’m hanging in and very determined. I’ve taken some Kava once [hated it] and find that a magnesium powder supp. called Calm is somewhat helpful taking the edge off. Most advice seems to recommend tapering off, but after this much time I’m trying to just wait it out. I don’t think I’m doing the wrong thing but any advice would be greatly appreciated. Thanks…. Wm Chapman

Doc
2:47 am March 8th, 2018

@William

It’s never a good idea to suddenly stop taking any benzo. As you are discovering. As you have only been on a fairly low dose for a short time, you may get lucky and see the WDs dissipate soon. Then again, you might have prolonged symptoms over many months. Have you checked your blood pressure? Hypertension (high BP) is a silent symptom that’s very common when suddenly stopping a benzo. If you don’t feel better soon, it would be prudent to recommence the lorazepam and taper off very slowly.

Mary
1:59 pm March 8th, 2018

Getting off benzo’s has been horrific. I am in the psych ward at a hospital for a few days awaiting what the next step for my recovery. I need a rehab facility who can help me get back to normal, I am weak and have trouble walking and little funds to pay for private care. I am 77 years old. Please help

Trice
5:19 am March 11th, 2018

Would like more information or information to support groups

Arthur
1:04 pm March 14th, 2018

I am struggling through withdrawal from klonopin. It is hell to go through. I am down from .5 mg 3x daily to .25 mg 2x daily. Where to go from here. I was taking Vita D and B because I had read that klonopin depletes B and I am suffering depression and tooth loss. I used to suffer Vit D deficiency. What to do? You say stay off Vit B and D? What else am I doing wrong? My psychiatrist wants me on Cymbalta and klonopin .5 mg 2x daily as needed. I have a miserable time with antidepressants.

I could use some help.

Arthur

joshua
7:14 pm March 14th, 2018

For those who are experiencing withdrawal, it’s going to be a fight for most of us. The best thing you can do is get to know what you are experiencing and how it is most likely from withdrawal. Google ASHTON MANUAL and find out what you’re going though. There are plenty of FB groups. Don’t get on the antidepressant train; it leads to nowhere. Many will want to go to a Psyc ward. Don’t. They will put you on other drug and you will find out that it was withdrawal all along (I have seen it too often). Ashton is a leading expert and she recommends 10% reduction a month.

Sebastian
10:04 am March 15th, 2018

I started this benzo withdrawal since the beginning of January 2018 and it has been hell. I hear sound in my ears at night and I will experience cold sweat on one side of my body.
Blurry vision, pins and needles effect in my limbs…..
It’s just plane crazy…
The tightness on both sides of my head and nasal congestion is killing me….please I need advise on what next to do.
Thanks

Trone
10:47 pm March 18th, 2018

I was taking a low dose on and of the past couple years but I finally realize that I was having withdrawals . I haven’t had it in five days how long will it take for the withdrawals to go away

Dave
3:50 am March 19th, 2018

Started on benzos in Nov 2015. After 3 months immediately wanted to come off. Psychiatrist switched me to Librium (100mg) after showing him the Ashton Method for slow taper.

I was prescribed levaquin while on benzo on June 16, 2016 for a “possible” UTI. Didn’t have one. I took one 500mg dose and had diarrhea for a month and felt psychologically awful. Has this permanently damaged me? Effecting the GABA receptors.

Tapered down to 55mg Librium by Jan 2017 and went into FL facility that brought me off librium and Cymbalta in 4 weeks. I was off the benzo for 5 months until I’m reinstated.

Currently on valium (originally 20mg), now 10mg.. Normally dropping 5-10% per 1-2 weeks.

I’m on the couch most days,although I have to force myself to engage, help with the children. My relationship with my wife has deteriorated. I’m not working. I have cog fog, not engaged with friends, no joy, overwhelmed by the slightest things, body burning, front of my head tight and burning. There is no intimacy in my life. I feel ashamed and guilty by the state I’m in.

My family is everything to me. A 9 yr old boy and 11 yr old girl. I want to get well for myself and my family so we can have fun again, go on vacations and find the joy again.

Patricia
8:20 pm March 23rd, 2018

I have been on xanax for 5years I’m trying to get off my dose is 2mg and I’m cutting down by 1/4 for 2 weeks, then another 1/4 and so on, but my husband is taking a 1/4 at night to sleep and he feels he is hooked, can he get off quickly or not?

Edward
10:37 pm March 24th, 2018

Have been on ativan .5 twice a day for approx three weeks now for anxiety / depression
also taking 20 mg celexa
will taking half a pill ,25 four times a day work as well
sometimes gets a little anxious over a twelve hour time span to the next dose
also have most of the regular side effects between doses
should this settle down once the celexa kicks in with the healing process
Thanks

Alec
5:15 am March 28th, 2018

This is actually a very interesting article. I see this recurring though and it’s bothering me deeply, so I’m just going to get right to it.. There’s this idea that once you ‘get through,’ the withdrawal from a benzo, there’s this life free from anxiety awaiting you. I absolutely call nonsense here. If you were originally put on a benzo for long-term use (relatively uncommon), then are ripped off of the medication with an improper to nonexistent taper, the damage occurring is considerable, plus now you no longer are able to trust anyone, not to mention losing respect for those treating you in the first place. I have found out the hard way that it doesn’t at all matter whether you’re responsible and strict regarding your own administering of oral medication. So I wonder – How is my not receiving a medication I’ve been on for nearly 10 years (out of nowhere), since a very young male, in any way constructive considering my own health. Not only my own health but those around me who suffer through this ordeal with me are marred, in a sense, by the volatility I exhibit (and understandably so), the unreliability in regards to income… I have tried to isolate myself as much as possible to spare those I love and that love me, which I have not even been able to really do, at least to standards I think are acceptable – The 2 A.M. rants out of nowhere, the explosive anger. I would have EASILY been employed by this time and getting back on track had this insane situation not come to fruition, sparked by drug enforcement agencies, limiting the practices of physicians, which is completely unacceptable to all, not just myself. Listen, people that truly need these medications, sometimes in combination, for their practical usage, do not experience this ‘high,’ some people seem to inversely envy through their condemnations (I find this particularly strange). Also, I find particularly strange I have actually had other ‘pain patients,’ preach to me about ‘masking pain.’ I either, in a measured, calm tone explain to them why they sound utterly ridiculous and reprehensible, or altogether ignore their presence. There is no high. When you take a medication following its label as a guideline both yourself and your physician have discussed, no kind of substantive ‘high,’ occurs. Anyways, mainly venting, though I am very, very serious. Thanks for the article here though, I do appreciate most of its content and overall intention.

Deborah
11:43 pm March 28th, 2018

Will taking other mood stabilizing or other psychotic med’s interphere with benzoyl withdraw

Lonnie
8:16 pm April 1st, 2018

My wife is going cold turkey today after tapering off 1-2mg of xanax a day to .25- .5mg a day this last week. I want to help ease her discomfort and am desperate for helpfull information. Does CBD help or other vitamins, etc? Side note she has had a seizure before but dont think it was related to benzos at the time.

Georgie
5:45 pm April 2nd, 2018

This is April 2nd 2018 and I went past my goal of withdrawing from Clonazepam 0.5 mg. I have been off and on this anti-anxiety drug for several years but last year from October to December had been using 1/2 tablet to a whole tablet to calm my nerves. I have OCD. While it does not take my obsessions away it sure brings my anxiety down a few notches. I recently saw my doctor who has treated me for severe anxiety for the past seven years. He told me plainly that he has patients who have such terrible anxiety that they are on Benzo’s for the rest of their lives. He told me I could take my Clonazepam AS NEEDED. This is what I am trying to do now. I read this post about withdrawl and I tried withdrawl and it was just terrible. I became so fearful and shaky and short of breath. Today is the very first day i have not taken any Benzo’s. Can I actually take my doctor’s advice and just take 1/2 tablet to one whole tablet as needed? I have social anxiety as well and I take Benzo when I have work meetings. Help! Am I doing this right? Thank you! Georgie in PA

Sunshine
4:46 am April 4th, 2018

I’m newly pregnant and need to get off 1mg of Xanax per day dosing…I have been on it for 2.5 yrs bc my husband died tragically…My obstetrics team says it will harm my baby to stay on it, I am 41 yrs old…Advice???????

Judith
10:29 pm April 8th, 2018

I’ve been on clonazapam for 34 years 1 mg twice a day and my doctor throws me for a loop and says I have one month to be winged off. I’m not doing well and was wondering if there’s a treatment in central florida

Greg
10:44 pm April 11th, 2018

tapered to .5 MG Klonipin. Withdrawls are pretty tough. work fulltime. cant take off. any suggestions to decrease the withdrawls. I can handle the headaches and body aches. its the coordination and heavy legs I cant stand. I can Leg press 400 pounds for on Know im not weak. Legs just feel week.

Margo
6:23 pm April 12th, 2018

I ve been through it twice both times dangerous seizures! Never again ! You aasholes are in this for rhw money oe you enjoy watching ppl in pain abd freakung out. Almost to their death! I got back on.I’m staying on.

Jane
10:04 am April 17th, 2018

Hello, I’d just like to say that I wished 26 years ago when out of the blue, I suddenly felt I couldn’t breathe while sitting in my car and rolling my window down to suck in air that didn’t help so I went to the hospital where they told me I was having an anxiety attack and hyperventilating. It was scary because that had never happened to me before so I had no clue what was happening. The doctors prescribed me benzodiazepines. I never took illegal drugs or
prescription drugs whatsoever. I wish the doctors would have checked first to see if there was something off with something in my body first before giving me the benzodiazepines in the first place. I was always trusting of doctors but these doctors never warned me of their addictive nature. I actually had an undiagnosed thyroid condition that mimics anxiety attacks. After finding that out my body was already addicted to that crap which makes me mad. I tried to get off them but it was too difficult. If I run out I have seizures and convulse. Had I known it was my thyroid all along I would have dealt with that. I’m mentioning this to anyone who has never started benzodiazepines or on a low dose and not long enough to get addicted to go get a full thyroid panel done including your parathyroid and adrenal glands. Your endocrine system plays an important role in your body. If it’s off in any way, your symptoms can mimic anxiety/panic attacks. I certainly wish I was given the info of their addictive nature because there’s no way I would have taken them. My life has been permanently messed up because of them. Now my health is so bad with other things that I’m just existing. I would love to be able and go back in time to change things but I can’t. I can’t stand what I experience if I run out. Had to call ambulance several times help my body stop the seizures. I never had epilepsy but this drug which also treats epilepsy gave me seizures from withdrawing. I am severely handicapped from spinal issues. Use to be able to drive, work, walk, ride a bike, do crafts assemble furniture,etc…..my fine motor skills are going. Bad dental I can’t afford to fix so I can’t eat all the good foods I love. Lost a lot of muscle mass so my strength is nil. I use to be physically strong and it was nothing for me to lift heavy items or do basic things. Now it’s hard to lift a 2 liter of soda. It feels like it weighs 20 lbs. Also chronic pain sufferer for past 4+ years. I don’t like not being independent when I’ve been that way. I’d rather been born with a disability so I wouldn’t know what I was missing. Even now, if my teeth were good but had to get around by wheelchair that I would be happy about. I know I could do that. Anyway, I hope you all are successful on getting off benzodiazepines. God bless and help you through it.

Leave a Reply

About Dr. Jennifer Leigh, Psy.D.

Dr. Jennifer Leigh is a Benzodiazepine Withdrawal Coach and award-winning author. She works with people worldwide to prevent and to heal addictions.

Trusted Helpline
Help Available 24/7
1-888-882-1456
PRIVACY
GUARANTEED